FCC ID: NOOUNS-IDEN-1 InterReach Unison IDEN

 

InterReach Unison TM Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A This manual is produced for use by LGC Wireless personnel, licensees, and customers. The information contained herein is the property of LGC Wireless. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of LGC Wireless. LGC Wireless reserves the right to make changes, without notice, to the specifications and materials contained herein, and shall not be responsible for any damages caused by reliance on the material as presented, including, but not limited to, typographical and listing errors. Your comments are welcome they help us improve our products and documentation. Please address your comments to LGC Wireless, Inc. corporate headquarters in San Jose, California:

Address Phone Fax Help Hot Line 2540 Junction Avenue San Jose, California 95134-1902 USA Attn: Marketing Dept. 1-408-952-2400 1-408-952-2410 1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International)

+44(0) 1223 597812 (Europe) Web Address http://www.lgcwireless.com e-mail info@lgcwireless.com service@lgcwireless.com Copyright 2001 by LGC Wireless, Inc. Printed in USA. All rights reserved. Trademarks All trademarks identified by or are trademarks or registered trademark of LGC Wireless, Inc. All other trademarks belong to their respective owners. InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Limited Warranty Seller warrants articles of its manufacture against defective materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment to Purchaser, except as provided in any warranty applicable to Purchaser on or in the package containing the Goods (which warranty takes precedence over the following warranty). The liability of Seller under the foregoing warranty is limited, at Sellers option, solely to repair or replacement with equivalent Goods, or an appropriate adjustment not to exceed the sales price to Purchaser, provided that (a) Seller is notified in writing by Purchaser, within the one year warranty period, promptly upon discovery of defects, with a detailed description of such defects, (b) Purchaser has obtained a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) from Seller, which RMA Seller agrees to provide Purchaser promptly upon request, (c) the defective Goods are returned to Seller, transportation and other applicable charges prepaid by the Purchaser, and (d) Sellers examination of such Goods discloses to its reasonable satisfaction that defects were not caused by negligence, misuse, improper installation, improper maintenance, accident or unauthorized repair or alteration or any other cause outside the scope of Purchasers warranty made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have the option to repair any defective Goods at Purchasers facility. The original warranty period for any Goods that have been repaired or replaced by seller will not thereby be extended. In addition, all sales will be subject to standard terms and conditions on the sales contract. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Table of Contents SECTION 1 General Information . 1-1

. 1-2

. 1-3

. 1-4

. 1-6

. 1-6 1.1 Purpose and Scope 1.2 Conventions in this Manual 1.3 Acronyms in this Manual 1.4 Standards Conformance 1.5 Related Publications SECTION 2 2.3.1 OA&M Software 2.3.2 Configuring, Maintaining, and Monitoring Unison Locally 2.3.3 Monitoring and Maintaining Unison Remotely 2.3.4 Using Alarm Contact Closures InterReach Unison System Description . 2-1 2.1 System Overview . 2-1

. 2-3 2.2 System Hardware

. 2-4 2.3 System OA&M Capabilities

. 2-5

. 2-5

. 2-7

. 2-8

. 2-9

. 2-10

. 2-11

. 2-11

. 2-12

. 2-12

. 2-13 2.6.1 Physical Specifications 2.6.2 Environmental Specifications 2.6.3 Operating Frequencies 2.6.4 RF End-to-End Performance 2.4 System Connectivity 2.5 System Operation 2.6 System Specifications 3.1 Main Hub Front Panel 3.1.1 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Ports 3.1.2 Communications RS-232 Serial Connector 3.1.3 LED Indicators 3.2 Main Hub Rear Panel SECTION 3 Unison Main Hub . 3-1

. 3-3

. 3-4

. 3-4

. 3-6

. 3-8

. 3-9 3.2.1.1 N-type Female Connectors . 3-9 3.2.1.2 9-pin D-sub Connector . 3-9

. 3-10

. 3-11 3.3 Faults and Warnings 3.4 Main Hub Specifications 3.2.1 Main Hub Rear Panel Connectors PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual i PRELIMINARY 4.1 Expansion Hub Front Panel SECTION 4 Unison Expansion Hub . 4-1

. 4-3

. 4-4

. 4-4

. 4-5

. 4-7

. 4-8

. 4-9 4.1.1 RJ-45 Connectors 4.1.2 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors 4.1.3 LED Indicators 4.2 Expansion Hub Rear Panel 4.3 Faults and Warnings 4.4 Expansion Hub Specifications 5.1 Remote Access Unit Connectors SECTION 5 Unison Remote Access Unit . 5-1

. 5-3

. 5-3

. 5-3

. 5-3

. 5-4

. 5-5 5.1.1 SMA Connector 5.1.2 RJ-45 Port 5.2 LED Indicators 5.3 Faults and Warnings 5.4 Remote Access Unit Specifications SECTION 6 6.2 Safety Precautions 6.1.1 Component Location Requirements 6.1.2 Cable and Connector Requirements 6.1.3 Neutral Host System Requirements 6.1.4 Distance Requirements 6.2.1 Installation Guidelines 6.2.2 General Safety Precautions 6.2.3 Fiber Port Safety Precautions 6.3 Preparing for System Installation Installing Unison Components . 6-1

. 6-1 6.1 Installation Requirements

. 6-1

. 6-1

. 6-1

. 6-2

. 6-3

. 6-3

. 6-3

. 6-4

. 6-5

. 6-5

. 6-6

. 6-8

. 6-8

. 6-9

. 6-11 6.4.1.1 Installing RAUs in a Neutral Host System . 6-13

. 6-14 6.3.1 Pre-Installation Inspection 6.3.2 Installation Checklist 6.3.3 Tools and Materials Required 6.3.4 Optional Accessories 6.4 Unison Component Installation Procedures 6.4.1 Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas 6.4.2 Installing Expansion Hubs 6.4.2.1 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation . 6-21 6.4.2.2 Installing Expansion Hubs in a Neutral Host System . 6-21 6.4.3 Installing a Main Hub

. 6-22 6.4.4 Installing Main Hubs in a Neutral Host System . 6-23 6.5 Starting and Configuring the System . 6-24

. 6-27 6.5.1 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation 6.6 Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or Roof-top Antenna 6.6.1 Connecting Multiple Main Hubs

. 6-29

. 6-33 6.7 Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System . 6-37

. 6-38 6.7.1 Alarm Source ii InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A SECTION 7 PRELIMINARY 6.7.2 Alarm Sense 6.7.3 Alarm Cables

. 6-40

. 6-41 7.2 Installation Wizard 7.2.1 Step 1: Verify Hardware 7.1.1 PC/Laptop Requirements 7.2.2 Step 2: Set Operation Band 7.2.3 Step 3: Configure System Parameters Installing and Using the AdminManager Software . 7-1

. 7-2 7.1 Installing the AdminManager Software

. 7-2

. 7-13

. 7-14 7.2.1.1 Description of Step 1 Panel . 7-15

. 7-16 7.2.2.1 Description of Step 2 Panel . 7-18

. 7-20 7.2.3.1 Description of Step 3 Panel . 7-21

. 7-22 7.2.4.1 Description of Step 4 Panel . 7-23

. 7-24 7.2.5.1 Description of Finish Panel . 7-24

. 7-25

. 7-26

. 7-29

. 7-34

. 7-38

. 7-39

. 7-39 7.3.1 Window Description 7.3.2 Options when Connected Locally 7.3.3 Read-Only Options when Connected Remotely 7.4 Upgrading Firmware 7.5 System Status Tree 7.3 Configuration & Maintenance Panel 7.2.4 Step 4: Final System Test 7.5.1 System Status Tree Icons 7.2.5 Finish Panel SECTION 8 Designing a Unison Solution . 8-1 8.1 Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU . 8-3

. 8-19 8.2 Estimating RF Coverage 8.2.1 Path Loss Equation

. 8-20

. 8-21 8.2.2 Coverage Distance 8.2.3 Examples of Design Estimates

. 8-27

. 8-31

. 8-31

. 8-32

. 8-33 8.3.1 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length 8.4 Link Budget Analysis 8.4.1 Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards 8.4.2 Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell 8.3 System Gain Application 8.4.3 Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards 8.4.4 Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell

. 8-35

. 8-37 Application 8.4.5 Considerations for Re-Radiation (over-the-air) Systems 8.5 Optical Power Budget 8.6 Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station

. 8-40

. 8-44

. 8-45

. 8-46

. 8-47

. 8-48 8.6.2.1 Uplink Attenuation Exception: CDMA . 8-49 8.7 Designing for a Neutral Host System . 8-50 8.6.1 Attenuation 8.6.2 Uplink Attenuation PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual iii PRELIMINARY 8.7.1 Capacity of the Unison Neutral Host System . 8-50 8.7.2 Example Unison Neutral Host System . 8-51 SECTION 9 Replacing Unison Components in an Operating System . 9-1 9.1 Replacing an RAU . 9-1

. 9-3 9.2 Replacing an Expansion Hub 9.3 Replacing a Main Hub

. 9-4 SECTION 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance . 10-1

. 10-1 10.1 Maintenance 10.2 Troubleshooting

. 10-2

. 10-3

. 10-11

. 10-13 10.2.1 Fault Indications 10.2.2 Warning Indications 10.3 LED Troubleshooting Guide 10.3.1 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Normal Operation

. 10-14 10.3.2 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation 10.4 Technical Assistance

. 10-15

. 10-17 APPENDIX A Cables and Connectors . A-1

. A-1

. A-3

. A-3 A.1 Cat-5/6 Cable (ScTP) A.2 Fiber Optical Cables A.3 Coaxial Cable APPENDIX B InterReach Unison Property Sheet . B-1 APPENDIX C Compliance . C-1

. C-1

. C-2 C.1 Safety Requirements C.2 Radio/EMC Requirements APPENDIX D Glossary . D-1 iv InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY List of Figures Figure 2-1 OA&M Communications

. 2-4 Figure 2-2 Local System Monitoring and Reporting

. 2-6 Figure 2-3 Remote System Monitoring and Reporting

. 2-7 Figure 2-4 Unisons Double Star Architecture

. 2-9 Figure 3-1 Main Hub in a Unison System . 3-1 Figure 3-2 Main Hub Block Diagram . 3-2 Figure 3-3 Main Hub Front Panel

. 3-3 Figure 3-4 Standard Serial Cable Pinout

. 3-4

. 3-5 Figure 3-5 Null Modem Cable Pinout Figure 3-6 Main Hub Rear Panel

. 3-8 Figure 4-1 Expansion Hub in a Unison System . 4-1 Figure 4-2 Expansion Hub Block Diagram . 4-2 Figure 4-3 Expansion Hub Front Panel

. 4-3 Figure 4-4 Expansion Hub Rear Panel

. 4-7 Figure 5-1 Remote Access Unit in a Unison System . 5-1 Figure 5-2 Remote Access Unit Block Diagram . 5-2 Figure 6-1 Simplex Base Station to a Main Hub

. 6-30

. 6-31 Figure 6-2 Duplex Base Station to a Main Hub

. 6-32 Figure 6-3 Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations Figure 6-4 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station

. 6-33 Figure 6-5 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station

. 6-34

. 6-38 Figure 6-6 Connecting MetroReach to Unison

. 6-39 Figure 6-7 Connecting a BTS to Unison Figure 6-8 Connecting LGCell to Unison

. 6-40

. 6-41 Figure 6-9 5-port Daisy-Chained Alarm Cable

. 6-42 Figure 6-10 Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable Figure 6-11 Alarm Sense Adapter Cable

. 6-43

. 7-1 Figure 7-1 PC Connected to Main Hub PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual v PRELIMINARY Figure 7-2 AdminManager Start Window . 7-11

. 7-14 Figure 7-3 Step 1: Verify Hardware Panel

. 7-16 Figure 7-4 Step 2: Set Operation Band Figure 7-5 Step 3: Configure System Parameters

. 7-20 Figure 7-6 Step 4: Final System Test

. 7-22 Figure 7-7 Finish Panel

. 7-24 Figure 7-8 Configuration & Maintenance Window . 7-25 Figure 7-9 Firmware Update Window . 7-38 Figure 8-1 Determining Path Loss between the Antenna and the Wireless Device 8-19

. 8-46 Figure 8-2 Connecting Main Hubs to a Simplex Base Station Figure 8-3 Main Hub to Duplex Base Station or Repeater Connections

. 8-47

. A-2 Figure A-1 Wiring Map for Cat-5/6 Cable vi InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY List of Tables Table 2-1 Table 2-2 Table 2-3 Table 2-4

. 2-13 2-13 2-14 Cellular RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber iDEN RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber GSM RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber EGSM RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber EGSM RF End-to-End Performance using 1 km of Multimode Fiber Table 2-5 DCS RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Table 2-6 DCS RF End-to-End Performance using 1 km of Multimode Fiber Table 2-7 Table 2-8 PCS RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Table 2-9 WCDMA RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode

. 2-15 2-15 2-16

. 2-16 2-17 Fiber Table 3-1 Main Hub Status LED States Table 3-2 Main Hub Port LED States Table 3-3 Main Hub Specifications Table 4-1 Table 4-2 Table 4-3 Table 5-1 Table 5-2 Table 6-1 Table 6-2 Table 6-3 Table 6-4 Table 6-5 Table 6-6 Table 7-1 Table 7-2

. 2-18

. 3-6

. 3-7

. 3-11

. 4-5

. 4-6

. 4-9

. 5-3

. 5-5

. 6-2

. 6-6

. 6-8

. 6-8

. 6-21

. 6-27

. 7-26

. 7-31 Expansion Hub Unit Status and DL/UL Status LED States Expansion Hub Port LED States Expansion Hub Specifications Remote Access Unit LED States Remote Access Unit Specifications Unison Distance Requirements Installation Checklist Tools and Materials Required for Component Installation Optional Accessories for Component Installation Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation Power On Configuration and Maintenance Window Options Frequency Bands Adjacent to System Configured Bands PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual vii PRELIMINARY System Status Tree Icons 800 MHz (AMPS) Power per Carrier 800 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier 800 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier 800 MHz (iDEN) Power per Carrier 900 MHz (GSM or EGSM) Power per Carrier 900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier 1800 MHz (DCS) Power per Carrier 1800 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier 1800 MHz (CDMA Korea) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (GSM) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier 2.1 GHz (WCDMA) Power per Carrier Table 7-3 Table 8-1 Table 8-2 Table 8-3 Table 8-4 Table 8-5 Table 8-6 Table 8-7 Table 8-8 Table 8-9 Table 8-10 Table 8-11 Table 8-12 Table 8-13 Table 8-14 Table 8-15 Coaxial Cable Losses Table 8-16 Average Signal Loss of Common Building Materials Table 8-17 Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments Table 8-18 Frequency Bands and the Value of the first Term in Equation (3) Table 8-19 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna

. 7-39

. 8-4

. 8-5

. 8-6

. 8-7

. 8-8

. 8-9

. 8-10

. 8-11

. 8-12

. 8-13

. 8-14

. 8-15

. 8-16

. 8-17

. 8-19

. 8-20

. 8-21

. 8-22 for 800 MHz Cellular Applications

. 8-23 Table 8-20 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz iDEN Applications

. 8-23 Table 8-21 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz GSM Applications

. 8-24 Table 8-22 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz EGSM Applications

. 8-24 Table 8-23 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz DCS Applications

. 8-25 Table 8-24 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea) Applications

. 8-25 Table 8-25 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1900 MHz PCS Applications

. 8-26 Table 8-26 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 2.1 GHz UMTS Applications

. 8-26

. 8-31 Table 8-27 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length

. 8-33 Table 8-28 Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems Table 8-29 Distribution of Power within a CDMA Signal

. 8-37 Table 8-30 Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA . 8-38

. 10-3 Table 10-1 Main Hub Faults viii InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Table 10-2 Expansion Hub Faults Table 10-3 Remote Access Unit Faults Table 10-4 Main Hub Warnings Table 10-5 Expansion Hub Warnings Table 10-6 Remote Access Unit Warnings Table 10-7 Troubleshooting Main Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation Table 10-8 Troubleshooting Main Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation Table 10-9 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Port LEDs During Normal

. 10-6

. 10-9

. 10-11

. 10-12

. 10-12

. 10-14 10-14 Operation

. 10-15 Table 10-10 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Status LEDs During Normal Table A-1 Operation Cat-5/6 Twisted Pair Assignment

. 10-16

. A-1 PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual ix PRELIMINARY x InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 1 General Information This section contains the following subsections:

Section 1.1 Purpose and Scope . 1-2

Section 1.2 Conventions in this Manual . 1-3

Section 1.3 Acronyms in this Manual . 1-4

Section 1.4 Standards Conformance . 1-6

Section 1.5 Related Publications . 1-6 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 1-1 General Information PRELIMINARY 1.1 Purpose and Scope This document describes the InterReachTM Unison system components and the AdminManager software. Included is information for the installation, operation, and maintenance of the system. Also included is information about how to use the AdminManager software to install and configure the Unison system, as well as to per-

form other tasks such as change gain settings and check system status. 1-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Conventions in this Manual 1.2 Conventions in this Manual The following table lists the type style conventions used in this manual. Convention bold BOLD CAPS SMALL CAPS Description Used for emphasis Used to indicate labels on equipment Used to highlight software window buttons Measurements are listed first in metric units, followed by U.S. Customary System of units in parentheses. For example:

0 to 45C (32 to 113F) The following symbols are used to highlight certain information as described. NOTE: This format is used to emphasize text with special significance or importance, and to provide supplemental information. CAUTION: This format is used when a given action or omitted action can cause or contribute to a hazardous condition. Damage to the equipment can occur. WARNING: This format is used when a given action or omitted action can result in catastrophic damage to the equipment or cause injury to the user. Procedure This format is used to highlight a procedure. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 1-3 General Information PRELIMINARY 1.3 Acronyms in this Manual Acronym AGC ALC AMPS BTS Cat-5/6 CDMA CDPD dB dBm DC DCS DL EDGE EGSM EH GHz GPRS GSM Hz IF iDEN LAN LO mA MBS MH MHz MMF MTBF NF nm OA&M Definition automatic gain control automatic level control Advanced Mobile Phone Service base transceiver station Category 5 or Category 6 (twisted pair cable) code division multiple access cellular digital packet data decibel decibels relative to 1 milliwatt direct current Digital Communications System downlink Enhanced Data Rates for Global Evolution Extended Global Standard for Mobile Communications Expansion Hub gigahertz General Packet Radio Service Groupe Speciale Mobile (now translated in English as Global Standard for Mobile Communications) hertz intermediate frequency Integrated Digital Enhanced Network (Motorola variant of TDMA wireless) local area network local oscillator milliamps microcellular base station Main Hub megahertz multi-mode fiber mean time between failures noise figure nanometer operation, administration, and maintenance 1-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Acronyms in this Manual Acronym PCS PLL PLS RAU RF RSSI SC/APC SMA SMF ST ScTP TDMA UL uW UMTS UPS W WCDMA Definition Personal Communication Services phase-locked loop path loss slope Remote Access Unit radio frequency received signal strength indicator fiber optic connector complying with NTT SC standard, angle-polished sub-miniature A connector (coaxial cable connector type) single-mode fiber straight tip (fiber optic cable connector type) screened twisted pair time division multiple access uplink; Underwriters Laboratories microwatts Universal Mobile Telecommunications System uninterruptable power supply watt wideband code division multiple access PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 1-5 General Information PRELIMINARY 1.4 Standards Conformance

Utilizes the TIA/EIA 568-A Ethernet cabling standards for ease of installation.

See Appendix C for compliance information. 1.5 Related Publications

MetroReach Focus Configuration, Installation, and Reference Manual; LGC Wireless part number 8500-10

LGCell Version 4.0 Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual; LGC Wireless part number 8100-50

OpsConsole User Guide; LGC Wireless part number 8701-10

ARM2000 Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual; LGC Wireless part number 8305-10

LGC Wireless Accessories Catalog; LGC Wireless part number 8600-10

Neutral Host System Planning Guide; LGC Wireless part number 9000-10 1-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 2 InterReach Unison System Description 2.1 System Overview InterReach Unison is an intelligent fiber optic wireless networking system that is designed to handle both wireless voice and data communications and provide high-quality, ubiquitous, seamless access to the Cellular or Personal Communications Services (PCS) network in any public or private facility, including:

Campus environments

Airports

Office buildings

Shopping Malls

Hospitals

Public Facilities (convention centers, sports venues, etc.) Unlike other wireless distribution alternatives, Unison is an intelligent active system, using microprocessors to enable key capabilities such as software-selectable band set-

tings, automatic gain control, ability to incrementally adjust downlink/uplink gain, end-to-end alarming of all components and the associated cable infrastructure, and a host of additional capabilities. The Unison system supports major Cellular/PCS standards and air interface protocols in use around the world, including:

Frequencies: 800 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2100 MHz

Protocols: AMPS, TDMA, CDMA, DCS, GSM, EGSM, iDEN, CDPD, EDGE, GPRS, WCDMA PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 2-1 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY Key System Features

Superior RF performance, particularly in the areas of IP3 and noise figure.

High downlink composite power (+26 dBm), IP3 (+38 dBm) and low uplink noise figure (22 dB for a system with 8 RAUs), enables support of a large number of channels and larger coverage footprint per antenna.

The Main Hub and the Expansion Hub are software configurable. Thus, the fre-

quency band can be field configured.

The system supports flexible cabling alternatives, allowing the use of either mul-

timode or single-mode fiber (in addition to standard Cat-5 or Cat-6 [Cat-5/6]

twisted pair). Cabling type can be selected to meet the resident cabling infrastruc-

ture of the facility and unique building topologies.

Extended system reach. Using multimode fiber, fiber runs can be as long as 1.5 kilometers. Alternately, with single mode fiber the fiber run can be as long as 6 kilometers (creating a total system wingspan of 12 kilometers). And the Cat-5/6 twisted pair cable run can be up to 100 meters recommended maximum

(150 meters with RF performance degradation).

Flexible RF configuration capabilities, including:

System gain:

Ability to manually set gain in 1 dB steps on both downlink and uplink.

RAU:

RAU uplink and downlink gain can be attenuated 10 dB. Uplink level control protects the system from input overload and can be optimized for either a single operator or multi-operators/protocols. VSWR check on RAU reports if there is a problem with the antenna.

The system firmware effectively future proofs the product. When any modi-

fications are made to the product, including the addition of new software capabili-

ties/services, systems that have already been installed can be upgraded simply by downloading new firmware (either locally or remotely).

Extensive OA&M capabilities, including fault isolation to the field replaceable unit, automatic reporting of all warnings and alarms, and user-friendly graphi-

cal-user interface OA&M software packages. 2-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY System Hardware 2.2 System Hardware The InterReach Unison system consists of three modular components:

19" rack-mountable Main Hub (connects to up to 4 Expansion Hubs)

Converts RF signals to optical on the downlink; optical to RF on the uplink

Microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)

Software configurable band

Simplex interface to any RF source

System master periodically polls all downstream units (Expansion Hubs/RAUs) for system status, and automatically reports any warnings/alarms

19" rack-mountable Expansion Hub (connects to up to 8 Remote Access Units)

Converts optical signals to electrical on the downlink and electrical signals to optical on the uplink

Microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)

Software configurable band (based on command from Main Hub)

Supplies DC power to RAU

Remote Access Unit (RAU)

Converts electrical signals to RF on the downlink; RF to electrical on the uplink

Microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)

Protocol/band specific units The minimum configuration of a Unison system is one Main Hub, one Expansion Hub, and one RAU (1-1-1). The maximum configuration of a system is one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs (1-4-32). Multiple systems can be com-

bined to provide larger configurations. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-3 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY 2.3 System OA&M Capabilities The InterReach Unison is microprocessor controlled and contains firmware which enables much of the OA&M functionality. Complete alarming, down to the field replaceable unit (i.e., Main Hub, Expansion Hub, Remote Access Unit) and the cabling infrastructure, is available. All events occurring in a system, defined as a Main Hub and all of its associated Expansion Hubs and Remote Access Units, are automatically reported to the Main Hub. The Main Hub monitors system status and communicates that status using the following methods:

Normally closed (NC) alarm contact closures can be tied to standard NC alarm monitoring systems or directly to a base station for alarm monitoring.

The Main Hubs front panel serial port connects directly to a PC (for local access) or to a modem (for remote access). Figure 2-1 OA&M Communications AdminManager can only initiate communications with a remotely installed system; it cannot receive modem calls. Use the OpsConsole for monitoring and receiving communications from remotely installed systems. PC/Laptop running AdminManager or OpsConsole RS-232 RS-232 Ethernet Modem TCP/IP ENET/232 Converter RS-232 Main Hub Main Hub Main Hub RS-232 SC/APC Fiber SC/APC Expansion Hub RJ-45 Cat-5/6 RJ-45 Remote Access Unit PSTN Modem Main Hub 2-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY OA&M Software 2.3.1 OA&M Software The AdminManager software runs on a Laptop PC which is either directly connected to the DB-9 RS-232 male connector on the Main Hubs front panel or is remotely communicating through a modem that is connected to the DB-9 connector on the Main Hubs rear panel. The AdminManager communicates with one Main Hub, and its downstream units, at a time.

Connected locally, you can access the Installation Wizard which lets you configure a newly installed system, or access the Configuration Panel which lets you query system status, configure a newly added or swapped unit, or change system parame-

ters.

Connected remotely, AdminManager initiates communications with the Main Hub. You can access a read-only Configuration & Maintenance panel which lets you check system status to help you determine if an on-site visit is required. Refer to Section 7 for information about installing and using the AdminManager soft-

ware. Alternately, an LGC Wireless OA&M software application called the OpsConsole is available separately. The OpsConsole lets you manage, monitor, and maintain multi-

ple sites and systems from a centralized location. This software is described in the OpsConsole User Guide, LGC Wireless part number 8701-10. 2.3.2 Configuring, Maintaining, and Monitoring Unison Locally Each Main Hub, Expansion Hub, and RAU in the system constantly monitors itself and its downstream units for internal fault and warning conditions. The results of the monitoring are stored in memory and compared against new results. The Expansion Hubs monitor their RAUs and store their status in memory. The Main Hub monitors its Expansion Hubs and stores their status and the status of the RAUs in its memory. When a unit detects a change in status, a fault or warning is reported. Faults are indicated locally by red status LEDs, and faults and warnings are reported to the Main Hub and displayed on a PC/laptop, via the Main Hubs serial port, that is running the AdminManager software. Using AdminManager locally, you can install a new system or new components, change system parameters, and query system status. The following figure illustrates how the system reports its status to AdminManager. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-5 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY Figure 2-2 Local System Monitoring and Reporting The Main Hub checks its own status and polls each of its Expansion Hubs for their status, which includes RAU status. Main Hub The Expansion Hub checks its own status and polls each of its RAUs for their status. PC/Laptop running AdminManager Use the Admin-

Manager to query units for their status or get current warn-

ing and alarm con-

ditions. The Main Hub receives status of the Expansion Hubs and each of their RAUs, and compares it to previously stored status.

LEDs on the front panel of the Main Hub light red if a fault is detected in any unit.

If a fault or warning condi-

tion is detected in any unit, the Main Hub reports it to the AdminManager. Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub receives status from each of its RAUs and compares it to previously stored status.

LEDs on the front panel of the Expansion Hub light red if a fault is detected in itself or an RAU.

If a fault or warning condition is detected in the Expansion Hub or an RAU, the information is passed to the Main Hub. RAU RAU Each RAU reports its status to the Expansion Hub.

If a fault is detected, the ALARM LED is red. If no fault is detected, the LED is green.

If a fault or warning condition is detected, the information is passed to the Expansion Hub. 2-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Monitoring and Maintaining Unison Remotely 2.3.3 Monitoring and Maintaining Unison Remotely

Using AdminManager Remotely You can use AdminManager to query Unison status via a read-only Configuration

& Maintenance panel. You cannot change system parameters or configure system components remotely with AdminManager. (Refer to Figure 2-1 on page 2-4.)

Using OpsConsole Remotely When monitoring the system remotely, any change of state within the system causes the Main Hub to initiate an automatic call-out and report the system status to the OpsConsole. If the host does not acknowledge the connection, the Main Hub issues an automatic call-out every 15 minutes until an auto acknowledge or stan-

dard request for status (initiated by the host) is received. Refer to the OpsConsole User Guide, LGC Wireless part number 8701-10, for more information about using the OpsConsole for system monitoring. The following figure illustrates how the system reports its status to AdminManager and the OpsConsole. Figure 2-3 Remote System Monitoring and Reporting The Main Hub checks its own status and polls each of its Expansion Hubs for their status, which includes RAU status. Modem Main Hub The Expansion Hub checks its own status and polls each of its RAUs for their status. The Main Hub receives status of Expansion Hub and each RAU and com-

pares it to previously stored status.

If a fault is detected, LEDs on the front panel light red.

If a fault or warning con-

dition is detected in any unit, the Main Hub ini-

tiates a call to the OpsConsole. Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub receives status from each RAU and compares it to previously stored status.

If a fault is detected, LEDs on the front panel light red.

If a fault or warning condition is detected in the Expansion Hub or an RAU, the informa-

tion is passed to the Main Hub. RAU RAU Each RAU reports its status to the Expansion Hub.

If a fault is detected, the ALARM LED is red. If no fault is detected, the LED is green.

If a fault or warning condition is detected, the information is passed to the Expansion Hub. PSTN Modem PC running OpsConsole or AdminManager Use the OpsConsole to remotely monitor and maintain multiple systems. OpsConsole sends an email and/or page notifica-

tion when a change in sys-

tem status is detected. Use AdminManager to query status of a single system (Main Hub and all of its downstream units) and determine if a site visit is required. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-7 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY 2.3.4 Using Alarm Contact Closures The DB-9 female connector on the rear panel of the Main Hub can be connected to a local base station or to a daisy-chained series of Unison, LGCell, and/or MetroReach Focus systems.

When you connect MetroReach Focus or a BTS to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the output of the alarms (alarm source) and Focus is the input (alarm sense).

When you connect LGCell to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the input of the alarms (alarm sense) and the LGCell is the output (alarm source). Refer to Section 6.7 on page 6-37 for information on how to connect other equipment to a Unison system for monitoring. 2-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY System Connectivity 2.4 System Connectivity The double star architecture of the Unison system, illustrated in the following figure, provides excellent system scalability and reliability. The system requires only one pair of fiber for 8 antenna points. This makes any system expansion, such as adding an extra antenna for additional coverage, potentially as easy as pulling an extra twisted pair (instead of pulling additional fiber). Figure 2-4 Unisons Double Star Architecture PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 PORT 4 RS-232 Main Hub Fiber Expansion Hub Expansion Hub Expansion Hub Expansion Hub Cat-5/6 RAU Cat-5/6 RAU Cat-5/6 RAU up to 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-9 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY 2.5 System Operation

Downlink (Base Station to Wireless Devices) The Main Hub receives downlink RF signals from a base station via coaxial cable Main Hub The Main Hub converts the RF signals to IF, then to optical signals and sends them to Expansion Hubs (up to four) via optical fiber cable. Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub converts the optical sig-

nals to electrical signals and sends them to RAUs (up to eight) via Cat-5/6 cable. RAU The RAU converts the IF signals to RF and sends them to passive antennas via coaxial cable.

Uplink (Wireless Devices to Base Station) Expansion Hub Main Hub The Main Hub sends uplink RF signals to a base station via coaxial cable The Main Hub receives the optical signals from the Expansion Hubs (up to four) via optical fiber cables and converts them to RF signals. The Expansion Hub receives the IF signals from the RAUs (up to eight) via Cat-5/6 cables and converts them to optical signals. RAU The RAU receives uplink RF signals from the passive antenna via coaxial cable and converts them to IF signals. 2-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY System Specifications 2.6 System Specifications 2.6.1 Physical Specifications Parameter RF Connectors Main Hub 2 N-type, female Expansion Hub 8 shielded RJ-45, female

(Cat-5/6) External Alarm Connector

(contact closure) Serial Interface Connector Fiber Connectors LED Alarm and Status Indicators 1 9-pin D-sub, female 1 9-pin D-sub, male 4 Pair, SC/APC Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

Main Hub Status Downstream Unit Status

(1 pair per fiber port):

Link

E-Hub/RAU AC Power (Volts) Rating: 100240V, 0.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range: 85250V, 2.40.8A, 4763 Hz DC Power (Volts) 1 Pair, SC/APC Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

E-Hub Status Fiber Link Status (1 pair):

DL Status

UL Status RAU/Link Status

(1 pair per RJ-45 port):

Link

RAU Rating: 115/230V, 5/2.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range:

90132V/170250V auto-ranging, 2.21.5A/1.20.8A, 4763 Hz Power Consumption (W) Enclosure Dimensions*

(height width depth) Weight MTBF 30 44.5 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(1.75 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 3 kg

(< 6.5 lb) 106,272 hours 260 (includes 8 RAUs) 89 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(3.5 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 5 kg

(< 11 lb) 78,998 hours

*Excluding angle-brackets for 19'' rack mounting of hubs. Remote Antenna Unit 1 shielded RJ-45, female

(Cat-5/6) 1 SMA, male (coaxial) Unit Status (1 pair):

Link

Alarm 36V (from the Expansion Hub) 11 44 mm 305 mm 158 mm

(1.7 in. 12 in. 6.2 in.)

< 1 kg

(< 2 lb) 282,207 hours PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-11 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY 2.6.2 Environmental Specifications Parameter Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity; non-condensing Main Hub and Expansion Hub 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 20 to +85C (4 to +185F) 5% to 95%

RAU 25 to +45C (13 to +113F) 25 to +85C (13 to +185F) 5% to 95%

2.6.3 Operating Frequencies Freq. Band PCS PCS PCS PCS PCS DCS DCS DCS Cellular iDEN EGSM GSM UMTS UMTS UMTS Unison Band PCS1 PCS2 PCS3 PCS4 PCS5 DCS1 DCS2 DCS3 CELL iDEN EGSM GSM UMTS1 UMTS2 UMTS3 Description A & D Band D & B Band B & E Band E & F Band F & C Band DCS1 Band DCS2 Band DCS3 Band RF Passband Downlink (MHz) Uplink (MHz) 19301950 19451965 19501970 19651975 19701990 18051842.5 1842.51880 18401875 869894 851869 925960 935960 21102145 21252160 21352170 18501870 18651885 18701890 18851895 18901910 17101747.5 1747.51785 17451780 824849 806824 880915 890915 19201955 19351970 19451980 2-12 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY RF End-to-End Performance 2.6.4 RF End-to-End Performance Cellular Table 2-1 Cellular RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point AMPS output power per carrier when 30 carriers are present TDMA output power per carrier when 16 carriers are present CDMA output power per carrier when 6 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 40 dBm 27 dBm 0.7 dBm 4.0 dBm 7.8 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3.5 dB 7 dBm 15 dB 21 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. For two tones into one RAU, IP3 higher in other circumstances. Table 2-2 Cellular RF End-to-End Performance using 1 km of Multimode Fiber Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point AMPS output power per carrier when 30 carriers are present TDMA output power per carrier when 16 carriers are present CDMA output power per carrier when 6 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 37 dBm 27 dBm 0.7 dBm 4.0 dBm 7.8 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3.5 dB 10 dBm 15 dB 21 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. For two tones into one RAU, IP3 higher in other circumstances. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-13 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY iDEN Table 2-3 iDEN RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Output power per carrier when 6 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 2 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm 6.4 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 16 dBm 17 dB 23 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. GSM Table 2-4 GSM RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point GSM output power per carrier when 12 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 2 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm 5.0 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 16 dBm 17 dB 23 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. 2-14 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY RF End-to-End Performance EGSM Table 2-5 EGSM RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAU configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EH 32 RAU configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 4 dB 7 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. Table 2-6 EGSM RF End-to-End Performance using 1 km of Multimode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 4 dB 10 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-15 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY DCS Table 2-7 DCS RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

DCS1 & DCS2 Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 DCS3 & center 35MHz of DCS or DCS2 Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 2 dB 37 dBm 25 dBm Uplink 15 dB 5 dB 2 dB 15 dBm 17 dB 23 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. Table 2-8 DCS RF End-to-End Performance using 1 km of Multimode Fiber Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

DCS1 & DCS2 Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 DCS3 & center 35MHz of DCS or DCS2 Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 2 dB 37 dBm 25 dBm Uplink 15 dB 5 dB 2 dB 17 dBm 17 dB 23 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. 2-16 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY RF End-to-End Performance PCS Table 2-9 PCS RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point TDMA output power per carrier when 16 carriers are present GSM output power per carrier when 16 carriers are present CDMA output power per carrier when 8 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm 4.0 dBm 4.2 dBm 7.8 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 12 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step.. Table 2-10 PCS RF End-to-End Performance using 1 km of Multimode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point TDMA output power per carrier when 16 carriers are present GSM output power per carrier when 16 carriers are present CDMA output power per carrier when 8 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 36.5 dBm 26 dBm 4.0 dBm 4.2 dBm 7.8 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 14 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step.. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-17 InterReach Unison System Description PRELIMINARY WCDMA Table 2-11 WCDMA RF End-to-End Performance using 2 km of Single-Mode Fiber Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F) *

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Output power per carrier when 7 carriers are present Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Typical Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 36.5 dBm 26 dBm 4.5 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 12 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. 2-18 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 3 Unison Main Hub The Main Hub distributes downlink RF signals from a base station, repeater, or MetroReach Focus system to up to four Expansion Hubs, which in turn distribute the signals to up to 32 Remote Access Units. The Main Hub also combines uplink signals from the Expansion Hubs for a base station or MetroReach Focus system. Figure 3-1 Main Hub in a Unison System Downlink Path: The Main Hub receives downlink RF signals from a base station, repeater, or MetroReach Focus system via coaxial cable. It converts the signals to optical and sends them to up to four Expansion Hubs via fiber optic cables. The Main Hub also sends OA&M communication to the Expansion Hubs via the fiber optic cable. The Expansion Hubs, in turn, communicate the OA&M information to the RAUs via Cat-5/6 cable. Downlink to Main Hub Downlink from Main Hub Unison Main Hub Unison Expansion Hub RAU Uplink from Main Hub Uplink to Main Hub Uplink Path: The Main Hub receives uplink optical signals from up to four Expansion Hubs via fiber optic cables. It converts the signals to RF and sends them to a base station, repeater, or MetroReach Focus system via coaxial cable. The Main Hub also receives status information from the Expansion Hubs and all RAUs via the fiber optic cable. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 3-1 Unison Main Hub PRELIMINARY Figure 3-2 Main Hub Block Diagram IF In Control Signals 3-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Main Hub Front Panel 3.1 Main Hub Front Panel Figure 3-3 Main Hub Front Panel 1 2 3 4 1. Four fiber optic ports (labeled PORT 1, PORT 2, PORT 3, PORT 4)

One standard female SC/APC connector per port for MMF/SMF input (labeled UPLINK)

One standard female SC/APC connector per port for MMF/SMF output

(labeled DOWNLINK) 2. Four sets of fiber port LEDs (one set per port)

One LED per port for port link status (labeled LINK)

One LED per port for downstream unit status (labeled E-HUB/RAU) 3. One set of unit status LEDs

One LED for unit power status (labeled POWER)

One LED for unit status (labeled MAIN HUB STATUS) 4. One 9-pin D-sub male connector for system communication and diagnostics using a PC/laptop (labeled RS-232) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-3 Unison Main Hub PRELIMINARY 3.1.1 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Ports The optical fiber uplink/downlink ports transmit and receive optical signals between the Main Hub and up to four Expansion Hub(s) using industry-standard SMF or MMF cable. There are four fiber ports on the front panel of the Main Hub; one port per Expansion Hub. Each fiber port has two female SC/APC connectors:

Optical Fiber Uplink Connector This connector (labeled UPLINK) is used to receive the uplink optical signals from an Expansion Hub.

Optical Fiber Downlink Connector This connector (labeled DOWNLINK) is used to transmit the downlink optical sig-

nals to an Expansion Hub. CAUTION: To avoid damaging the Main Hubs fiber connector ports, use only SC/APC fiber cable connectors. 3.1.2 Communications RS-232 Serial Connector Remote Monitoring Use a standard serial cable to connect a modem to the 9-pin D-sub male serial con-

nector for remote monitoring or configuring. The cable typically has a DB-9 female and a DB-25 male connector. The following figure shows the cable pinout. Figure 3-4 Standard Serial Cable Pinout DB-9 DB-25 Connector Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Pin 8 3 2 20 7 6 4 5 22 3-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Communications RS-232 Serial Connector Local Monitoring Use a null modem cable to connect a laptop or PC to the 9-pin D-sub male serial con-

nector for local monitoring or configuring. The cable typically has a DB-9 female connector on both ends. The following figure shows the cable pinout. Figure 3-5 Null Modem Cable Pinout DB-9 Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DB-9 Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Note that for each connector, pins 1 and 6 are tied together and sent to pin 4 of the opposite connector. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-5 Unison Main Hub PRELIMINARY 3.1.3 LED Indicators The units front panel LEDs indicate fault conditions and commanded or fault lockouts. The LEDs do not indicate warnings or if the system test has not been performed. Use the LEDs as a go/no go test or as a backup when you are not using AdminManager. Upon power up, the Main Hub goes through a five-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 3-2, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 10 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. Unit Status LEDs The Main Hub status LEDs can be in one of three states, as shown in Table 3-1. These LEDs can be:

steady green steady red blinking green/red (alternating green/red) There is no off state when the units power is on. Table 3-1 Main Hub Status LED States POWER MAIN HUB STATUS POWER MAIN HUB STATUS POWER MAIN HUB STATUS LED State Green Green Green Red Green Alternating Green/Red Indicates

Main Hub is connected to power

Main Hub is not reporting a fault; but the system test may need to be performed or a warning condition could exist

Main Hub is connected to power

Main Hub is reporting a fault or lockout condition

Main Hub is connected to power

Main Hub input signal level too high 3-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY LED Indicators Port LEDs The Main Hub has one pair of fiber port LEDs for each of the four Expansion Hub ports. The LED pairs can be in one of four states, as shown in the following table, in a combination of the following:

off steady green steady red The port LEDs indicate the status of the Expansion Hub and RAUs; however, they do not indicate which particular unit is having a problem (i.e., the Expansion Hub vs. one of the RAUs). LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LED State Off Off Green Green Red Off Green Red Table 3-2 Main Hub Port LED States Indicates

Expansion Hub not connected

Expansion Hub connected, communications normal

No faults from Expansion Hub or any connected RAU

Loss of communications with Expansion Hub

Expansion Hub connected

Fault or lockout reported by Expansion Hub or any connected RAU PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-7 Unison Main Hub PRELIMINARY 3.2 Main Hub Rear Panel Figure 3-6 Main Hub Rear Panel 1 2 3 4 5 1. Power on/off switch 2. AC power cord connector 3. Fan exhaust vent 4. One 9-pin D-sub female connector for contact closure monitoring (labeled DIAGNOSTIC 1) 5. Two N-type, female connectors:

Downlink (labeled DOWNLINK)

Uplink (labeled UPLINK) 3-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Main Hub Rear Panel Connectors 3.2.1 Main Hub Rear Panel Connectors 3.2.1.1 N-type Female Connectors There are two N-type female connectors on the rear panel of the Main Hub:

The UPLINK connector transmits uplink RF signals to a repeater, local base sta-

tion, or MetroReach Focus system.

The DOWNLINK connector receives downlink RF signals from a repeater, local base station, or MetroReach Focus system. 3.2.1.2 9-pin D-sub Connector The 9-pin D-sub connector (labeled DIAGNOSTIC 1) provides contact closure for major error and minor error system alarm monitoring. The following table lists the function of each pin on the 9-pin D-sub connector. Pin locations are labeled on the figure. Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Function Ground / Alarm Input Reserved Reserved Minor Error (positive connection) Minor Error (negative connection) DC Ground (common) Major Error (positive connection) Alarm Input Major Error (negative connection) This interface can either generate contact alarms or sense a single external alarm con-

tact. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-9 Unison Main Hub PRELIMINARY 3.3 Faults and Warnings The Main Hub monitors and reports changes in system performance to:

Ensure that Expansion Hubs and Remote Access Units are connected and function-

ing properly.

Ensure that the fiber receivers, amplifiers, and IF/RF path in the Main Hub are functioning properly. The Main Hub periodically polls attached Expansion Hubs and their Remote Access Units for status. Both fault and warning conditions are reported to a connected PC/laptop that is running the AdminManager software or to the optional remote OpsConsole. Only faults are indicated by LEDs. The faults and warnings that the Main Hub is responsible for monitoring and report-

ing are listed in Section 10. 3-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Main Hub Specifications 3.4 Main Hub Specifications Table 3-3 Main Hub Specifications Specification Enclosure Dimensions (H W D):

Weight Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity, non-condensing External Alarm Connector

(contact closure) Serial Interface Connector Fiber Connectors RF Connectors LED Fault and Status Indicators AC Power Power Consumption (W) MTBF Description 44.5 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(1.75 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 3 kg (< 6.5 lb) 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 20 to +85C (4 to +185F) 5% to 95%

1 9-pin D-sub, female 1 9-pin D-sub, male 4 Pair, SC/APC 2 N-type, female Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

Main Hub Status Downstream Unit/Link Status (1 pair per fiber port):

Link

E-Hub/RAU Rating: 100240V, 0.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range: 85250V, 2.40.8A, 4763 Hz 30 106,272 hours PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-11 Unison Main Hub PRELIMINARY 3-12 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 4 Unison Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub interfaces between the Main Hub and the Remote Access Unit(s) by converting optical signals to electrical signals. It also supplies the DC power to operate the Remote Access Unit(s). Figure 4-1 Expansion Hub in a Unison System Downlink Path: The Expansion Hub receives downlink optical signals from the Main Hub via fiber optic cable. It converts the signals to electrical and sends them to up to eight Remote Access Units (RAUs) via Cat-5/6 cables. Also, the Expansion Hub receives configuration information from the Main Hub via the fiber optic cable and relays configu-

ration information to the RAUs via the Cat-5/6 cable. Unison Main Hub Unison Expansion Hub Downlink to Expansion Hub Uplink from Expansion Hub Downlink from Expansion Hub Uplink to Expansion Hub RAU Uplink Path: The Expansion Hub receives uplink IF signals from up to eight RAUs via Cat-5/6 cables. It converts the sig-

nals to optical and sends them to a Main Hub via fiber optic cable. Also, the Expansion Hub receives RAU status information via the Cat-5/6 cable and sends it and its own status information to the Main Hub via the fiber optic cable. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 4-1 Unison Expansion Hub PRELIMINARY Figure 4-2 Expansion Hub Block Diagram 4-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Expansion Hub Front Panel 4.1 Expansion Hub Front Panel Figure 4-3 Expansion Hub Front Panel 1 2 3 4 5 1. Eight standard Cat-5/6 ScTP cable RJ-45 connectors (labeled PORT 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) 2. Eight sets of RJ-45 port LEDs (one set per port)

One LED per port for link status (labeled LINK)

One LED per port for downstream unit status (labeled RAU) 3. One set of unit status LEDs

One LED for unit power status (labeled POWER)

One LED for unit status (labeled E-HUB STATUS) 4. One set of fiber connection status LEDs

One LED for fiber downlink status (labeled DL STATUS)

One LED for fiber uplink status (labeled UL STATUS) 5. One fiber optic port which has two connectors

One standard female SC/APC connector for MMF/SMF input (labeled UPLINK)

One standard female SC/APC connector for MMF/SMF output (labeled DOWN-

LINK) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-3 Unison Expansion Hub PRELIMINARY 4.1.1 RJ-45 Connectors The eight RJ-45 connectors on the Expansion Hub are for the Cat-5/6 ScTP cable that is used to transmit and receive signals to and from RAUs. Use shielded RJ-45 con-

nectors on the Cat-5/6 cable. The Cat-5/6 cable also delivers DC electrical power to the RAUs. The Expansion Hubs DC voltage output is 36V DC nominal. A current limiting circuit is used to protect the Expansion Hub if any port draws excessive power. 4.1.2 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors The optical fiber uplink/downlink port transmits and receives optical signals between the Expansion Hub and the Main Hub using industry-standard SMF or MMF cable. The fiber port has two female SC/APC connectors:

Optical Fiber Uplink Connector This connector (labeled UPLINK) is used to transmit (output) uplink optical signals to the Main Hub.

Optical Fiber Downlink Connector This connector (labeled DOWNLINK) is used to receive (input) downlink optical sig-

nals from the Main Hub. CAUTION: To avoid damaging the Expansion Hubs fiber con-

nector port, use only SC/APC fiber cable connectors. 4-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY LED Indicators 4.1.3 LED Indicators The units front panel LEDs indicate fault conditions and commanded or fault lockouts. The LEDs do not indicate warnings or if the system test has not been performed. Use the LEDs as a go/no go test or as a backup when you are not using AdminManager. Upon power up, the Expansion Hub goes through a five-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 4-2, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 10 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. Unit Status and DL/UL Status LEDs The Expansion Hub unit status and DL/UL status LEDs can be in one of five states, as shown in the following table. These LEDs can be:

steady green steady red There is no off state when the units power is on. Table 4-1 Expansion Hub Unit Status and DL/UL Status LED States POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS LED State Green / Green Green / Green POWER E-HUB STATUS POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Green Red / Green Green / Red Red / Green Green / Green Red / Red POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Red Red / Red Indicates

Expansion Hub is connected to power

Expansion Hub is not reporting a fault or lockout; but the system test may need to be performed or a warning condition could exist

Optical power in is above minimum (Main Hub is connected) although the cable length may be longer than recommended maximum

Optical power out (uplink laser) is normal

Expansion Hub is reporting a fault or commanded lockout, but optical power in and out are normal

Fault condition detected, optical power in is below minimum.

(Main Hub is not connected, is not powered, or Main Hubs DL laser has failed.)

Expansion Hub is reporting a fault condition

Optical power in is normal, optical power out is below minimum

(Expansion Hub uplink laser has failed; unable to communicate with Main Hub)

No downlink or uplink: replace Expansion Hub PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-5 Unison Expansion Hub PRELIMINARY Port LEDs The Expansion Hub has one pair of port LEDs for each of the eight RJ-45 ports. The port LEDs can be in one of four states, as shown in the following table. These LEDs can be:

off steady green steady red Table 4-2 Expansion Hub Port LED States LED State Off Off Green Green Red Off Green Red LINK RAU LINK RAU LINK RAU LINK RAU Indicates

RAU is not connected

RAU is connected

No faults from RAU

Loss of communications to RAU

RAU is connected

Fault/lockout condition reported by RAU 4-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Expansion Hub Rear Panel 4.2 Expansion Hub Rear Panel Figure 4-4 Expansion Hub Rear Panel 1 2 3 1. Power on/off switch 2. AC power cord connector 3. Three air exhaust vents PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-7 Unison Expansion Hub PRELIMINARY 4.3 Faults and Warnings The Main Hub periodically polls attached Expansion Hubs and their Remote Access Units for status. Both fault and warning conditions are reported to a connected PC/laptop that is running the AdminManager software or to the optional remote OpsConsole. Only faults are indicated by LEDs. The faults and warnings that the Expansion Hub is responsible for monitoring and Reporting are listed in Section 10. 4-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Expansion Hub Specifications 4.4 Expansion Hub Specifications Table 4-3 Expansion Hub Specifications Specification Enclosure Dimensions (H W D) Weight Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity, non-condensing Cat-5/6 Connectors Fiber Connectors LED Alarm and Status Indicators AC Power (Volts) (4763 Hz) Power Consumption (W) MTBF Description 89 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(3.5 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 5 kg (< 11 lb) 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 20 to +85C (4 to +185F) 5% to 95%

8 shielded RJ-45, female (Cat-5/6) 1 Pair, SC/APC Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

E-Hub Status Fiber Link Status (1 pair):

DL Status

UL Status RAU/Link Status (1 pair per RJ-45 port):

Link

RAU Rating: 115/230V, 5/2.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range: 90132V/170250V auto-ranging, 2.21.5A/1.20.8A, 4763 Hz 260 (includes 8 RAUs) 78,998 hours PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-9 Unison Expansion Hub PRELIMINARY 4-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 5 Unison Remote Access Unit The Remote Access Unit (RAU) is an active transceiver that connects to an Expan-

sion Hub using industry-standard Cat-5/6 ScTP cable. The cable also delivers electri-

cal power to the RAU. An RAU passes RF signals between an Expansion Hub and an attached passive antenna where the signals are transmitted to wireless devices. Figure 5-1 Remote Access Unit in a Unison System Downlink Path: The RAU receives downlink IF signals from an Expansion Hub via Cat-5/6 cable. It converts the signals to RF and sends them to a passive RF antenna via coaxial cable. Also, the RAU receives configuration information from the Main Hub via the Cat-5/6 cable. Unison Main Hub Unison Expansion Hub Downlink to RAU RAU Downlink to antenna Uplink from RAU Uplink from antenna Uplink Path: The RAU receives uplink RF signals from a passive RF antenna via coaxial cable. It converts the signals to IF and sends them to an Expansion Hub via Cat-5/6 cable. Also, the RAU sends its status information to the Expansion Hub via the Cat-5/6 cable. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 5-1 Unison Remote Access Unit PRELIMINARY Figure 5-2 Remote Access Unit Block Diagram 5-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Remote Access Unit Connectors 5.1 Remote Access Unit Connectors 5.1.1 5.1.2 SMA Connector The RAU has one female SMA connector. The connector is a duplexed RF input/out-

put port that connects to a standard passive antenna using coaxial cable. RJ-45 Port The RAU has one RJ-45 port that connects it to an Expansion Hub using Cat-5/6 ScTP cable. Use shielded RJ-45 connectors on the Cat-5/6 cable. 5.2 LED Indicators Upon power up, the RAU goes through a two-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 5-1, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 10 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. Status LEDs The RAU status LEDs can be in one of four states, as shown in the following table. These LEDs can be:

off steady green steady red Table 5-1 Remote Access Unit LED States Indicates

RAU is not receiving DC power

RAU is powered and is not indicating a fault condition. Communication with Expansion Hub is normal; but the system test may need to be performed or a warning condition could exist (use AdminManager to determine)

RAU is indicating a fault or lockout condition, but communication with the Expansion Hub is normal

RAU is reporting a fault or lockout condition, and it is not able to communicate with the Expansion Hub Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 5-3 LED State Off Off Green Green Green Red Red Red LINK ALARM LINK ALARM LINK ALARM LINK ALARM PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Unison Remote Access Unit PRELIMINARY 5.3 Faults and Warnings The Main Hub periodically polls attached Expansion Hubs and their Remote Access Units for status. Both faults and warning conditions are reported to a connected PC/laptop that is running the AdminManager software, or to the optional remote OpsConsole. Only faults are indicated by LEDs. The faults and warnings that the RAU is responsible for monitoring and reporting are listed in Section 10. 5-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Remote Access Unit Specifications 5.4 Remote Access Unit Specifications Table 5-2 Remote Access Unit Specifications Specification Dimensions (H W D) Weight Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity, non-condensing RF Connectors LED Alarm and Status Indicators Maximum Heat Dissipation (W) MTBF Description 44 mm 305 mm 158 mm

(1.7 in. 12 in. 6.2 in.)

< 1 kg (< 2 lb) 25 to +45C (13 to +113F) 25 to +85C (13 to +185F) 5% to 95%

1 shielded RJ-45, female (Cat-5/6) 1 SMA, male (coaxial) Unit Status (1 pair): Link Alarm 11 282,207 hours PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 5-5 Unison Remote Access Unit PRELIMINARY 5-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 6 Installing Unison Components 6.1 Installation Requirements 6.1.1 6.1.2 Component Location Requirements Unison components are intended to be installed in indoor locations only. Cable and Connector Requirements The Unison equipment operates over standard Category 5 or 6 (Cat-5/6) screened twisted pair (ScTP) and industry-standard single-mode fiber (SMF) or multimode fiber (MMF) cable. These cables are widely used industry standards for Local Area Networks (LANs). The regulations and guidelines for Unison cable installation are identical to those specified by the TIA/EIA 568-A standard and the TIA/EIA/IS-729 supplement for LANs. LGC Wireless recommends plenum-rated Cat-5/6 ScTP and fiber cable and connec-

tors for conformity to building codes and standards. ScTP is required in order to meet FCC and CE Mark emissions requirements. 6.1.3 Neutral Host System Requirements As in any Unison system, a neutral host system requires one pair of fiber strands between each Main Hub and each Expansion Hub, and one Cat-5/6 cable between each Expansion Hub and each RAU. To help achieve the cost savings possible in a neutral host system, it is advantageous to install additional cables for future growth. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 6-1 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.1.4 Distance Requirements The following table shows the distances between Unison components and related equipment. Table 6-1 Unison Distance Requirements Equipment Combination Repeater to Main Hub Base Station to Main Hub Main Hub to Expansion Hub Expansion Hub to RAU RAU to passive antenna Cable Type Coaxial; N male connectors Coaxial; N male connectors Multimode Fiber:

Single-Mode Fiber:

SC/APC male connectors Cat-5/6 ScTP;

shielded RJ-45 male connectors Coaxial; SMA male connectors Distance 36 m (1020 ft) typical 36 m (1020 ft) typical 1.5 km (4,921 ft) max. 6 km (19,685 ft) max. Additional Information Limited by loss and noise. Refer to your link budget calculation. Limited by loss and noise. Refer to your link budget calculation. Limited by 3 dB optical loss. 25 meters (82 ft) minimum 100 m (328 ft) recommended max. 150 m (492 ft) absolute max. 13.5 m (312 ft) typical See System Gain (Loss) Rela-

tive to ScTP Cable Length on page 8-31. Limited by loss and noise. Refer to your link budget calculation. 6-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Safety Precautions 6.2 Safety Precautions 6.2.1 Installation Guidelines Use the following guidelines when installing LGC Wireless equipment:

1. Provide sufficient airflow and cooling to the equipment to prevent heat build-up from exceeding the maximum ambient air temperature specification. Do not com-

promise the amount of airflow required for safe operation of the equipment. 2. Be careful when servicing these products. If you are removing the system, turn it off and remove the power cord first. There are no user-serviceable parts inside the components. 3. The internal power supply has internal fuses that are not user replaceable. Con-

sider the worst-case power consumption shown on the product labels when provi-

sioning the equipments AC power source and distribution. 6.2.2 General Safety Precautions The following precautions apply to LGC Wireless products:

The units have no user-serviceable parts. Faulty or failed units are fully replaceable through LGC Wireless. Please contact us at:

1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International)

+44(0) 1223 597812 (Europe)

Although modeled after an Ethernet/LAN architecture and connectivity, the units are not intended to connect to Ethernet data hubs, routers, cards, or other similar data equipment.

When you connect the fiber optic cable, take the same precaution as if installing Ethernet network equipment. All optical fiber SC/APC connectors should be cleaned according to the cable manufacturers instructions.

When you connect a radiating antenna to an RAU, DO NOT over-tighten the SMA connector. Firmly hand-tightening the connector is adequate. WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this equipment to rain or moisture. The components are intended for indoor use only. Do not install the RAU outdoors. Do not connect an RAU to an antenna that is located outside where it could be subject to lightning strikes, power crosses, or wind. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-3 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.2.3 Fiber Port Safety Precautions The following are suggested safety precautions for working with fiber ports. For information about system compliance with safety standards, see Appendix C. WARNING: Observe the following warning about viewing fiber ends in ports. Do not stare with unprotected eyes at the connector ends of the fibers or the ports of the hubs. Invisible infrared radia-

tion is present at the front panel of the Main Hub and the Expansion Hub. Do not remove the fiber port dust caps unless the port is going to be used. Do not stare directly into a fiber port.

Test fiber cables: When you test fiber optic cables, connect the optical power source last and disconnect it first. Use Class 1 test equipment.

Fiber ends: Cover any unconnected fiber ends with an approved cap. Do not use tape.

Broken fiber cables: Do not stare with unprotected eyes at any broken ends of the fibers. Laser light emitted from fiber sources can cause eye injury. Avoid contact with broken fibers; they are sharp and can pierce the skin. Report any broken fiber cables and have them replaced.

Cleaning: Be sure the connectors are clean and free of dust or oils. Use only approved methods for cleaning optical fiber connectors.

Modifications: Do not make any unauthorized modifications to this fiber optic system or associated equipment.

Live work: Live work is permitted because LGC Wireless equipment is a Class 1 hazard.

Signs: No warning signs are required.

Class 1 laser product: The system meets the criteria for a Class 1 laser product per IEC 60825-1:1998-01 and IEC 60825-2:2000-05. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT This label appears on the front panel of the Main Hub and the Expansion Hub.

CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. 6-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Preparing for System Installation 6.3 Preparing for System Installation 6.3.1 Pre-Installation Inspection Follow this procedure before installing Unison equipment:

1. Verify the number of packages received against the packing list. 2. Check all packages for external damage; report any external damage to the ship-

ping carrier. If there is damage, a shipping agent should be present before unpack-

ing and inspecting the contents because damage caused during transit is the responsibility of the shipping agent. 3. Open and check each package against the packing slip. If any items are missing, contact LGC Wireless customer service. If damage is discovered at the time of installation, contact the shipping agent. 4. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-5 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.3.2 Installation Checklist Table 6-2 Installation Checklist

Installation Requirement Floor Plans Power available:

Main Hub (AC) Expansion Hub (AC) To RAU (DC) Rack space available:

Main Hub Expansion Hub Clearance for air circulation:

Main and Expansion Hubs RAU Suitable operating environment:

Main and Expansion Hubs RAUs Consideration Installation location of equipment clearly marked Power cord is 2 m (6.5 ft) long. Rating: 100240V, 0.5A, 5060 Hz Rating: 115/230V, 5/2.5A, 5060 Hz 36V (from the Expansion Hub) 44 mm (1.75 in.) high (1U) 89 mm (3.5 in.) high (2U) 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear, 51 mm (2 in.) sides 76 mm (3 in.) all around Indoor location only 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 5% to 95% non-condensing humidity 25 to +45C (13 to +113F) 5% to 95% non-condensing humidity Donor Antenna-to-Unison Configuration Donor Antenna Lightning Arrestor or Surge Suppressor Repeater Attenuator Circulator Base Station-to-Unison Configuration Base Station Attenuator Circulator Installed, inspected; N-male to N-male coaxial cable to lightning arrestor/surge suppressor Installed between roof-top antenna and repeater; N-male to N-male coaxial cable Installed between lightning arrestor/surge suppressor and Main Hub; N-male to N-male coaxial cable Installed between the circulator and the Main Hub downlink port to prevent overload. Optionally, it may be installed between the uplink port and the circula-

tor Installed between the repeater and the Main Hub uplink and downlink ports Verify RF power (see tables in Section 8.1 on page 8-3); N-male to N-male coaxial cable; installed, inspected Attenuation may be required to achieve the desired RF output at the RAU and the desired uplink noise floor level When using a duplex BTS: Installed between the repeater and the Main Hub uplink and downlink ports. Not used with a simplex BTS 6-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installation Checklist Table 6-2 Installation Checklist (continued)

Installation Requirement Connecting Multiple Main Hubs Together Power combiner/splitter Consideration Attenuator Circulator Cabling Coaxial: repeater or base station to Main Hub Coaxial: RAU to passive antennas Fiber: Main Hub to Expansion Hubs Cat-5/6 ScTP: Expansion Hub to RAUs Daisy-chain cable Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Null modem cable N-male to N-male coaxial cables; power combiner/splitter to Main Hub and base station or repeater Attenuation may be required to achieve the desired RF output at the RAU and the desired uplink noise floor level When using a duplex BTS: Installed between the repeater the Main Hub uplink and downlink ports. Not used with a simplex BTS Coax approved; N-type male connectors Use low-loss cable; SMA male connector; typical 1 m (3.3 ft) using RG142 coaxial cable SC/APC (angle-polished) male connectors (can use SC/APC pigtails);

MMF: limited by optical loss of 3 dB, up to 1.5 km (4,921 ft);

SMF: limited by optical loss of 3 dB, up to 6 km (19,685 ft) TIA/EIA 568-A approved; shielded RJ-45 male connectors

Absolute Minimum: 10 meters (33 ft)

Recommended Minimum: 25 meters (82 ft)

Recommended Maximum: 100 meters (328 ft)

Absolute Maximum: 150 meters (492 ft) Tie-off cables to avoid damaging the connectors because of cable strain For contact alarm monitoring: connecting up to 5 LGCell systems to Unison, or connecting up to 5 Unison systems to MetroReach Focus or to a base station If connecting LGCell to Unison Female connectors; Main Hub to a laptop that is running the AdminManager software; local connection Female/male connectors; Main Hub to a modem; remote connection Refer to requirements in Section 7.1.1, PC/Laptop Requirements, on page 7-2 If longer distance, determine the loss of the cable used for this connection and adjust the RF signal into the Main Hub accordingly. This can be done by read-

justing the power from the base station, or by changing the attenuation value between the base station/repeater and the Main Hub Straight-through cable Configuring System Laptop running AdminManager software Distances Main Hub is within 36m (1020 ft) of connecting repeater Main Hub is within 36m (1020 ft) of connecting base station Main Hub is within correct distance of Expansion Hub(s);

SMF and MMF optical link budget: 3 dB PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-7 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.3.3 Tools and Materials Required Table 6-3 Tools and Materials Required for Component Installation

Description Cable ties Philips screwdriver Mounting screws and spring nuts Fiber cleaning supplies Compressed air Screws, anchors, pipe clamp, etc. (for mounting RAUs) Drill Fusion splicer Fiber connector cleaning kit Splicing tool kit (including: snips, cladding strippers, fiber cleaver, isopropyl alcohol, lint-free wipes) Fusion splicing sleeves 6.3.4 Optional Accessories Table 6-4 Optional Accessories for Component Installation

Description Wall-mount equipment rack(s) (PN 4712) Cable management (Cable manager: PN 4759; Tie wrap bar: PN 4757) Splice trays Pigtails with SC/APC connector:

Multimode Fiber SC/APC Pigtail (PN 4012SCAPC-3) Single-mode Fiber SC/APC Pigtail (PN 4013SCAPC-3) Alarm Cables:

5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable (PN 4022-5) Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable (PN 4024-3) Alarm Sense Adapter Cable (PN 4025-1) RAU Dust Cover 6-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Unison Component Installation Procedures 6.4 Unison Component Installation Procedures The following procedures assume that the system is new from the factory and that it has not been programmed with a band.

If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with either new units or units that may already be programmed (i.e., re-using units from another system), refer to Section 9.

Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas . 6-11 Installing RAUs . 6-11

Installing Passive Antennas . 6-12

Connecting the Antenna to the RAU . 6-12

Testing and Connecting the ScTP Cable . 6-13

Installing RAUs in a Neutral Host System . 6-13 Installing Expansion Hubs . 6-14 Installing an Expansion Hub in a Rack . 6-14

Installing an Expansion Hub in a Wall-Mounted Rack . 6-15

Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack . 6-15

Powering On the Expansion Hub . 6-16

Testing and Connecting the Fiber Cables . 6-16

Connecting the ScTP Cables . 6-20

Checking the RJ-45 Port LEDs . 6-20

Installing Expansion Hubs in a Neutral Host System . 6-21 Installing a Main Hub . 6-22 Installing a Main Hub in a Rack . 6-22

Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack . 6-22

Starting and Configuring the System . 6-24

Connecting a Laptop and Starting the AdminManager Software . 6-24

Powering On the Main Hub . 6-24

Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub . 6-25

Checking the Main Hubs Fiber Port LEDs . 6-26

Configuring the Unison System . 6-28

Installing Main Hubs in a Neutral Host System . 6-23

PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-9 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY The following procedures assume that the system is installed and programmed.

Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or Roof-top Antenna . 6-29

Connecting a Main Hub to a Roof-top Antenna . 6-29

Connecting a Main Hub to an In-Building Base Station . 6-30

Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations . 6-32

Connecting Multiple Main Hubs . 6-33

Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station . 6-35

Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station . 6-36

Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System . 6-37 6-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas 6.4.1 Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas CAUTION: Install RAUs in indoor locations only. Installing RAUs Mount all RAUs in the locations marked on the floor plans. Considerations:

Install iDEN and 800 MHz cellular RAUs so that their antennas will be at least 6 to 8 meters (20 to 26 feet) apart.

Keep at least 76 mm (3 in.) clearance around the RAU to ensure proper venting

Always mount the RAU with the unpainted mounting face against the mounting surface Attaching the Optional RAU Dust Cover Use the optional RAU dust cover when installing the RAU in an area where excessive dust or debris could enter its venting holes. To attach the optional RAU dust cover:

1. Firmly insert the four mounting pegs into the four corners on the top side of the RAU, as shown in the following diagram. Insert mountng pegs Insert mountng pegs Insert this end of mounting peg into the dust cover Insert this end of mounting peg into the RAU 2. Position the dust cover over the mounting pegs and press to snap into place. The following diagram shows a side view of the dust cover attached to the RAU. Dust Cover Mounting Peg RAU PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-11 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Installing Passive Antennas Refer to the manufacturers installation instructions to install passive antennas. Passive antennas are usually installed below the ceiling. If they are installed above the ceiling, the additional loss due to the ceiling material must be considered when estimating the antenna coverage area. Considerations:

Use coaxial cable with the least amount of loss possible.

Keep iDEN and 800 MHz cellular antennas at least 6 to 8 meters (20 to 26 ft) apart. Connecting the Antenna to the RAU Connect a passive antenna to the SMA male connector on the RAU using coaxial cable. CAUTION:When connecting to the SMA female connector on the RAU and passive antenna, DO NOT over-tighten the connec-

tor. Firmly hand-tightening the connector is adequate. 6-12 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas Testing and Connecting the ScTP Cable Consideration:

Before connecting the ScTP cable to the RAU, confirm that it meets TIA/EIA 568-A standard and the TIA/EIA/IS-729 supplement. To test and connect the ScTP cable:

1. Perform cable testing. Test results are required for the final As-Built Document. Cable length:

Absolute Minimum: 10 m (33 ft) Recommended Minimum: 25 m (82 ft) Recommended Maximum: 100 m (328 ft) Absolute Maximum: 150 m (492 ft) 2. Label the cable and make a note of the designation. This information is needed when connecting the cable to the Expansion Hub. 3. Connect the cable to the RJ-45 female port on the RAU. Power is supplied by the Expansion Hub. Because the Expansion Hub is not yet connected, no LEDs will illuminate. 6.4.1.1 Installing RAUs in a Neutral Host System When installing both iDEN and cellular systems in parallel, either as dual-band or neutral host systems, special provision must be taken to assure that the individual RAUs do not interfere with each other. The 800 MHz cellular and iDEN RAUs antennas must be separated by 6 to 8 meters (20 to 26 feet) to assure that the iDEN downlink signals do not interfere with the cellular uplink signals. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-13 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.4.2 Installing Expansion Hubs The Expansion Hub (2U high) can mount in a standard 19 in. (483 mm) equipment rack or in a wall-mountable equipment rack that is available from LGC Wireless. Allow clearance of 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear and 51 mm (2 in.) sides for air circu-

lation. Install the Expansion Hub in a horizontal position only. CAUTION: Install Expansion Hubs in indoor locations only. Installing an Expansion Hub in a Rack Consideration:

The Expansion Hub is shipped with #10-32 mounting screws. Another common rack thread is #12-24. Confirm that the mounting screws match the racks threads. If you want to move the mounting brackets to a mid-mounting position, see Install-

ing an Expansion Hub in a Wall-Mounted Rack on page 6-15.

Insert spring nuts into the rack where needed or use existing threaded holes. To install the hub in a rack:

1. 2. Place the Expansion Hub into the rack from the front. 3. Align the flange holes with the spring nuts installed in Step 1. 4. 5. Tighten the mounting screws. Insert the mounting screws in the appropriate positions in the rack. 6-14 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing Expansion Hubs Installing an Expansion Hub in a Wall-Mounted Rack Considerations:

The rack and the Expansion Hub are both 305 mm (12 in.) deep. The rack mount-

ing brackets on the Expansion Hub must be moved from the front position to allow for the 76 mm (3 in.) rear clearance required.

The maximum weight the rack can hold is 22.5 kg (50 lbs). To install the hub in a wall-mounted rack:

1. Attach the equipment rack to the wall using the screws that are provided. The rack must be positioned so that the Expansion Hub will be in a horizontal position when it is installed. 2. Remove both of the rack mounting brackets from the hub. 3. Reattach each of the rack mounting brackets to the opposite side of the hub from which it came. Refer to the following figure for bracket placement. Right Rack Mounting Bracket as installed from the factory. Left Rack Mounting Bracket installed on the right side of the hub. 3.5''

3.5''

3''

3''

4. Attach the Expansion Hub to the rack. Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack

Using the screws provided, fasten the cable manager to the rack, immediately above or below the Expansion Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-15 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Powering On the Expansion Hub 1. Connect the AC power cord to the Expansion Hub. 2. Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet. 3. Turn on the power to the Expansion Hub and check that all the LED lamps are functioning properly. Upon power-up, the LEDs will blink for five seconds for a visual check that they are functioning. After the five-second test:

The POWER and UL STATUS LEDs should be green.

The E-HUB STATUS and DL STATUS LEDs should be red because the Main Hub is not yet connected.

All port LEDs should be off because no RAUs are connected yet. NOTE: Leave the dust caps on the fiber ports until you are ready to connect the fiber optic cables. Testing and Connecting the Fiber Cables Considerations:

Before connecting the fiber cables, confirm that their optical loss does not exceed

3 dB optical budget. If fiber distribution panels are used, confirm that the total optical loss of fiber cable, from the Main Hub through distribution panels and patch cords to the Expansion Hub, does not exceed the optical budget.

Make sure the fiber cables connectors are SC/APC (angle-polished).Using any other connector type will result in degraded system performance and may damage the equipment. (You can use an SC/APC pigtail if the fiber cables connectors are not SC/APC, see Splicing Fiber and Pigtail on page 6-18.) NOTE: Observe all Fiber Port Safety Precautions listed in Section 6.2.3 on page 6-4. To test the fiber cables:

1. Perform cable testing and record the results. Test results are required for the final As-Built Document. 2. Make a note of which cable you will use for uplink and downlink. This information is needed when connecting the cables to the Main Hub. 6-16 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing Expansion Hubs To clean the fiber ports:

Use compressed air to blow dust out of each fiber port before you insert the SC/APC connector. Note that compressed air should not leave any residue as this will contam-

inate the fiber port. To clean the fiber connectors:

Be sure that the fiber cables SC/APC connectors are clean and free of dust or oils. If the fiber connector front face is not free of dust or oils, follow the manufacturers rec-

ommendations for cleaning it. To connect the fiber cables:

The fiber cable is labeled with either 1 or 2, or is color-coded. In addition to these labels, you should add a code that identifies which port on the Main Hub is being used and which Expansion Hub the cables are intended for. This differentiates the connectors for proper connection between the Main Hub and Expansion Hubs. If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2:

1. Connect 1 to UPLINK on Expansion Hub. 2. Connect 2 to DOWNLINK on Expansion Hub. 3. Label both ends of each cable with which Main Hub port is used. For example:

First pair to Main Hub port 1: 11 (uplink), 12 (downlink);

Second pair to Main Hub port 2: 21 (uplink), 22 (downlink);

Third pair to Main Hub port 3: 31 (uplink), 32 (downlink); and so on. 4. Record which number you connected to UPLINK and DOWNLINK. This information is needed when connecting the other end of the fiber cable to the Main Hubs fiber ports. If the fiber jumper is color-coded (for example, blue or red):

1. Connect blue to UPLINK on Expansion Hub. 2. Connect red to DOWNLINK on Expansion Hub. 3. Label both ends of each cable with which Main Hub port is used. For example:

First pair to Main Hub port 1: 11 (uplink), 12 (downlink);

Second pair to Main Hub port 2: 21 (uplink), 22 (downlink);

Third pair to Main Hub port 3: 31 (uplink), 32 (downlink); and so on. 4. Record which color and port number you connected to UPLINK and DOWNLINK. This information is needed when connecting the other end of the fiber cable to the Main Hubs fiber ports. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-17 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Splicing Fiber and Pigtail The fiber cable must have SC/APC connectors. If it does not, you can splice a pigtail, which has SC/APC connectors, to the fiber cable. There are two different pigtails: 1 for single-mode fiber (PN 4013SCAPC-3) and 1 for multimode fiber (PN 4012SCAPC-3). To splice the fiber optic cable to the SC/APC pigtail: Option A 1. Secure both the fiber cable and the SC/APC pigtail in a splice tray that is installed immediately adjacent to the Hub. 2. Prepare the fiber end by ring-cutting the polyethylene jacket, cutting back the Kevlar strands, and stripping back the fiber cladding. Ensure that sufficient slack is maintained in order to be able to reach the fusion splicer. 3. Clean the unclad fiber core using isopropyl alcohol and lint-free wipes. 4. Cleave the unclad fiber to the length prescribed by the fusion splicers specifica-

tion sheets. 5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for the SC/APC pigtail. 6. Pass the splice sleeve onto the fiber strand. 7. Position both fiber ends in the fusion splicer and complete splice in accordance with the fusion splicers operation instructions. 8. Ensure that the estimated loss for the splice as measured by the fusion splicer is 0.10 dB or better. 9. Slide the fusion splicing sleeve over the point of the fusion splice. 10. Place the sleeve and fused fiber into the fusion splicers heater. 11. Allow time for the splice sleeve to cure. 12. Return fiber splice to the splice tray, store the sleeve in a splice holder within the tray, and store excess cable length in accordance with the tray manufactures directions. After successfully testing the fiber, plug the SC/APC pigtail into the proper opti-

cal port on the Hub. 6-18 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing Expansion Hubs To splice the fiber optic cable to the SC/APC pigtail: Option B 1. Secure both the fiber cable and the SC/APC pigtail in a splice tray portion of a fiber distribution panel. 2. Prepare the fiber end by ring-cutting the polyethylene jacket, cutting back the Kevlar strands, and stripping back the fiber cladding. Ensure that sufficient slack is maintained in order to be able to reach the fusion splicer. 3. Clean the unclad fiber core using isopropyl alcohol and lint-free wipes. 4. Cleave the unclad fiber to the length prescribed by the fusion splicers specifica-

tion sheets. 5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for the SC/APC pigtail. 6. Pass the splice sleeve onto the fiber strand. 7. Position both fiber ends in the fusion splicer and complete splice in accordance with the fusion splicers operation instructions. 8. Ensure that the estimated loss for the splice as measured by the fusion splicer is 0.10 dB or better. 9. Slide the fusion splicing sleeve over the point of the fusion splice. 10. Place the sleeve and fused fiber into the fusion splicers heater. 11. Allow time for the splice sleeve to cure. 12. Return fiber splice to the splice tray, store the sleeve in a splice holder within the tray, and store excess cable length in accordance with the tray manufactures directions. 13. After successfully testing the fiber cable, plug the SC/APC pigtail into the back side of the SC/APC bulkhead in the Fiber Distribution Panel. Install a SC/APC patch cord between the front side of the SC/APC bulkhead and the proper optical port on the Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-19 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Connecting the ScTP Cables Considerations:

Confirm that the cables have been tested and the results recorded. To connect the ScTP cables:

1. Connect the ScTP cables to any available RJ-45 port on the Expansion Hub. 2. Record which RAU you are connecting to which port. This information is required for the As-Built Document. 3. Tie-off cables or use the optional cable manager to avoid damaging the connec-

tors because of cable strain. Checking the RJ-45 Port LEDs

The LINK LED should be green indicating that power is being supplied to the RAU.

The RAU LED should be red indicating that communication is established but a band is not programmed.

If the LINK LED is red and the RAU LED is off, then the RAUs are not commu-

nicating with the Expansion Hub.

If the LEDs are off, the RAU is not drawing power. 6-20 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing Expansion Hubs 6.4.2.1 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation

All Expansion Hub LINK and E-HUB/RAU LEDs with RAUs connected should indi-

cate Green/Red, which indicates that the RAU is powered on and communication has been established.

The Expansion Hub UL STATUS LED should be Green. Table 6-5 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation During Installation Expansion Hub power is On and no RAUs are connected Connect RAU LED POWER State Off LINK E-HUB/RAU UL STATUS LEDs on but didnt blink through all states Red LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off LINK Off E-HUB/RAU Off LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off Action Check AC power; check that the Expansion Hub power-on switch is on; replace the Expansion Hub. Replace the Expansion Hub. Impact Expansion Hub is not powering on. Microcontroller not resetting properly;

flash memory corrupted. Replace the Expansion Hub. Port unusable; replace the Expan-

sion Hub when possible. The Expansion Hub laser is not opera-

tional; no uplink between the Expansion Hub and Main Hub. Current sensor fault; do not use the port. Check the Cat-5/6 cable. Power is not getting to the RAU. Test the Cat-5/6 cable. If the cable tests OK, try another port. If the second ports LEDs are Red/Off, replace the RAU. If the second RAU doesnt work; replace the Expansion Hub. Power levels to RAU are not correct;

communications are not established. If the second port works, flag the first port as unusable; replace EH when possi-

ble. 6.4.2.2 Installing Expansion Hubs in a Neutral Host System Installing Expansion Hubs in a neutral host system is the same as described in Section 6.4.2 on page 6-14. If rack-mounting the Expansion Hubs, we recommend mounting all neutral host sys-

tem hubs in the same rack(s) or location, grouped by frequency or carrier. For exam-

ple, group the Expansion Hubs for the iDEN carrier(s) together, then the 800 MHz cellular carrier(s), and so on. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-21 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.4.3 Installing a Main Hub CAUTION: Install Main Hubs in indoor locations only. Installing a Main Hub in a Rack The Main Hub (1U high) mounts in a standard 19 in. (483 mm) equipment rack. Allow clearance of 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear, and 51 mm (2 in.) on both sides for air circulation. Consideration:

The Main Hub is shipped with #10-32 mounting screws. Another common rack thread is #12-24. Confirm that the mounting screws match the racks threads. Insert spring nuts into rack where needed or use existing threaded holes. To install the hub in a rack:

1. 2. Place the Main Hub into the rack from the front. 3. Align the flange holes with the spring nuts installed in Step 1. 4. 5. Tighten the mounting screws. Insert the mounting screws in the appropriate positions in the rack. NOTE: Do not turn on the Main Hub until youve started the AdminMan-

ager software (see Section 6.5 on page 6-24). Rack-mounting Option You can flip the rack mounting brackets, as shown in the following figure, so the hub can be mounted 76 mm (3 in.) forward in the rack. Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack

Using the screws provided, fasten the cable manager to the rack, immediately above or below the Main Hub. 6-22 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installing Main Hubs in a Neutral Host System 6.4.4 Installing Main Hubs in a Neutral Host System Installing Main Hubs in a neutral host system is the same as described in Section 6.4.3 on page 6-22. We recommend mounting all neutral host system Main Hubs in the same rack(s), grouped by frequency or carrier. For example, group the Main Hubs for the iDEN carrier(s) together, then the 800 MHz cellular carrier(s), and so on. Connecting to base stations and repeaters is the same as described in Section 6.6 on page 6-29 and Section 6.6.1 on page 6-33. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-23 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.5 Starting and Configuring the System Connecting a Laptop and Starting the AdminManager Software Considerations:

The AdminManager software is installed on a laptop computer that meets the requirements that are listed on page 7-2.

Null modem cable with female connectors is needed. To connect the laptop and start the AdminManager software:

1. Connect the null modem cable to the laptop and then to the RS-232 port on the Main Hubs front panel. 2. Turn on the laptop and start the AdminManager software. The main Installation Wizard window is displayed when the software is ready. Powering On the Main Hub After mounting the Main Hub in the rack, connect it to the AC power. You may use multiple outlet surge protectors for multiple Main Hubs. 1. Connect the AC power cord to the Main Hub. 2. Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet. 3. Turn on the power. Upon power-up, the LEDs will blink for five seconds for a visual check that they are functioning. After the five-second test:

The POWER LED should be green.

The MAIN HUB STATUS LED should be red because a band has not been pro-

grammed.

All fiber port LEDs should be off, indicating that no fiber cables are connected. NOTE: Leave the dust caps on the fiber ports until you are ready to connect the fiber optic cables. 6-24 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Starting and Configuring the System Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub Considerations:

Before connecting the fiber cables, confirm that their optical loss does not exceed

3 dB optical budget. If fiber distribution panels are used, confirm that the total optical loss of fiber cable, from the Main Hub through distribution panels and patch cords to the Expansion Hub, does not exceed the optical budget.

Make sure the fiber cables connectors are SC/APC (angle-polished). Using any other connector type will result in degraded system performance and may damage the equipment. (You can use an SC/APC pigtail if the fiber cables connectors are not SC/APC, see Splicing Fiber and Pigtail on page 6-18.) NOTE: Observe all Fiber Port Safety Precautions listed in Section 6.2.3 on page 6-4. To clean the fiber ports:

Use compressed air to blow dust out of each fiber port before you insert the SC/APC connector. Note that compressed air should not leave any residue as this will contam-

inate the fiber port. To clean the fiber connectors:

Be sure that the fiber cables SC/APC connectors are clean and free of dust or oils. If the fiber connector front face is not free of dust or oils, follow the manufacturers rec-

ommendations for cleaning it. To connect the fiber cables:

The fiber cable is labeled with either 1 or 2, or is color-coded. For proper connection between the Main Hub ports and the Expansion Hub ports, refer to the numbering or color-coded connections you recorded when installing the Expansion Hub(s). If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2:

1. Connect 1s to UPLINK ports on the Main Hub. Refer to the connections you recorded, or the cable label, when the Expansion Hub(s) were installed to know which Main Hub UPLINK port to use. 2. Connect 2s to DOWNLINK ports on the Main Hub. Refer to the connections you recorded, or the cable label, when the Expansion Hub(s) were installed to know which Main Hub DOWNLINK port to use. If the fiber jumper is color-coded (for example, blue or red):

1. Connect blue to UPLINK ports on the Main Hub. Refer to the connections you recorded, or the cable label, when the Expansion Hub(s) were installed to know which Main Hub UPLINK port to use. 2. Connect red to DOWNLINK ports on the Main Hub. Refer to the connections you recorded, or the cable label, when the Expansion Hub(s) were installed to know which Main Hub DOWNLINK port to use. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-25 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Checking the Main Hubs Fiber Port LEDs

The LINK LED should be green if the fiber is connected to the Expansion Hub, and communication and optical power are okay.

The E-HUB/RAU LED should be red because a band has not been programmed.

If the LINK LED is red and the E-HUB/RAU LED is off, there is no communica-

tion with the Expansion Hub. Check the fiber cables (downlink first); a cable may be broken or the optical link budget may be exceeded. If the PORT LEDs are blank (off), the Main Hub does not recognize the pres-

ence of an Expansion Hub. Check the fiber cables (uplink first); a cable may be broken or the optical link budget may be exceeded. Check to ensure that the cables are connected at the Expansion Hub, and that the Expansion Hubs power is on. NOTE: Refer to Section 10 for troubleshooting. 6-26 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation 6.5.1 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation The following Main Hub LED indications assume that the Expansion Hub LEDs have already been checked.

All Main Hub fiber port LEDs that have Expansion Hubs connected to them should be Green/Red, indicating that the Expansion Hub is powered on and com-

munication has been established. Table 6-6 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation Power On During Installation Power On Main Hub power is On with no Expansion Hubs con-

nected. Connect Expansion Hub Fiber Pair LED POWER State Off LINK E-HUB/RAU LEDs on but didnt blink through all states LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off LINK Off E-HUB/RAU Off LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off Action Check AC power; check that the Main Hub power-on switch is on;

replace Main Hub Replace the Main Hub. Impact Main Hub is not powering on. Microcontroller not resetting properly;

flash memory corrupted. The port is unusable; replace the Main Hub when possible. Swap the uplink and downlink cables. If the port LEDs do not illu-

minate, check the fiber uplink for excessive optical loss. Connect the fiber pair to another port. If the second ports LEDs do not illu-

minate Green/Red, replace the Main Hub. If the Expansion Hub DL STATUS LED is red, check the downlink fiber cable for excessive optical loss. Connect the fiber pair to another port. If the second ports LEDs do not illu-

minate Green/Red, replace the Main Hub. Fiber sensor fault, do not use the port. The Main Hub does not sense the presence of the Expansion Hub. If the second port works, flag the first port as unusable; replace the Main Hub when possible. The Expansion Hub does not sense the presence of the Main Hub. If the second port works, flag the first port as unusable; replace the Main Hub when possible. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-27 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Configuring the Unison System The system will not work until a band has been set and a system test is performed.

The AdminManager software must be running on a PC/laptop that is connected to the Main Hubs front panel RS-232 connector. 1. Select the Installation Wizard (Local) mode radio button and click RUN. The Step 1, Verify Hardware window is displayed. Refer to Section 7.2 on page 7-13 for a description of the Installation wizard. 2. Confirm that all system devices are displayed in the System Status box and click NEXT. The Step 2, Set Operation Band window is displayed. 3. Select the desired frequency band and click APPLY. 4. Click NEXT if the message displayed indicates a successful band setting. The Step 3, Configure System Parameters window is displayed. 5. Enter the desired parameters and click APPLY. 6. Click NEXT if the message displayed indicates a successful parameter setting. The Step 4, Final System Test window is displayed. 7. Click APPLY to initiate the final system test. During testing the system is off-line and a center band tone is being transmitted. 8. Click NEXT if the message displayed indicates a successful test. The Finish window is displayed. 9. Click FINISH. The AdminManager session is ended and the window is closed. NOTE: Refer to Section 10 for troubleshooting. 6-28 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or Roof-top Antenna 6.6 Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or Roof-top Antenna WARNING: Exceeding the maximum input power could cause failure of the Main Hub (refer to Section 8.1 on page 8-3 for maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power is too high, attenua-

tion is required. Connecting a Main Hub to a Roof-top Antenna It is recommended that you use a lightning arrestor or surge protector in a roof-top antenna configuration. Insert the lightning arrestor or surge protector between the roof-top antenna and the repeater that is connected to the Main Hub. 1. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the roof-top antenna. 2. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the grounded surge suppressor. 3. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the grounded surge suppressor. 4. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the repeater. 5. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the repeater. 6. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 1 connector. 7. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 2 connector. 8. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Main Hub. Attenuation may be required to achieve the desired RF output at the RAU. 9. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 3 connector. 10. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK con-

nector on the Main Hub. Roof-top Antenna N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Grounded Surge Suppressor N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Repeater Circulator Attenuator (optional) N-male to N-male Coaxial Cables PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-29 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Connecting a Main Hub to an In-Building Base Station Connecting a Simplex Base Station to a Main Hub:

1. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the transmit simplex connector on the base station. 2. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Main Hub. 3. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the receive simplex connector on the base station. 4. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK con-

nector on the Main Hub. Figure 6-1 Simplex Base Station to a Main Hub Insert attenuator, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Simplex Base Station T1/E1 to Mobile Switching Center 6-30 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or Roof-top Antenna Connecting a Duplex Base Station to a Main Hub:

When connecting to a duplex base station, use a circulator between it and the Main Hub. You can insert attenuators between the circulator and Main Hub as needed; refer to Section 8.6.1 on page 8-47 for more information. 1. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the duplex connector on the base station. 2. Connect the other N-male connector to a circulator. 3. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Main Hub. 4. Connect the other end of the N-male coaxial cable to the transmit connector on the circulator. 5. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK connector on the Main Hub. 6. Connect the other end of the N-male coaxial cable to the receive connector on the circulator. Figure 6-2 Duplex Base Station to a Main Hub Insert attenuator, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Circulator N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Duplex Base Station T1/E1 to Mobile Switching Center PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-31 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations You can use power combiner/splitters to connect a Main Hub to multiple base sta-

tions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-3 Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations BTS 1 UL DL BTS 2 UL DL Insert attenuators, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Uplink Port N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Downlink Port 6-32 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Connecting Multiple Main Hubs 6.6.1 Connecting Multiple Main Hubs You can use power combiner/splitters as splitters to connect multiple Main Hubs in order to increase the total number of RAUs in a system. You can also use power com-

biner/splitters to combine base station channels in order to increase the number of RF carriers the system transports. The following figure shows connecting two Main Hubs to a simplex repeater or base station. Connecting two Main Hubs increases the total number of supportable RAUs from 32 to 64. Two Main Hubs support up to 8 Expansion Hubs which in turn support up to 64 RAUs. Figure 6-4 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Downlink Port N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Uplink Port PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-33 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY To connect two Main Hubs to a duplex repeater or base station, you need to use one circulator and one more coaxial jumper cable, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-5 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station Insert attenuator, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station Circulator N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Downlink Port N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Uplink Port 6-34 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Connecting Multiple Main Hubs Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station You will need the following:

2 hybrid power combiner/splitters; one for uplink and one for downlink (2x1 for two Main Hubs, 3x1 for three, 4x1 for four, etc.)

1 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each power combiner/splitter and the base station

2 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables between each power combiner/splitter and each Main Hub Figure 6-4 on page 6-33 illustrates this procedure. 1. Connect the power combiner/splitters to the repeater or base station using N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables:

a. From the first power combiner/splitter to the repeater or base station b. From the second power combiner/splitter to the repeater or base station 2. Connect the power combiner/splitters to the Main Hubs:

a. From the first Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter b. From the first Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter c. From the second Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter d. From the second Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter 3. Check Main Hub LEDs. After connecting and powering on the Main Hub, check all LEDs to ensure that the system is operating properly. NOTE: Use a 50 ohm terminator on any unused power combiner/splitter ports. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-35 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station You will need the following:

2 hybrid power combiner/splitters; one for uplink and one for downlink (2x1 for two Main Hubs, 3x1 for three, 4x1 for four, etc.)

2 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables to connect each Main Hub to the power combiner/splitters

1 circulator

1 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each circulator and the repeater or base station

1 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable1 between each circulator and power combiner/splitter Figure 6-5 on page 6-34 illustrates this procedure. 1. Connect the Circulator to the power combiner/splitters and to the repeater or base station using one N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable. 2. Connect each power combiner/splitter to the circulator using one N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable. 3. Connect the power combiner/splitter to the Main Hubs:

a. From the first Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter b. From the first Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter c. From the second Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter d. From the second Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter 4. Check Main Hub LEDs. After connecting and powering on the Main Hub, check all LEDs to ensure that the system is operating properly. NOTE: Use a 50 ohm terminator on any unused power combiner/splitter ports. 6-36 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System 6.7 Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System The Unison Main Hub can generate (source) two contact alarms as well as sense an external contact alarm.

Alarm Source The Main Hub has two alarm contacts, major and minor errors. These contacts are normally-closed (NC) and will open when an internal alarm is detected.

Major error is active when any faults or disconnects are detected.

Minor error is active during a lockout or warning, or when the end-to-end sys-

tem test is not valid.

Alarm Sense The Main Hub can monitor an external alarm contact using this feature. The port can be configured for normally-open (NO) or normally-closed (NC) contacts. The interface expects a set of floating contacts. An external voltage source is not required for this interface. AdminManager or OpsConsole is used to monitor the port status. The following table lists the alarm types, equipment that Unison is connected to, cable(s) used, and the errors (major and/or minor) that are detected. Alarm Type Source Unison connected to MetroReach Source BTS Source Sense ARM2000 LGCell Cable(s) Used 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable and male-to-male adapter cable that is provided with MetroReach Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable and the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable and the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Errors Detected Major Major Major Major and Minor Major and Minor Major Major Note that only major errors are supported on MetroReach and LGCell, and that the 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable supports only major errors as well. Therefore, using the 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable with equipment that supports both major and minor errors will result in only major errors being detected. This is also the case when using the Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable, which supports both major and minor alarms, with MetroReach or LGCell because these systems only support major errors. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-37 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.7.1 Alarm Source Unison is always an alarm source, no matter what type of equipment you are connect-

ing to. Using MetroReach Focus to Monitor Unison When you connect MetroReach Focus to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the output of the alarms (alarm source) and Focus is the input (alarm sense), as shown in the fol-

lowing figure. Figure 6-6 Connecting MetroReach to Unison Unison Main Hub 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable or Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Source Alarm Source MetroReach Focus RFM RF OUT DOWNLINK RF IN UPLINK FIBER UPLINK DOWNLINK ALARM RS-232C Alarm Sense Focus supports only major errors. However, you can use either the 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable (see page 6-41) or the Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable

(see page 6-42). 6-38 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Alarm Source Using a Base Station to Monitor Unison When you connect a BTS to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the output of the alarms

(alarm source) and the BTS is the input (alarm sense), as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-7 Connecting a BTS to Unison Unison Main Hub 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable or Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable BTS Alarm Sense Alarm Source Alarm Source Use the Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable (see page 6-42) to support both major and minor errors or the 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable (see page 6-41) to support major errors only. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-39 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6.7.2 Alarm Sense Use the AdminManager to enable the Unison system for alarm sense when con-

necting to the contact closure of LGCell Main Hubs or other external alarms. Using Unison to Monitor LGCells When you connect LGCell to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the input of the alarms

(alarm sense) and the LGCell is the output (alarm source), as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-8 Connecting LGCell to Unison Unison Main Hub Up to 5 LGCell Main Hubs 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable or Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Sense Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Alarm Source Alarm Source LGCell supports only major errors. However, you can use either the 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable (see page 6-41) or the Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable

(see page 6-42) . You must use the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable (see page 6-43) to interface either cable to LGCell. The adapter cable is required to translate the LGCell major error pinout to the sense input pins on the Unison Main Hub. 6-40 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Alarm Cables 6.7.3 Alarm Cables 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable The 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable (PN 4022-5) supports only major errors. It is shown in Figure 6-9. Figure 6-9 5-port Daisy-Chained Alarm Cable 7 9 DB-9 male to Unison, Base Station, MetroReach Focus (use the male-to-male adapter that is included with the cable), or to the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable when connecting to LGCell. 1 meter (3 feet) DB-9 male Pins 7 and 9 J 1 DB-9 male Pins 7 and 9 DB-9 male Pins 7 and 9 DB-9 male Pins 7 and 9 DB-9 male Pins 7 and 9 DB-9 female Pin 7 2 J Pin 7 Pin 9 X 3 Pin 7 J Pin 9 X 4 Pin 7 J Pin 9 X 5 Pin 7 J Pin 9 X 6 J Pin 7 Pin 9 7 J Pin 7 LGCell or MetroReach Focus Alarm DB-9 female Port LGCell or MetroReach Focus Alarm DB-9 female Port LGCell or MetroReach Focus Alarm DB-9 female Port LGCell or MetroReach Focus Alarm DB-9 female Port Option 1: Connect 5 units to cable using J2 through J6; J7 is unused. OR Option 2: Connect four units to first cable using J2 through J5, connect J6 to an additional 300117-0 cables J1 connector;

J7 is unused. OR Option 3: Connect less than four units to cable and terminate the circuit by con-

necting the J7 connector into the lowest numbered unused male connector. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-41 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable The Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable (PN 4024-3) is shown in Figure 6-10. Figure 6-10 Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable 1.2 meters (4 feet) DB-9 female to Base Station MetroReach Focus, ARM2000-RU, or the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable when connecting to LGCell J1 Female 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 9 4 5 7 4 J2 Male J3 Male J4 Male J5 Male J6 Male J7 Female Terminator

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.25 meter

(.75 feet) DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port Connector Hood DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port Option 1: DB-9 to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port. J7 not used Option 2: Use J2-J5 for alarm ports. J6 is used to connect to an additional Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable. J7 is not used. Option 3: Connect fewer than 5 ports and terminate the daisy chain by connecting J7 to the lowest unused port. 6-42 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Alarm Cables Alarm Sense Adapter Cable The alarm sense adapter cable (PN 4025-1) translates the LGCell major error pinout to the sense input pins on the Unison Main Hub. You must use this adapter cable, as illustrated in Figure 6-11, with the 5-port Daisy-Chain Alarm Cable or the Alarm Source Daisy-Chain Cable when connecting LGCell to Unison. Figure 6-11 Alarm Sense Adapter Cable To Unison 1 8 J 8 3 feet To Daisy-Chain Cable 9 J 7 9 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-43 Installing Unison Components PRELIMINARY 6-44 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A

 

 

PRELIMINARY SECTION 7 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software The AdminManager software is used to install, configure, and maintain the Unison system from a PC or laptop that you connect directly to a Main Hubs front panel serial port. You can use the AdminManager to remotely view system status by connecting a PC or laptop to the Unison system via a dialup modem. Figure 7-1 PC Connected to Main Hub PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 7-1 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.1 Installing the AdminManager Software 7.1.1 PC/Laptop Requirements

Operating System:

Windows 2000 Professional (recommended)

Windows 98 SE with IE 5.0

1 Communication Port (COM1COM4)

133 MHz or higher Pentium-compatible CPU

64 MB memory (Windows 2000) or 32 MB (Windows 98 SE)

At least 150 MB free disk space

VGA or higher resolution

Standard 9600 Modem

CD-ROM drive

DB-9 female-to-DB-9 female NULL modem cable 7-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY PC/Laptop Requirements Installing AdminManager Install the AdminManager software on a PC/laptop that meets the requirements as described in Section 7.1.1. 1. Turn on the PC/laptop and insert the AdminManager CD into the PC/laptops CD drive. setup.exe should automatically start. If it does not, double-click setup.exe on the CD-ROM. The following pop-up window is displayed while InstallShield checks the PCs system. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-3 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY The Welcome to InstallShield Wizard window is displayed. 2. Click the NEXT button to begin the AdminManager installation. 7-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY PC/Laptop Requirements The License Agreement window is displayed. If you select the I do not accept radio button, the InstallShield Wizard stops and the windows close. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-5 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 3. Read the agreement and select the I accept radio button, and then click the NEXT button. The Customer Information window is displayed. 7-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY PC/Laptop Requirements 4. Enter a User Name and Organization in the text boxes, and then click the NEXT button. The Destination Folder window is displayed PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-7 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 5. Click the NEXT button to accept the default destination. The Ready to Install the Program window is displayed. NOTE: To change information that is displayed in the Ready to Install the Program window, click the BACK button and make changes in previous windows. 7-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY PC/Laptop Requirements 6. Click the INSTALL button if the information that is displayed in the Ready to Install the Program window is correct. The Installing AdminManager window is displayed. PDF files are used for Help. If the InstallShield Wizard detects that the PC does not have software for viewing PDF files, the following pop-up is displayed.

Click CONTINUE to install Acrobat Reader from the CD onto your PC.

Click QUIT to skip the installation of Acrobat Reader. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-9 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY When the installation is finished, the InstallShield Wizard Completed window is displayed. 7. Click the FINISH button to end the InstallShield Wizard session and close the win-

dow. An AdminManager shortcut is added to your PCs Start menu and an icon is added to your desktop. 7-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY PC/Laptop Requirements Starting AdminManager 1. Using the NULL modem cable, connect the PC/laptop to the Main Hubs front panel RS-232 connector. 2. Turn on the power to the Main Hub, if it is not already on. 3. Double-click the AdminManager icon to start the software. Alternately, you can click the Start button that is on the PCs taskbar, click Pro-

grams, click AdminManager, and then click the AdminManager application. The following window is displayed when AdminManager starts. Figure 7-2 AdminManager Start Window You can display the AdminManager User Guide at any time while the software is running by pressing the F1 key. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-11 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY AdminManager Operation Modes You can choose one of four operation modes from the AdminManager Start window.

Section 7.2 Installation Wizard . 7-13 Select this option when you are installing a system or a Main Hub for the first time. Also, when you are replacing a Main Hub select this option to set the frequency band.

Section 7.3 Configuration & Maintenance Panel . 7-25

Section 7.3.2 Options when Connected Locally . 7-29 Select this option when you want to perform specific tasks, such as perform the system test and set system parameters, or check the status of an operating sys-

tem. All options are available when you are connected locally.

Section 7.3.3 Read-Only Options when Connected Remotely . 7-34 The Configuration Panel is displayed in a read-only state. When you are con-

nected remotely there are a limited number of options available. The options let you check the status of the system and determine if a site visit is required. (This is the only operation mode you can choose when you are connected remotely.)

Section 7.4 Upgrading Firmware . 7-38 Select this option when you are upgrading a components firmware. Buttons

Settings Clicking the SETTINGS button displays the Application Setting dialog box in which you enter the communications port number that the modem will connect to for remote monitoring and that the PC will use for connecting directly to a Main Hub

Run Depending on the operation option that you selected, clicking the RUN button dis-

plays the Step 1 panel of the Installation Wizard, the Configuration & Maintenance window, or the Firmware Update window.

Quit Clicking the QUIT button stops the AdminManager and closes the panel. 7-12 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Installation Wizard 7.2 Installation Wizard Use the Installation Wizard when you are installing a new system or a new Main Hub to a system. Installation consists of four steps; each one is displayed in a separate panel of the Wizard.

Section 7.2.1 Step 1: Verify Hardware . 7-14

Section 7.2.2 Step 2: Set Operation Band . 7-16

Section 7.2.3 Step 3: Configure System Parameters . 7-20

Section 7.2.4 Step 4: Final System Test . 7-22 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-13 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.2.1 Step 1: Verify Hardware During this step, the AdminManager software is in a listening mode. The Main Hub detects downstream units (Expansion Hubs and RAUs) and automatically reports the system configuration, which AdminManager displays as a configuration tree in the System Status pane of the Step 1 panel. Figure 7-3 Step 1: Verify Hardware Panel Verify Hardware Configuration 1. Enter a system label (up to 8 characters) in the System Label text box. This label is assigned to the Main Hub and appears in the System Status tree. 2. Click the NEXT button when the configuration is displayed correctly in the System Status pane. The Main Hub automatically reports any change in system status to the Admin-

Manager, which automatically updates the System Status tree. 7-14 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Step 1: Verify Hardware 7.2.1.1 Description of Step 1 Panel Panes

System Status A hierarchical tree of detected system components is displayed in the System Status pane. See Section 7.5 on page 7-39 for more information about the System Status tree.

Messages Status and error messages are displayed in the Messages pane. If the status is okay, the NEXT button is selectable. Command Buttons

Help Clicking the HELP button displays the Unison Hardware Troubleshooting Guide.

Refresh Clicking the REFRESH button issues a query status command to the Main Hub and the System Status tree is updated. Also, any disconnect status is cleared. While the Main Hub does report system status to the AdminManager automatically, you can use this button to force an update if communications fail or if there has been a sta-

tus change that is not showing in the System Status tree.

Next Clicking the NEXT button displays the Installation Wizard Step 2 panel.

Cancel Clicking the CANCEL button quits the Installation Wizard and displays the Admin-

Manager Start window (Figure 7-2). PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-15 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.2.2 Step 2: Set Operation Band The Main and Expansion Hubs are manufactured and shipped without a band of opera-

tion programmed into them. The RAUs, on the other hand, are manufactured to a spe-

cific band or set of bands. In order for the system to perform, you must program the Main and Expansion Hubs to the band that the downstream RAUs are intended for. Figure 7-4 Step 2: Set Operation Band 7-16 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Step 2: Set Operation Band Set Operation Band 1. Select a band from the Select Band drop-down list box. 2. Click the APPLY button. 3. Click the NEXT button if:

a. The configuration is displayed correctly in the System Status pane. b. There are no error messages in the Messages pane. If a band setting error message is displayed, you can:

1. Disconnect the unit from the system. 2. Click the BACK button to return to Step 1. 3. Click the REFRESH button to clear the disconnected unit. 4. Click the NEXT button to continue to Step 2. NOTE: Band not initialized faults can only be cleared by performing Step 2. The Configuration & Maintenance panel does not provide a way to clear these faults. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-17 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.2.2.1 Description of Step 2 Panel Panes

System Status A hierarchical tree of detected system components is displayed in the System Sta-

tus pane. See Section 7.5 on page 7-39 for more information about the System Sta-

tus tree.

Messages Status and error messages are displayed in the Messages pane. If the status is okay, the NEXT button is selectable. Drop-Down List Box

Select Band Choose from:

Unison Band Cellular DCS1 DCS2 DCS3 EGSM GSM iDEN PCS A&D PCS B&E PCS D&B PCS E&F PCS F&C UMTS 1 UMTS 2 UMTS 3 RF Passband Downlink (MHz) 869894 18051842.5 1842.51880 18401875 925960 935960 851869 19301950 19451965 19501970 19651975 19701990 21102145 21252160 21352170 Uplink (MHz) 824849 17101747.5 1747.51785 17451780 880915 890915 806824 18501870 18651885 18701890 18851895 18901910 19201955 19351970 19451980 7-18 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Step 2: Set Operation Band Command Buttons

Apply Clicking the APPLY button issues the set band command to the Main Hub and all downstream components, and initiates a system test. In order for the system to complete the band configuration, the factory-set band of all the attached RAUs must match the band command issued by the AdminMan-

ager software. If the band command matches the RAUs, then the system band is set. If the band command does not match, the command is rejected and a Set band error message for that RAU is displayed.

Back Clicking the BACK button returns AdminManager to the Step 1 panel.

Next Clicking the NEXT button displays the Installation Wizard Step 3 panel. This button is selectable only when the APPLY function is successful.

Cancel Clicking the CANCEL button quits the Installation Wizard and displays the Admin-

Manager Start window (Figure 7-2). PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-19 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.2.3 Step 3: Configure System Parameters From this panel, you can set uplink and downlink system gain from 0 dB to 15 dB in 1 dB steps. By default, the UL and DL System Gain is set at 15 dB. Current hardware settings are shown in the text boxes when the panel is first displayed. Figure 7-5 shows the display after the UL System Gain was changed to 11 dB. Figure 7-5 Step 3: Configure System Parameters Configure System Parameters If you want to keep the values as they are initially displayed, click the NEXT button. If you want to change the values:

1. Enter a value in the UL System Gain text box, if desired. 2. Enter a value in the DL System Gain text box, if desired. 3. Enter the callback number if a callback number text box is displayed. If a callback number is set in the Main Hub, this panel displays an additional call-

back number text box, letting you change the number, if desired. 4. Click the APPLY button when you are ready. 5. Click the NEXT button if:

a. The configuration is displayed correctly in the System Status pane. b. There are no error messages in the Messages pane. 7-20 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Step 3: Configure System Parameters 7.2.3.1 Description of Step 3 Panel Panes

System Status A hierarchical tree of detected system components is displayed in the System Sta-

tus pane. See Section 7.5 on page 7-39 for more information about the System Sta-

tus tree.

Messages Status and error messages are displayed in the Messages pane. If the status is okay, the NEXT button is selectable. Text Boxes

UL System Gain and DL System Gain Both the uplink and the downlink system gain can be adjusted from 15 dB to 0 dB in 1 dB increments using these text boxes. Command Buttons

Apply Clicking the APPLY button sets the selected value.

Back Clicking the BACK button returns AdminManager to the Step 2 panel.

Next Clicking the NEXT button displays the Installation Wizard Step 4 panel.

Cancel Clicking the CANCEL button quits the Installation Wizard and displays the Admin-

Manager Start window (Figure 7-2). PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-21 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.2.4 Step 4: Final System Test This step performs an end-to-end RF path functional test that includes cable length estimation and system gain refinement. Any disconnect status is cleared and all fault logs are cleared. Figure 7-6 Step 4: Final System Test Perform Final System Test 1. Click the APPLY button if the configuration is displayed correctly in the System Status pane. For a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take 1.5 minutes to complete the test. 2. Click the NEXT button when a successful test message is displayed in the Mes-

sages pane. You can use the BACK button to return to previous steps and make changes if an error is displayed in the Messages pane. 7-22 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Step 4: Final System Test 7.2.4.1 Description of Step 4 Panel Panes

System Status A hierarchical tree of detected system components is displayed in the System Sta-

tus pane. See Section 7.5 on page 7-39 for more information about the System Sta-

tus tree.

Messages Status and error messages are displayed in the Messages pane. If the status is okay, the NEXT button is selectable. Command Buttons

Apply Clicking the APPLY button starts the final system test.

Back Clicking the BACK button returns AdminManager to the Step 3 panel.

Next Clicking the NEXT button displays the Installation Wizard Finish panel. This button is selectable only when the APPLY function is successful.

Cancel Clicking the CANCEL button quits the Installation Wizard and displays the Admin-

Manager Start window (Figure 7-2). PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-23 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.2.5 Finish Panel The Finish panel is displayed when the final system test is successfully completed. Figure 7-7 Finish Panel 1. Click the FINISH button. A Save As dialog box is displayed. 2. Specify a file name and where to save the command file. All of the commands that were issued during the installation are saved in the com-

mand file. 7.2.5.1 Description of Finish Panel Command Button

Finish Clicking the FINISH button displays a Save As dialog box for saving the configura-

tion file and then quits the session. 7-24 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Configuration & Maintenance Panel 7.3 Configuration & Maintenance Panel The Configuration & Maintenance Panel is used after the initial installation of a sys-

tem. From this panel you can check status of the system, get current errors and warn-

ings, get information about a particular unit in the system, set system parameters, and perform a system test, for example. Figure 7-8 Configuration & Maintenance Window PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-25 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.3.1 Window Description Panes

System Status A hierarchical tree of detected system components is displayed in the System Sta-

tus pane. See Section 7.5 on page 7-39 for more information about the System Sta-

tus tree.

Messages Status and error messages are displayed in the Messages pane. Drop-Down List Box Table 7-1 Configuration and Maintenance Window Options Connection Local Remote

Option Advanced RAU Settings Clear All Disconnect Status Command Unit In-Service Command Unit Out-of-Service Get Current Errors Get Current Warnings Get System Parameters Get Unit Info Refresh System Status Set Callback Number Set Contact Sense Properties Set System Parameters System Test 7-26 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Window Description Command Buttons

Execute Clicking the EXECUTE button starts the command that is selected in the Command list box.

Save Config Clicking the SAVE CONFIG button displays the Save Configuration Notes dialog box. Any additional information that you type into the text box is saved at the top of the configuration file. After you click OK in this dialog box, the Save As dialog box is displayed, in which you specify the name of the file and where to save the configuration file. Following is an example configuration file that includes notes:

Begin Notes *******************************************

LGC HQ 05/23/01 MH configuration L010MH11 System configuration End Notes *********************************************

Frequency Band is DCS Low. System Gain: UL = 12 dB, DL = 4 dB. Callback Number is 1234567. System label is LGC. Main Hub Information:

Serial Number: L010BMH1 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010526 Expansion Hub LGC-1 Information:

Serial Number: L010BEH9 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010513 RAU LGC-1-5 Information:

Serial Number: L010BRU1 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010021 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-27 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY

Save Msg Selecting the SAVE MSG button displays the Save As dialog box in which you spec-

ify the name of the file and where to save the contents of the Message text box.

Exit Selecting the EXIT button quits the session and displays the AdminManager Start window (Figure 7-2). 7-28 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Options when Connected Locally 7.3.2 Options when Connected Locally When you are locally connected to the Main Hub, you can choose the following options in addition to those listed in Section 7.3.3, Read-Only Options when Con-

nected Remotely, on page 7-34 (also, see Table 7-1 on page 7-26). Advanced RAU Settings

Set uplink and downlink 10 dB attenuation for an individual RAU Refer to Using the 10 dB Attenuation Setting on page 7-30 for a description of this setting.

Select a UL ALC setting for an individual RAU Refer to Using the Uplink ALC Setting on page 7-31 for a description of this setting. 1. Enter the Expansion Hub number and the RAU number in the text boxes on the RAU Selection dialog box and click OK. The Advanced RAU Settings dialog box is displayed. In the Advanced RAU Settings example shown below, Demo-1-1 indicates that RAU number 1 that is connected to Expansion Hub number 1 in the Demo Main Hub sys-

tem is selected. 2. Select the Uplink and Downlink check box to enable the 10 dB attenuation setting. 3. Select a radio button from the UL ALC Set-

ting list. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-29 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY Using the 10 dB Attenuation Setting By selecting the Uplink and Downlink checkbox in the Advanced RAU Settings dia-

log box, the uplink and downlink signals in the individual RAU, which you specified in the RAU Selection dialog box, are both reduced by 10 dB. One reason you may want to use this setting is to reduce the RAUs output power when an RAU is located near an exterior wall of a building and its RF signal is going beyond the wall to the outside of the building, where it can negatively affect the outdoor macro system. The following table shows some examples of how the 10 dB attenuation setting affects coverage distance. These examples assume a 0 dB gain system, a 3 dBi gain antenna, and the difference between a 85 dB and a 75 dB design. Frequency 800 MHz 800 MHz 1900 MHz 1900 MHz Environment Open, like a parking garage Heavily walled, like a Hospital Open, like a parking garage Heavily walled, like a Hospital Reduction in Coverage Distance 24 meters (80 feet) 12.5 meters (41 feet) 24 meters (80 feet) 9 meters (30 feet) You can use the following formula to calculate the reduction in distance covered.

dorig = original distance

dnew = new distance with 10 dB attenuation enabled

PLS = path loss slope [dB]

dnew = (1010/PLS)dorig Examples:

dnew = 0.31 dorig for PLS = 20 dB (free space) dnew = 0.46 dorig for PLS = 30 dB 7-30 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Options when Connected Locally Using the Uplink ALC Setting Uplink automatic level control (UL ALC) circuitry within the RAU provides auto-

matic level control on high-power signals in the uplink path. This functionality is required to prevent compression caused by a single or multiple wireless devices that are in very close proximity to an RAU. Compression causes signal degradation and, ultimately, bit errors, and should be prevented. Two settings are available to optimize UL ALC performance:

Single Operator and Protocol: Use when only one operator and protocol is on-the-air within the Unison systems configured and adjacent frequency bands.

Multiple Operators and/or Protocols: Use when more than one operator and/or protocol is present in the Unison systems frequency and adjacent frequency bands. The following table shows the frequency bands that are adjacent to the bands that the system is configured for. Table 7-2 Frequency Bands Adjacent to System Configured Bands System Configuration iDEN Cellular PCS AD PCS DB PCS BE PCS EF PCS FC GSM EGSM DCS 1 DCS 2 DCS 3 UMTS 1 UMTS 2 UMTS 3 Adjacent Bands Cellular iDEN PCS B PCS A, PCS E PCS D, PCS F PCS B, PCS C PCS E DCS 2 DCS 1, DCS 3 UMTS 2, UMTS 3 UMTS 1, UMTS 3 UMTS 1, UMTS 2 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-31 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY

Clear All Disconnect Status: clears a port disconnect fault when an Expansion Hub or an RAU is disconnected and will not be re-connected.

Command Unit In-Service: returns a unit to service that was previously removed from service; restores a component to the systems alarm monitoring; displays the unit lock, unit not system tested, or normal operation icon.

Command Unit Out-of-Service: removes a unit, and all of its downstream units, from service, there is no RF transmission; lets you temporarily remove a compo-

nent from the systems alarm monitoring; displays unit lock icon.

Set Callback Number: displays a dialog box in which you enter the phone num-

ber that the system uses to communicate with OpsConsole users. You can use up to 64 characters: 0 through 9, and the comma (,) for a pause. Leave the field blank if you do not want the unit to call out. Refer to your modem documentation for other characters that you can use. To disable callback, leave the text box empty.

Set Contact Sense Properties: enables/disables the external sensing of either nor-

mally open or normally closed contact closures; displays contact sense alarm or contact sense okay icon. 7-32 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Options when Connected Locally

Set System Parameters: displays a dialog box from which you select uplink and downlink gain settings, and/or specify a system label. If the system label text box is left empty, the System Status tree displays the default label 1.

System Test: An end-to-end RF path functional test that includes cable length esti-

mation and system gain refinement is performed during the system test. System operation is suspended while the test is being performed. For a fully loaded system

(one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take 1.5 minutes to complete the test. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-33 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.3.3 Read-Only Options when Connected Remotely You can only choose read-only options and view system status when you are remotely connected to the Main Hub. You cannot set parameters or change system configuration remotely. (See Table 7-1 on page 7-26.)

Get Current Errors: displays the highest priority error with a recommendation for resolving it 7-34 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Read-Only Options when Connected Remotely

Get Current Warnings: displays the highest priority warning with a recommen-

dation for resolving it

Get System Parameters: displays the frequency band, callback number, uplink and downlink system gain, and system label PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-35 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY

Get Unit Info: displays the Options dialog box in which you select a unit. Select a unit and click the OK button to display that units serial number, part num-

ber, revision number and firmware version. Additionally, the advanced settings for the RAU are displayed when RAU information is requested. 7-36 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Read-Only Options when Connected Remotely

Refresh System Status: requests system status and updates the System Status tree PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-37 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7.4 Upgrading Firmware The firmware update program automatically detects which unit the firmware is intended for and displays the firmware ID and version number in the Firmware Update window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-9 Firmware Update Window Updating Firmware 1. Copy the firmware program to the PC. 2. Start AdminManager and select the Firmware Update radio button on the Start window, and then click run. An Open File dialog box is displayed. 3. Choose the .m19 file you want to open from the Open File dialog box and click OPEN. The firmware ID and version number are displayed in the Firmware Update win-

dow. 4. Click the PROGRAM button to start the download. This button changes to CANCEL during the download, click it to stop the firmware update. 5. Click the DONE button. This button is enabled when the download is completed. 7-38 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY System Status Tree 7.5 System Status Tree A hierarchical tree of the detected system components is displayed in the System Sta-

tus pane. 7.5.1 System Status Tree Icons The following table shows the icons that may appear in the System Status tree. Table 7-3 System Status Tree Icons Icon Description Main Hub normal operation Main Hub fault Main Hub lock (unit and all downstream units are out-of-service) Main Hub has not been system tested Main Hub warning Expansion Hub normal operation Expansion Hub fault Expansion Hub lock (unit and all downstream RAUs are out-of-service) Expansion Hub has not been system tested Expansion Hub warning RAU normal operation RAU fault RAU lock RAU has not been system tested RAU warning No communication Contact sense alarm Contact sense okay PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-39 Installing and Using the AdminManager Software PRELIMINARY 7-40 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 8 Designing a Unison Solution Designing a Unison solution is ultimately a matter of determining coverage and capacity needs. This requires the following steps:

1. Determine the wireless service providers requirements. This information is usually supplied by the service provider:

Frequency (i.e., 850 MHz)

Band (i.e., A band in the Cellular spectrum)

Protocol (i.e., TDMA, CDMA, GSM, iDEN)

Peak capacity requirement (this, and whether or not the building will be split into sectors, determines the number of carriers that the system will have to transmit)

Design goal (RSSI, received signal strength at the wireless handset, i.e., 85 dBm) The design goal is always a stronger signal than the cell phone needs. It includes inherent factors which will affect performance (see Section 8.4.1 on page 8-33).

RF source (base station or BDA), type of equipment if possible 2. Determine the power per carrier and input power from the base station or BDA into the Main Hub: Section 8.1, Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU, on page 8-3. The maximum power per carrier is a function of the number of RF carriers, the carrier headroom requirement, signal quality issues, regulatory emissions require-

ments, and Unisons RF performance. The power per carrier decreases as the number of carriers increases. 3. Determine the in-building environment: Section 8.2, Estimating RF Cover-

age, on page 8-19.

Determine which areas of the building require coverage (entire building, public areas, parking levels, etc.) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 8-1 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY

Obtain floor plans to determine floor space of building and the wall layout of the proposed areas to be covered. Floor plans will also be useful when you are selecting antenna locations. If possible, determine the buildings construction materials (sheetrock, metal, concrete, etc.)

Determine type of environment Open layout (e.g., a convention center) Dense, close walls (e.g., a hospital) Mixed use (e.g., an office building with hard wall offices and cubicles) 4. Develop an RF link budget: Section 8.4, Link Budget Analysis, on page 8-32. Knowing the power per carrier, you can calculate an RF link budget which is used to predict how much propagation loss can be allowed in the system, while still providing satisfactory performance throughout the area being covered. The link budget is a methodical way to derive a design goal. If the design goal is pro-

vided in advance, the link budget is simply: allowable RF loss = max. power per carrier design goal. 5. Determine the appropriate estimated path loss slope that corresponds to the type of building and its layout, and estimate the coverage distance for each RAU: Section 8.2, Estimating RF Coverage, on page 8-19. The path loss slope (PLS), which gives a value to the RF propagation characteris-

tics within the building, is used to convert the RF link budget into an estimate of the coverage distance per antenna. This will help establish the Unison equipment quantities you will need. The actual path loss slope that corresponds to the spe-

cific RF environment inside the building can also be determined empirically by performing an RF site-survey of the building. This involves transmitting a cali-

brated tone for a fixed antenna and making measurements with a mobile antenna throughout the area surrounding the transmitter. 6. Determine the items required to connect to the base station: Section 8.6, Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station, on page 8-46. Once you know the quantities of Unison equipment you will use, you can deter-

mine the accessories (combiners/dividers, surge suppressors, repeaters, attenua-

tors, circulators, etc.) that are required to connect the system to the base station. The individual elements that must be considered in designing a Unison solution are discussed in the following sections. 8-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU 8.1 Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU The following tables show the recommended maximum power per carrier out of the RAU SMA connector for different frequencies, formats, and numbers of carriers. These limits are dictated by RF signal quality and regulatory emissions issues. The maximum input power to the Main Hub is determined by subtracting the system gain from the maximum output power of the RAU. System gain is software selectable from 0 dB to 15 dB in 1 dB steps. Additionally, both the uplink and downlink RAU gain can be reduced by 10 dB. Therefore, when you connect a Main Hub to a base station or repeater, the RF power per carrier usually needs to be attenuated in order to avoid exceeding Unisons maxi-

mum output power recommendations. Refer to Section 8.7, Designing for a Neutral Host System, on page 8-50 when combining frequencies or protocols on a single Main Hub. WARNING: Exceeding the maximum input power could cause perma-

nent damage to the Main Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-3 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-1 800 MHz (AMPS) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.5 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 4.0 2.0 WARNING: For 800 MHz AMPS, do not exceed the maximum compos-

ite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-2 800 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 4.5 2.5 WARNING: For 800 MHz TDMA, do not exceed the maximum compos-

ite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-5 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-3 800 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 16.0 13.5 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 8.0 WARNING: For 800 MHz CDMA, do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-4 800 MHz (iDEN) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.0 0.5 WARNING: For 800 MHz iDEN, do not exceed the maximum compos-

ite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-7 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-5 900 MHz (GSM or EGSM) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 WARNING: For 900 MHz GSM or EGSM, do not exceed the maximum composite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-6 900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 WARNING: For 900 MHz EDGE, do not exceed the maximum compos-

ite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-9 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-7 1800 MHz (DCS) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 4.5 4.0 WARNING: For 1800 MHz DCS, do not exceed the maximum compos-

ite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-8 1800 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.5 WARNING: For 1800 MHz EDGE, do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-11 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-9 1800 MHz (CDMA Korea) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 14.5 12.0 10.5 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.0 6.5 WARNING: For 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea), do not exceed the maxi-

mum composite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-12 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-10 1900 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.0 1.0 WARNING: For 1900 MHz TDMA, do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-13 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-11 1900 MHz (GSM) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 4.5 4.0 WARNING: For 1900 MHz GSM, do not exceed the maximum compos-

ite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-14 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-12 1900 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 14.5 12.0 10.5 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.0 6.5 WARNING: For 1900 MHz CDMA, do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-15 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-13 1900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.5 WARNING: For 1900 MHz EDGE, do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. 8-16 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU Table 8-14 2.1 GHz (WCDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power per Carrier

(dBm) 14.5 11.0 8.5 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.5 3.5 WARNING: For 2.1 GHz WCDMA, do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-17 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Allowing for Future Capacity Growth Sometimes a Unison deployment initially is used to enhance coverage. Later that same system may also need to provide increased capacity. Thus, the initial deploy-

ment might only transmit two carriers but need to transmit four carriers later. There are two options for dealing with this scenario:

1. Design the initial coverage with a maximum power per carrier for four carriers. 2. Design the initial coverage for two carriers but leave Expansion Hub ports unused. These ports can be used later if coverage holes are discovered once the power per carrier is lowered to accommodate the two additional carriers. 8-18 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Estimating RF Coverage 8.2 Estimating RF Coverage The maximum power per carrier (based on the number and type of RF carriers that are being transmitted) and the minimum acceptable received power at the wireless device (i.e., RSSI, the design goal) establish the RF link budget, and consequently the maximum acceptable path loss between the antenna and the wireless device. Figure 8-1 Determining Path Loss between the Antenna and the Wireless Device Antenna and Gain (G) RAU P = power per carrier from the RAU d RSSI = power at the wireless device

(P + Lcoax + G) RSSI = PL

(1) The path loss (PL) is the loss in decibels (dB) between the antenna and the wireless device. The distance, d, from the antenna corresponding to this path loss can be calcu-

lated using the path loss equations in Section 8.2.1 and in Section 8.2.2. The following table lists coaxial cable loss. Table 8-15 Coaxial Cable Losses Length of Cable 0.9 m (3 ft) 1.8 m (6 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) Loss at 800 MHz

(dB) 0.4 0.9 1.5 Loss at 1900 MHz

(dB) 0.6 1.4 2.4 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-19 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.2.1 Path Loss Equation Indoor path loss obeys the distance power law1 in equation (2):

PL = 20log(4d0f/c) + 10nlog(d/d0) + s

(2) where:

PL is the path loss at a distance, d, from the antenna (the distance between the antenna that is connected to the RAU and the point where the RF signal decreases to the minimum acceptable level at the wireless device). f is the operating frequency in hertz.

d0 is usually taken as 1 meter of free-space.

c is the speed of light in a vacuum (3.0 108 m/sec).

n is the path loss exponent and depends on the building clutter.

s is a normal random variable that depends on partition losses inside the build-

ing, and therefore, depends on the frequency of operation. As a reference, the following table gives estimates of signal loss for some RF barriers.1 Table 8-16 Average Signal Loss of Common Building Materials Partition Type Metal wall Aluminum siding Foil insulation Cubicle walls Concrete block wall Concrete floor Sheetrock Light machinery General machinery Heavy machinery Equipment racks Assembly line Ceiling duct Metal stairs Loss (dB)

@ <2 GHz 26 20 4 1.4 13 10 1 to 2 3 7 11 7 6 5 5 Frequency (MHz) 815 815 815 900 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1. Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996. 8-20 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Coverage Distance 8.2.2 Coverage Distance Equations (1) and (2), on pages 8-19 and 8-20, respectively, can be used to estimate the distance from the antenna to where the RF signal decreases to the minimum acceptable level at the wireless device. Equation (2) can be simplified to:

PL(d) = 20log(4f/c) + PLSlog(d)

(3) where PLS (path loss slope) is chosen to account for the buildings environment. Because different frequencies penetrate partitions with different losses, the value of PLS will vary depending on the frequency. Table 8-17 shows estimated path loss slope (PLS) for various environments that have different clutter (i.e., objects that attenuate the RF signals, such as walls, partitions, stairwells, equipment racks, etc.) Table 8-17 Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall PLS for 800/900 MHz 35 39.4 35 36.1 35 33.7 36.1 37.6 39.4 PLS for 1800/1900 MHz 32 38.1 32 33.1 32 30.1 33.1 34.8 38.1 For simplicity, Equation (3) can be used to estimate the coverage distance of an antenna that is connected to an RAU, for a given path loss, frequency, and type of in-building environment. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-21 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-18 gives the value of the first term of Equation (3) (i.e., (20log(4f/c)) for various frequency bands. Table 8-18 Frequency Bands and the Value of the first Term in Equation (3) Band (MHz) Uplink 824849 806824 890915 880915 17101785 17501780 18501910 19201980 Downlink 869894 851869 935960 925960 18051880 18401870 19301990 21102170 Mid-Band Frequency

(MHz) 859 837.5 925 920 1795 1810 1920 2045 20log(4f/c) 31.1 30.9 31.8 31.7 37.5 37.6 38.1 38.7 800 MHz Cellular 800 MHz iDEN 900 MHz GSM 900 MHz EGSM 1800 MHz DCS 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea) 1900 MHz PCS 2.1 GHz UMTS 8-22 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Coverage Distance For reference, Tables 8-19 through 8-25 show the distance covered by an antenna for various in-building environments. The following assumptions were made:

Path loss Equation (3)

6 dBm output per carrier at the RAU output

3 dBi antenna gain

RSSI = 85 dBm (typical for narrowband protocols, but not for spread-spec-

trum protocols) Table 8-19 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz Cellular Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 63 39 63 55 63 73 55 47 39 Feet 205 129 205 181 205 241 181 154 129 Table 8-20 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz iDEN Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 64 40 64 56 64 75 56 48 40 Feet 208 131 208 184 208 244 184 156 131 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-23 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-21 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz GSM Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 60 38 60 53 60 70 53 45 38 Feet 197 125 197 174 197 230 174 148 125 Table 8-22 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz EGSM Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 60 38 60 53 60 70 53 45 38 Feet 197 125 197 174 197 231 174 149 125 8-24 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Coverage Distance Table 8-23 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz DCS Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 58 30 58 51 58 75 50 42 30 Feet 191 100 191 167 191 246 166 137 100 Table 8-24 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea) Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 58 30 58 51 58 75 51 42 30 Feet 191 100 191 167 191 247 167 138 100 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-25 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-25 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1900 MHz PCS Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 56 29 56 49 56 72 49 40 29 Feet 183 96 183 160 183 236 160 132 96 Table 8-26 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 2.1 GHz UMTS Applications Distance from Antenna Facility Manufacturing Hospital Airport Retail Warehouse Parking Garage Office: 80% cubicle/20% hard wall Office: 50% cubicle/50% hard wall Office: 20% cubicle/80% hard wall Meters 54 28 54 47 54 69 47 39 28 Feet 176 93 176 154 176 226 154 128 93 8-26 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Examples of Design Estimates 8.2.3 Examples of Design Estimates Example Design Estimate for an 800 MHz TDMA Application 1. Design goals:

Cellular (859 MHz = average of the lowest uplink and the highest downlink frequency in 800 MHz Cellular band)

TDMA provider

6 TDMA carriers in the system

85 dBm design goal (to 95% of the building) the minimum received power at the wireless device

Base station with simplex RF connections 2. Power Per Carrier: The tables in Section 8.1, Maximum Output Power per Car-

rier at RAU, on page 8-3 provide maximum power per carrier information. The 800 MHz TDMA table (on page 8-5) indicates that Unison can support 6 carriers with a recommended maximum power per carrier of 10.5 dBm. The input power should be set to the desired output power minus the system gain. 3. Building information:

8 floor building with 9,290 sq. meters (100,000 sq. ft.) per floor; total 74,322 sq. meters (800,000 sq. ft.)

Walls are sheetrock construction; suspended ceiling tiles

Antennas used will be omni-directional, ceiling mounted

Standard office environment, 50% hard wall offices and 50% cubicles 4. Link Budget: In this example, a design goal of 85 dBm is used. Suppose 3 dBi omni-directional antennas are used in the design. Then, the maximum RF propa-

gation loss should be no more than 98.5 dB (10.5 dBm + 3 dBi + 85 dBm) over 95% of the area being covered. It is important to note that a design goal such as 85 dBm is usually derived taking into account multipath fading and log-normal shadowing characteristics. Thus, this design goal will only be met on average over 95% of the area being covered. At any given point, a fade may bring the sig-

nal level underneath the design goal. Note that this method of calculating a link budget is only for the downlink path. For information to calculate link budgets for both the downlink and uplink paths, see Section 8.4 on page 8-32. 5. Path Loss Slope: For a rough estimate, Table 8-17, Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments on page 8-21, shows that a building with 50%

hard wall offices and 50% cubicles, at 859 MHz, has an approximate path loss slope

(PLS) of 37.6. Given the RF link budget of 98.5 dB, the distance of coverage from each RAU will be 62 meters (203 ft). This corresponds to a coverage area of 12,079 sq. meters (129,952 sq. ft.) per RAU (see Section 8.2.1 for details on path loss estimation). For this case we assumed a circular radiation pattern, though the actual area covered will depend upon the pattern of the antenna and the obstructions in the facility. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-27 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Equipment Required: Since you know the building size, you can now estimate the Unison equipment quantities that will be needed. Before any RF levels are tested in the building, you can estimate that 2 antennas per level will be needed. a. 1 antenna per floor 8 floors = 8 RAUs b. 8 RAUs 8 (max 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub) = 1 Expansion Hub c. 1 Expansion Hubs 4 (max 4 Expansion Hubs per Main Hub) = 1 Main Hub Check that the MMF and Cat-5 cable distances are as recommended. If the dis-

tances differ, use the tables in Section 8.3, System Gain, on page 8-31 to deter-

mine system gains or losses. The path loss may need to be recalculated to assure adequate signal levels in the required coverage distance. The above estimates assume that all cable length requirements are met. If Expansion Hubs cannot be placed so that the RAUs are within the distance requirement, addi-

tional Expansion Hubs may need to be placed closer to the required RAUs locations. An RF Site Survey and Building Evaluation is required to accurately establish the Unison equipment quantities required for the building. The site survey measures the RF losses within the building to determine the actual PLS, which will be used in the final path loss formula to determine the actual requirements of the Unison system. 8-28 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Examples of Design Estimates Example Design Estimate for an 1900 MHz CDMA Application 1. Design goals:

PCS (1920 MHz = average of the lowest uplink and the highest downlink fre-

quency in 1900 MHz PCS band)

CDMA provider

8 CDMA carriers in the system

85 dBm design goal (to 95% of the building) the minimum received power at the wireless device

Base station with simplex RF connections 2. Power Per Carrier: The tables in Section 8.1, Maximum Output Power per Car-

rier at RAU, on page 8-3 provide maximum power per carrier information. The 1900 MHz CDMA table (on page 8-15) indicates that Unison can support 8 carri-

ers with a recommended maximum power per carrier of 6.5 dBm. The input power should be set to the desired output power minus the system gain. 3. Building information:

16 floor building with 9,290 sq. meters (100,000 sq. ft.) per floor; total 148,640 sq. meters (1,600,000 sq. ft.)

Walls are sheetrock construction; suspended ceiling tiles

Antennas used will be omni-directional, ceiling mounted

Standard office environment, 80% hard wall offices and 20% cubicles 4. Link Budget: In this example, a design goal of 85 dBm is used. Suppose 3 dBi omni-directional antennas are used in the design. Then, the maximum RF propa-

gation loss should be no more than 94.5 dB (6.5 dBm + 3 dBi + 85 dBm) over 95% of the area being covered. It is important to note that a design goal such as 85 dBm is usually derived taking into account multipath fading and log-normal shadowing characteristics. Thus, this design goal will only be met on average over 95% of the area being covered. At any given point, a fade may bring the sig-

nal level underneath the design goal. Note that this method of calculating a link budget is only for the downlink path. For information to calculate link budgets for both the downlink and uplink paths, see Section 8.4 on page 8-32. 5. Path Loss Slope: For a rough estimate, Table 8-17, Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments on page 8-21, shows that a building with 80%

hard wall offices and 20% cubicles, at 1920 MHz, has an approximate path loss slope (PLS) of 38.1. Given the RF link budget of 94.5 dB, the distance of coverage from each RAU will be 50 meters (166 ft). This corresponds to a coverage area of 8,031 sq. meters (86,404 sq. ft.) per RAU (see Section 8.2.1 for details on path loss estimation). For this case we assumed a circular radiation pattern, though the actual area covered will depend upon the pattern of the antenna and the obstructions in the facility. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-29 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 6. Equipment Required: Since you know the building size, you can now estimate the Unison equipment quantities that will be needed. Before any RF levels are tested in the building, you can estimate that 2 antennas per level will be needed. a. 2 antennas per floor 16 floors = 32 RAUs b. 32 RAUs 8 (max 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub) = 4 Expansion Hubs c. 4 Expansion Hubs 4 (max 4 Expansion Hubs per Main Hub) = 1 Main Hub Check that the MMF and Cat-5 cable distances are as recommended. If the dis-

tances differ, use the tables in Section 8.3, System Gain, on page 8-31 to deter-

mine system gains or losses. The path loss may need to be recalculated to assure adequate signal levels in the required coverage distance. The above estimates assume that all cable length requirements are met. If Expansion Hubs cannot be placed so that the RAUs are within the distance requirement, addi-

tional Expansion Hubs may need to be placed closer to the required RAUs locations. An RF Site Survey and Building Evaluation is required to accurately establish the Unison equipment quantities required for the building. The site survey measures the RF losses within the building to determine the actual PLS, which will be used in the final path loss formula to determine the actual requirements of the Unison system. 8-30 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY System Gain 8.3 System Gain The system gain can be decreased from 15 dB to 0 dB gain in 1 dB increments and the uplink and downlink gain of any RAU can be decreased by 10 dB in one step using AdminManager or OpsConsole. 8.3.1 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length The recommended minimum length of ScTP cable is 20 meters (66 ft) and the recom-

mended maximum length is 100 meters (328 ft). If the ScTP cable is less than 10 meters (33 ft), system performance may not meet specifications. If the ScTP cable is longer than 100 meters (328 ft), the gain of the system will decrease, as shown in Table 8-27. Table 8-27 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length Typical change in system gain (dB) Uplink Downlink 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 7.6 1.0 3.2 5.3 7.5 9.7 ScTP Cable Length 800 MHz TDMA/AMPS and CDMA; 900 MHz GSM and EGSM; and iDEN 110 m / 361 ft 120 m / 394 ft 130 m / 426 ft 140 m / 459 ft 150 m / 492 ft 1800 MHz GSM (DCS); 1900 MHz TDMA, CDMA, and GSM 110 m / 361 ft 120 m / 394 ft 130 m / 426 ft 140 m / 459 ft 150 m / 492 ft 2.1 GHz UMTS 110 m / 361 ft 120 m / 394 ft 130 m / 426 ft 140 m / 459 ft 150 m / 492 ft 1.0 4.0 6.4 8.8 11.3 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 7.6 1.0 3.2 5.3 7.5 9.7 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 7.6 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-31 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.4 Link Budget Analysis A link budget is a methodical way to account for the gains and losses in an RF system so that the quality of coverage can be predicted. The end result can often be stated as a design goal in which the coverage is determined by the maximum distance from each RAU before the signal strength falls beneath that goal. One key feature of the link budget is the maximum power per carrier discussed in Section 8.1. While the maximum power per carrier is important as far as emissions and signal quality requirements are concerned, it is critical that the maximum signal into the Main Hub never exceed 1W (+30 dBm). Composite power levels above this limit will cause damage to the Main Hub. WARNING: Exceeding the maximum input power of 1W (+30 dBm) could cause permanent damage to the Main Hub. 8-32 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards 8.4.1 Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards The link budget represents a typical calculation that might be used to determine how much path loss can be afforded in a Unison design. This link budget analyzes both the downlink and uplink paths. For most configurations, the downlink requires lower path loss and is therefore the limiting factor in the system design. It is for this reason that a predetermined design goal for the downlink is sufficient to predict coverage distance. The link budget is organized in a simple manner: the transmitted power is calculated, the airlink losses due to fading and body loss are summed, and the receiver sensitivity

(minimum level a signal can be received for acceptable call quality) is calculated. The maximum allowable path loss (in dB) is the difference between the transmitted power, less the airlink losses, and the receiver sensitivity. From the path loss, the maximum coverage distance can be estimated using the path loss formula presented in Section 8.2.1. Table 8-28 provides link budget considerations for narrowband systems. Table 8-28 Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems Consideration BTS Transmit Power Attenuation between BTS and Unison Antenna Gain BTS Noise Figure Unison Noise Figure Description The power per carrier transmitted from the base station output This includes all losses: cable, attenuator, splitter/combiner, and so forth. On the downlink, attenuation must be chosen so that the maximum power per carrier going into the Main Hub does not exceed the levels given in Section 8.1. On the uplink, attenuation is chosen to keep the maximum uplink signal and noise level low enough to prevent base station alarms but small enough not to cause degradation in the system sensitivity. If the Unison noise figure minus the attenuation is at least 10 dB higher than the BTS noise figure, the system noise figure will be approximately that of Unison alone. See Section 8.6 for ways to inde-

pendently set the uplink and downlink attenuations between the base station and Unison. The radiated output power includes antenna gain. For example, if you use a 3 dBi antenna at the RAU that is transmitting 0 dBm per carrier, the effective radiated power (relative to an isotropic radiator) is 3 dBm per carrier. This is the effective noise floor of the base station input (usually base station sensitivity is this effec-

tive noise floor plus a certain C/I ratio). This is Unisons uplink noise figure, which varies depending on the number of Expansion Hubs and RAUs, and the frequency band. Unisons uplink noise figure is specified for a 1-1-4 configuration. Thus, the noise figure for a Unison system (or multiple systems whose uplink ports are power com-

bined) will be NF(1-1-4) + 10*log(# of Expansion Hubs). This represents an upper-bound because the noise figure is lower if any of the Expansion Hubs RAU ports are not used. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-33 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Table 8-28 Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems (continued) Consideration Thermal Noise Description This is the noise level in the signal bandwidth (BW). Thermal noise power = 174 dBm/Hz + 10Log(BW). Protocol TDMA GSM iDEN Signal Bandwidth 30 kHz 200 kHz 25 kHz Thermal Noise 129 dBm 121 dBm 130 dBm Required C/I ratio Mobile Transmit Power Multipath Fade Margin Log-normal Fade Margin Body Loss Minimum Received Signal Level For each wireless standard a certain C/I (carrier to interference) ratio is needed to obtain acceptable demodulation performance. For narrowband systems, (TDMA, GSM, EDGE, iDEN, AMPS) this level varies from about 9 dB to 20 dB. The maximum power the mobile can transmit (power transmitted at highest power level setting). This margin allows for a certain level of fading due to multipath interference. Inside buildings there is often one or more fairly strong signals and many weaker signals arriving from reflections and dif-

fraction. Signals arriving from multiple paths add constructively or destructively. This margin accounts for the possibility of destructive multipath interference. In RF site surveys this margin will not appear because it will be averaged out over power level samples taken over many locations. This margin adds an allowance for RF shadowing due to objects obstructing the direct path between the mobile equipment and the RAU. In RF site surveys, this shadowing will not appear because it will be averaged out over power level samples taken over many locations. This accounts for RF attenuation caused by the users head and body. This is also referred to as the design goal. The link budget says that you can achieve adequate cov-

erage if the signal level is, on average, above this level over 95% of the area covered, for example. 8-34 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application 8.4.2 Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application Narrowband Link Budget Analysis: Downlink Line Downlink Transmitter a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. p. BTS transmit power per carrier (dBm) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Power into Unison (dBm) Unison gain (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Radiated power per carrier (dBm) Airlink Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90%

(dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Receiver Thermal noise (dBm/30 kHz) Mobile noise figure (dB) Required C/I ratio (dB) Minimum received signal (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 33 23 10 0 3 13 6 10 3 19 129 7 12 110 104

c = a + b f = c + d + e

j = g + h + i

n = k + l + m

k: in this example, k represents the thermal noise for a TDMA signal, which has a bandwidth of 30 kHz

p = f j n PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-35 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Narrowband Link Budget Analysis: Uplink Line Uplink Receiver a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. p. BTS noise figure (dB) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Unison gain (dB) Unison noise figure (dB) 1-4-32 System noise figure (dB) Thermal noise (dBm/30 kHz) Required C/I ratio (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Receive sensitivity (dBm) Airlink Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90%

(dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Transmitter Mobile transmit power (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 4 10 0 22 22.6 129 12 3 97.4 6 10 3 19 28 106.4

e: enter the noise figure and gain of each system component (a, b, c, and d) into the standard cascaded noise figure formula Fsys = F1 +

F2 1 G1

F3 1 G1G2

+ .... where

(Noise Figure/10) F = 10 G = 10(Gain/10)

(See Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.) i = f + e + g h

m = j + k + l

p = n m i 8-36 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards 8.4.3 Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards A CDMA link budget is slightly more complicated because the spread spectrum nature of CDMA must be considered. Unlike narrowband standards such as TDMA and GSM, CDMA signals are spread over a relatively wide frequency band. Upon reception, the CDMA signal is de-spread. In the de-spreading process the power in the received signal becomes concentrated into a narrow band, whereas the noise level remains unchanged. Hence, the signal-to-noise ratio of the de-spread signal is higher than that of the CDMA signal before de-spreading. This increase is called processing gain. For IS-95 and J-STD-008, the processing gain is 21 dB or 19 dB depending on the user data rate (9.6 Kbps for rate set 1 and 14.4 Kbps for rate set 2, respectively). Because of the processing gain, a CDMA signal (comprising one Walsh code channel within the composite CDMA signal) can be received at a lower level than that required for narrowband signals. A reasonable level is 95 dBm, which results in about 85 dBm composite as shown below. An important issue to keep in mind is that the downlink CDMA signal is composed of many orthogonal channels: pilot, paging, sync, and traffic. The composite power level is the sum of the powers from the individual channels. An example is given in the following table. Table 8-29 Distribution of Power within a CDMA Signal Channel Pilot Sync Primary Paging Traffic Walsh Code Number Relative Power Level 0 32 1 20%

5%

19%

831, 3363 9% (per traffic channel) 7.0 dB 13.3 dB 7.3 dB 10.3 dB This table assumes that there are 15 active traffic channels operating with 50% voice activity (so that the total power adds up to 100%). Notice that the pilot and sync chan-

nels together contribute about 25% of the power. When measuring the power in a CDMA signal you must be aware that if only the pilot and sync channels are active, the power level will be about 6 to 7 dB lower than the maximum power level you can expect when all voice channels are active. The implication is that if only the pilot and sync channels are active, and the maximum power per carrier table says that you should not exceed 10 dBm for a CDMA signal, for example, then you should set the attenuation between the base station and the Main Hub so that the Main Hub receives 3 dBm (assuming 0 dB system gain). An additional consideration for CDMA systems is that the uplink and downlink paths should be gain and noise balanced. This is required for proper operation of soft-hand-

off to the outdoor network as well as preventing excess interference that is caused by mobiles on the indoor system transmitting at power levels that are not coordinated with the outdoor mobiles. This balance is achieved if the power level transmitted by the mobiles under close-loop power control is similar to the power level transmitted under open-loop power control. The open-loop power control equation is PTX + PRX = 73 dBm (for Cellular, IS-95) PTX + PRX = 76 dBm (for PCS, J-STD-008) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-37 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY where PTX is the mobiles transmitted power and PRX is the power received by the mobile. The power level transmitted under closed-loop power control is adjusted by the base station to achieve a certain Eb/N0 (explained in Table 8-30 on page 8-38). The differ-

ence between these power levels, P, can be estimated by comparing the power radi-

ated from the RAU, Pdownink, to the minimum received signal, Puplink, at the RAU:

P = Pdownink + Puplink + 73 dBm (for Cellular) P = Pdownink + Puplink + 76 dBm (for PCS) Its a good idea to keep 12 dB < P < 12 dB. Table 8-30 provides link budget considerations for CDMA systems. Table 8-30 Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA Consideration Multipath Fade Margin Power per car-

rier, downlink Description The multipath fade margin can be reduced (by at least 3 dB) by using different lengths of optical fiber (this is called delay diversity). The delay over fiber is approximately 5S/km. If the difference in fiber lengths to Expansion Hubs with overlapping coverage areas produces at least 1 chip (0.8S) delay of one path relative to the other, then the multipaths signals can be resolved and processed independently by the base stations rake receiver. A CDMA signal traveling through 163 meters of MMF cable will be delayed by approximately one chip. This depends on how many channels are active. For example, the signal will be about 7 dB lower if only the pilot, sync, and paging channels are active compared to a fully-loaded CDMA signal. Furthermore, in the CDMA forward link, voice channels are turned off when the user is not speaking. On average this is assumed to be about 50% of the time. So, in the spreadsheet, both the power per Walsh code channel (rep-

resenting how much signal a mobile will receive on the Walsh code that it is de-spreading) and the total power are used. The channel power is needed to determine the maximum path loss, and the total power is needed to deter-

mine how hard the Unison system is being driven. The total power for a fully-loaded CDMA signal is given by (approximately):

total power = voice channel power + 13 dB + 10log10 (50%)

= voice channel power + 10 dB Information Rate This is simply 10log10(9.6 Kbps) = 40 dB for rate set 1 10log10(14.4 Kbps) = 42 dB for rate set 2 Process Gain The process of de-spreading the desired signal boosts that signal relative to the noise and interference. This gain needs to be included in the link budget. In the following formulas, PG = process gain:

PG = 10log10(1.25 MHz / 9.6 Kbps) = 21 dB rate set 1 PG = 10log10(1.25 MHz / 14.4 Kbps) = 19 dB rate set 2 Note that the process gain can also be expressed as 10log10 (CDMA bandwidth) minus the information rate. 8-38 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards Consideration Eb/No Table 8-30 Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA (continued) Description This is the energy-per-bit divided by the received noise and interference. Its the CDMA equivalent of sig-

nal-to-noise ratio (SNR). This figure depends on the mobiles receiver and the multipath environment. For example, the multipath delays inside a building are usually too small for a rake receiver in the mobile (or base station) to resolve and coherently combine multipath components. However, if artificial delay can be introduced by, for instance, using different lengths of cable, then the required Eb/No will be lower and the multipath fade margin in the link budget can be reduced in some cases. If the receiver noise figure is NF (dB), then the receive sensitivity (dBm) is given by:

Psensitivity = NF + Eb/No + thermal noise in a 1.25 MHz band PG

= NF + Eb/No 113 (dBm/1.25 MHz) PG Noise Rise On the uplink, the noise floor is determined not only by the Unison system, but also by the number of mobiles that are transmitting. This is because when the base station attempts to de-spread a particular mobiles signal, all other mobile signals appear to be noise. Because the noise floor rises as more mobiles try to communicate with a base station, the more mobiles there are, the more power they have to transmit. Hence, the noise floor rises rapidly:

Hand-off Gain noise rise = 10log10(1 / (1 loading)) where loading is the number of users as a percentage of the theoretical maximum number of users. Typically, a base station is set to limit the loading to 75%. This noise ratio must be included in the link budget as a worst-case condition for uplink sensitivity. If there are less users than 75% of the maximum, then the uplink coverage will be better than predicted. CDMA supports soft hand-off, a process by which the mobile communicates simultaneously with more than one base station or more than one sector of a base station. Soft hand-off provides improved receive sensitivity because there are two or more receivers or transmitters involved. A line for hand-off gain is included in the CDMA link budgets worksheet although the gain is set to 0 dB because the in-building system will probably be designed to limit soft-handoff. Other CDMA Issues

Never combine multiple sectors (more than one CDMA signal at the same fre-

quency) into a Unison system. The combined CDMA signals will interfere with each other.

Try to minimize overlap between in-building coverage areas that utilize different sectors, as well as in-building coverage and outdoor coverage areas. This is impor-

tant because any area in which more than one dominant pilot signal (at the same frequency) is measured by the mobile will result in soft-handoff. Soft-handoff decreases the overall network capacity by allocating multiple channel resources to a single mobile phone. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-39 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.4.4 Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis: Downlink Line Downlink Transmitter a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. BTS transmit power per traffic channel (dBm) Voice activity factor Composite power (dBm) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Power per channel into Unison (dBm) Composite power into Unison (dBm) Unison gain (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Radiated power per channel (dBm) Composite radiated power (dBm) Airlink Handoff gain (dB) Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90% (dB) Additional loss (dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Receiver Mobile noise figure (dB) Thermal noise (dBm/Hz) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz) Information ratio (dB/Hz) Required Eb/(No+lo) Receive Sensitivity (dBm) Minimum received signal (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 30.0 50%

40.0 24 9.0 16.0 0.0 3.0 12.0 19.0 0.0 6.0 10.0 0.0 3.0 19.0 7.0 174.0 167.0 41.6 7.0 118.4 99.4 99.4 8-40 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application

b and c: see notes in Table 8-30 regarding power per carrier, downlink

e = a + d f = c + d

i = e + g + h

j = f + g + h

p = k + l + m + n + o

s = q + r

v = s + t + u

w = p + v

x = j w

y = j (downlink) + m (uplink) + P where P = Ptx + Prx = 73 dB for Cellular 76 dB for PCS PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-41 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis: Uplink Line Uplink Receiver a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. BTS noise figure (dB) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Unison gain (dB) Unison noise figure (dB) System noise figure (dB) Thermal noise (dBm/Hz) Noise rise 75% loading (dB) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz) Information rate (dB/Hz) Required Eb/(No+lo) Handoff gain (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Minimum received signal (dBm) Airlink Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90% (dB) Additional loss (dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Transmitter Mobile transmit power (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 3.0 30.0 0.0 22.0 33.3 174.0 6.0 134.6 41.6 5.0 0.0 3.0 91.1 6.0 10.0 0.0 3.0 19.0 28.0 100.1 8-42 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application

e: enter the noise figure and gain of each system component (a, b, c, and d) into the standard cascaded noise figure formula Fsys = F1 +

F2 1 G1

F3 1 G1G2

+ .... where

(Noise Figure/10) F = 10 G = 10(Gain/10)

(See Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.)

h = e + f + g

m = h + i + j k l

r = n + o + p + q t = s r m PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-43 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.4.5 Considerations for Re-Radiation (over-the-air) Systems The Unison can be used to extend the coverage of the outdoor network by connecting to a roof-top donor antenna that is pointed toward an outdoor base station. Additional considerations for such an application of the Unison are:

Sizing the gain and output power requirements for a bi-directional amplifier

(repeater).

Ensuring that noise radiated on the uplink from the in-building system does not cause the outdoor base station to become desensitized to wireless handsets in the outdoor network.

Filtering out signals that lie in adjacent frequency bands. For instance, if you are providing coverage for Cellular B-band operation it may be necessary to filter out the A, A and A bands which may contain strong signals from other outdoor base stations. Further information on these issues can be found in LGC Wireless application notes for re-radiation applications. 8-44 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Optical Power Budget 8.5 Optical Power Budget Unison uses SC/APC connectors. The connector losses associated with mating to these connectors is accounted for in the design and should not be included as ele-

ments of the optical power budget. The reason is that when the optical power budget is defined, measurements are taken with these connectors in place. The Unison optical power budget for both multimode and single-mode fiber cable is 3.0 dB (optical). The maximum loss through the fiber can not exceed 3 dB (optical). The maximum lengths of the fiber cable should not exceed 1.5 km (4,921 ft) for multimode and 6 km

(19,685 ft) for single-mode. Both the optical budget and the maximum cable length must be taken into consideration when designing the system. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-45 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.6 Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station The first consideration when connecting Unison Main Hubs to a base station is to ensure there is an equal amount of loss through cables, combiners, etc. from the base station to the Main Hubs. For this example, assume that the base station will have simplex connections, one uplink and one downlink. Each of these connections will need to be divided to equilibrate power for each Main Hub. For example, two Main Hubs will require a 21 combiner/divider; four Main Hubs will require a 41 com-

biner/divider; and so on. Figure 8-2 Connecting Main Hubs to a Simplex Base Station Base Station 2 1 combiner/divider Downlink/Forward Uplink/Reverse Main Hub 1 Main Hub 2 When connecting a Unison Main Hub to a base station, also consider the following:

1. The downlink power from the base station must be attenuated enough so that the power radiated by the RAU does not exceed the maximum power per carrier listed in Section 8.1, Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU, on page 8-3. 2. The uplink attenuation should be small enough that the sensitivity of the overall system is limited by Unison, not by the attenuator. However, some base stations will trigger alarms if the noise or signal levels are too high. In this case the attenu-

ation will have to be large enough to prevent this from happening. If, in an area covered by Unison, a mobile phone indicates good signal strength but consistently has difficulty completing calls, it is possible that the attenuation between Unison and the base station needs to be adjusted. In other words, it is possible that if the uplink is over-attenuated, the downlink power will provide good coverage, but the uplink coverage distance will be small. When there is an excessive amount of loss between the Main Hub uplink and the base station, the uplink system gain can be increased to as much as 15 dB to prevent a reduction in the overall system sensitivity. 8-46 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Attenuation 8.6.1 Attenuation Figure 8-3 shows a typical setup wherein a duplex base station is connected to a Main Hub. For a simplex base station, eliminate the circulator and connect the simplex ports of the base station to the simplex ports of the Main Hub. Add attenuators to reg-

ulate the power appropriately. Figure 8-3 Main Hub to Duplex Base Station or Repeater Connections Duplex Base Station or Repeater A3 A1 A2 Forward Main Hub Reverse

A typical circulator has an IP3 of +70dBm. If you drive the circulator too hard it will produce intermods that are bigger than the intermods produced by Unison. The IP3 at the Forward port input of the Main Hub is approximately +38 dBm. The IP3 of the circulator at that same point (i.e., following attenuator A1) is +70dBm A1. Thus, to keep the system IP3 from being adversely affected by the circulator, attenuator A1 should be no more than approxi-

mately +30 dB.

A filter diplexer can be used in place of the circulator. The IP3 of the diplexer can be assumed to be greater than +100 dBm. If a diplexer is used, A3 can be omitted.

A1+A3 should be chosen so that the output power per carrier at the RAUs output is correct for the number of carriers being transmitted. Suppose the base station transmits 36 dBm per carrier and it is desired that the RAU output be 6 dBm per carrier and the forward port gain is 0 dB. Then A1+A3=30 dB.

A2+A3 should, ideally, be at least 10 dB less than the noise figure plus the gain of the Uni-

son system. For example, if the reverse port has a 0 dB gain and if there are 32 RAUs, the noise figure is approximately 22 dB. So A2+A3 should be about 10 dB. If A2+A3 is too large, the uplink coverage can be severely reduced.

Given these three equations:

A1 < 30 dB A1+A3 = 30 dB (in this example) A2+A3 < 10 dB (in this example) we could choose A1=20 dB, A2=0 dB, A3=10 dB PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-47 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.6.2 Uplink Attenuation The attenuation between the Main Hubs reverse port and the base station does two things:

1. It attenuates the noise coming out of Unison. It attenuates the desired signals coming out of Unison. 2. Setting the attenuation on the uplink is a trade-off between keeping the noise and maximum signal levels transmitted from Unison to the base station receiver low while not reducing the SNR (signal-to-noise ratio) of the path from the RAU inputs to the base station inputs. This SNR can not be better than the SNR of Unison by itself, although it can be significantly worse. For example, suppose we have a GSM Unison system consisting of one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs (1-4-32) with uplink NF=22 dB. (See Table 8-30 on page 8-38.) If we use 30 dB of attenuation between the Main Hubs reverse port and the base station (which has its own noise figure of about 4 dB), the overall noise figure will be 34.3 dB (refer to the formula on page 8-36) which is 12.3 dB worse than Unison by itself. That causes a 12.3 dB reduction in the uplink coverage dis-

tance. Now, if the attenuation instead is 10 dB, the cascaded noise figure is NF=22.6 dB, which implies that the uplink sensitivity is limited by Unison, a desir-

able condition. Rule of Thumb A good rule of thumb is to set the uplink attenuation, A2+A3 in Figure 8-3 on page 8-47, as follows:

A2+A3 Unison uplink NF + uplink gain (0 dB for reverse port) BTS NF 10dB and round A2 down to the nearest convenient attenuation value. 8-48 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Uplink Attenuation 8.6.2.1 Uplink Attenuation Exception: CDMA In CDMA systems, the power transmitted by the mobile is determined by the charac-

teristics of both the uplink and downlink paths. The power transmitted by the mobile should be similar in open-loop control (as determined by the downlink path) as dur-

ing closed-loop control (as determined by the uplink and downlink paths). In addi-

tion, the mobiles transmit power when it communicates with a base station through Unison should be similar to the power transmitted when it communicates with a base station in the outdoor network (during soft hand-off). Because of these consider-

ations, you should not allow the downlink and uplink gains to vary widely. Open-loop power control:

PTX = 76 dBm (for PCS) PRX where PTX is the power transmitted and PRX is the power received by the mobile. If PL is the path loss (in dB) between the RAU and the mobile, and PDN is the downlink power radiated by the RAU, then PTX = 76 dBm (for PCS) PDN + PL Closed-loop power control:

PTX = noise floor + uplink NF process gain + Eb/No + PL

= 113 dBm/1.25 Mhz + NF 19 dB + 7 dB + PL where Eb/No = 7 dB is a rough estimate, and NF is the cascaded noise figure of the Unison uplink, the uplink attenuation, and the base station noise figure. Equating PTX for the open-loop and closed-loop we see that NF = 49 PDN where PDN is determined by the downlink attenuation. Since PDN for Unison is about 10 dBm, we see that the cascaded noise figure is about 39 dB, which is considerably higher than that of Unison itself. This implies that we should use a fairly large attenu-

ation on the uplink. This case suggests using as much attenuation on the downlink as on the uplink. The drawback of doing this is that the uplink coverage sensitivity is reduced. A link budget analysis will clarify these issues. Typically, the uplink attenu-

ation between the Main Hub and the base station will be the same as, or maybe 10 dB less than, the downlink attenuation. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-49 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8.7 Designing for a Neutral Host System Designing for a neutral host system uses the same design rules previously discussed. Since a neutral host system typically uses multiple systems in parallel, we find it best to design for the worst case system so that there will not be holes in the covered area and the economies of a single installation can be achieved. For example, as indicated Section 7.1, the 1900 MHz RF signals do not propagate throughout a building as well as the 800 MHz systems, therefore, we design to the 1900 MHz path loss formula. 8.7.1 Capacity of the Unison Neutral Host System Each Main Hub can support more than one sub-band of the Cellular or PCS bands. The exception to this is the iDEN Main Hub, because the SMR band is not split into sub-bands. The 800 MHz Main Hub can support both the A band and the B band simultaneously. Also, the 1800 MHz and 1900 MHz Main Hubs can support two bands each (as the frequencies currently are allocated). For example, a neutral host system that consists of one iDEN, one 800 MHz, and two 1900 MHz systems can support up to seven separate service providers:

1 on iDEN

2 on 800 MHz, A band and B band

2 in each 1900 MHz 8-50 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Example Unison Neutral Host System 8.7.2 Example Unison Neutral Host System The following example configuration assumes:

3 dBm per carrier output

Each System supports two bands, and therefore, two Operators

(Exception: iDEN supports one Operator) Example Configuration:

800 MHz iDEN: 16 channels

800 MHz Cellular TDMA Band: 16 channels CDMA Band: 3 channels

1900 MHz PCS TDMA Band: 16 channels CDMA Band: 3 channels GSM Band: 6 channels PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-51 Designing a Unison Solution PRELIMINARY 8-52 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 9 Replacing Unison Components in an Operating System 9.1 Replacing an RAU Be aware that the new RAU must be the same band as the one you are replacing. If you replace an RAU with one that is of the wrong band, it will not work. The Main Hub automatically checks the band of a replaced RAU. There is no need to issue commands directly from the Main Hub. Therefore, as long as the RAU is of the correct band, the system will operate properly. Replacing an RAU 1. Use AdminManager or refer to the As-Built Document to review the current RAUs configuration. 2. Disconnect the Cat-5/6 cable and antenna from the unit to be replaced. 3. 4. Connect the antenna and then the Cat-5/6 cable to the new RAU Install the new RAU. AdminManager Tasks

Use the Advanced RAU Settings option on the Configuration & Maintenance panel to set the RAUs 10 dB attenuation and UL ALC settings.

When convenient, perform System Test to optimize performance. During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take 1.5 minutes to complete the test. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 9-1 Replacing Unison Components in an Operating System PRELIMINARY Checking the RAUs LEDs 1. The RAUs LINK and ALARM LEDs should blink (green/red) on power up.

If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the RAU. 2. After several seconds both LEDs should change to green, which indicates that the unit has been successfully replaced, there is communication with the Expansion Hub, and the RAU band is correct. a. If the LINK LED remains green and the ALARM LED remains red, verify that the RAU model is correct for the intended frequency band. Disconnect the cable and then reconnect it once; doing this more than once will not change the result. b. c. If both LEDs still dont change to green, use the AdminManager to determine the exact nature of the fault and see a recommendation of how to correct it. If both LEDs turn red (after 45 seconds), the Expansion Hub has terminated communications. 9-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Replacing an Expansion Hub 9.2 Replacing an Expansion Hub Replacing an Expansion Hub 1. Turn off the power to the Expansion Hub. 2. Disconnect all Cat-5/6 cables, both fiber cables, and the AC power cord. 3. Replace the Expansion Hub with a new one. 4. Connect the AC power cord, all Cat-5/6 cables, and both fiber cables remember-

ing to clean and correctly connect the uplink and downlink fiber. 5. Turn on the power to the Expansion Hub. AdminManager Tasks

The Main Hub automatically issues the band setting.

When convenient, perform System Test to optimize performance. During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take 1.5 minutes to complete the test. Checking the Expansion Hubs LEDs

The LEDs should blink through all states on power up.

If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the Expansion Hub. If the LEDs do not illuminate at all, make sure the AC power cable is con-

nected.

The UL STATUS and DL STATUS LEDs should be green.

The E-HUB STATUS and POWER LEDs should be green.

For each RJ-45 port that has an RAU connected:

The E-HUB/RAU LEDs should be green.

The LINK LEDs should be green. It can take several seconds for each Cat-5/6 connection for the LEDs to display properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 10 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-3 Replacing Unison Components in an Operating System PRELIMINARY 9.3 Replacing a Main Hub You must record the system configuration settings from the old Main Hubs memory before replacing the unit. You will program the new Main Hub with this information. If the Main Hub is programmed incorrectly, the system will not work. If the Main Hub is not functioning, get the configuration settings from the As-Built Document that was created as part of the original installation. Get System Configuration Settings 1. Connect the null modem cable to the PC and the Main Hub. 2. Start the AdminManager software. 3. Select the Configuration & Maintenance Panel option from the introductory win-

dow. 4. Click the SAVE CONFIG button. The Save Configuration Notes dialog box is displayed. 5. Type any notes you want to save with the configuration settings into the dialog box and click OK. The configuration settings are saved in a text file, for example:

Begin Notes *******************************************

LGC HQ 05/23/01 MH configuration L010MH11 System configuration End Notes *********************************************

Frequency Band is DCS Low. System Gain: UL = 12 dB, DL = 4 dB. Callback Number is 1234567. System label is LGC. Main Hub Information:

Serial Number: L010BMH1 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010526 Expansion Hub LGC-1 Information:

Serial Number: L010BEH9 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010513 RAU LGC-1-5 Information:

Serial Number: L010BRU1 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010021 9-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Replacing a Main Hub Replacing a Main Hub 1. Turn off the power to the Main Hub. 2. Disconnect all fiber cables and the AC power cord. 3. Replace the Main Hub with a new one. 4. Connect the AC power cord and all fiber cables remembering to clean and cor-

rectly connect the uplink and downlink fiber cables. 5. Connect the null modem cable to the PC and then to the Main Hubs front panel DB-9 serial connector. 6. Start the AdminManager software. 7. Select the Installation Wizard option from the introductory window. 8. Turn on the power to the Main Hub. AdminManager Tasks

Use the Installation Wizard to:

Set the Operation Band

Use the Configuration & Maintenance panel to:

Set Callback Number

Set Contact Sense Properties

Set System Parameters

Perform System Test During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take 1.5 minutes to complete the test. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-5 Replacing Unison Components in an Operating System PRELIMINARY Checking the Main Hubs LEDs

The LEDs should blink through all states on power up.

If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the Main Hub. If the LEDs do not illuminate at all, make sure the AC power cable is con-

nected.

For each fiber optic port that has a Main Hub connected:

The LINK LED should be green.

The E-HUB/RAU LED should be:

Green if the MAIN HUB STATUS is green. Red if the MAIN HUB STATUS is red.

The MAIN HUB STATUS LED should be:

Red if the Main Hub is new from the factory and a band has not been pro-

grammed, or if the wrong band is programmed.

Green if the Main Hub was previously programmed with a correct band

(matches the RAUs in the system). NOTE: If there is communication between the Main Hub and the Expansion Hubs, use the AdminManager softwares Configuration & Maintenance panel to isolate sys-

tem problems. 9-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY SECTION 10 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance There are no user-serviceable parts in any of the Unison components. Faulty or failed components are fully replaceable through LGC Wireless. Address Phone Fax Help Hot Line 2540 Junction Avenue San Jose, California 95134-1902 USA 1-408-952-2400 1-408-952-2410 1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International)

+44(0) 1223 597812 (Europe) Web Address e-mail http://www.lgcwireless.com service@lgcwireless.com 10.1 Maintenance No periodic maintenance of the Unison equipment is required. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual 10-1 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY 10.2 Troubleshooting NOTE: Unison has no user-serviceable parts. Faulty or failed units are fully replaceable through LGC Wireless. Sources of potential problems include:

Malfunction of one or more Unison components

Faulty cabling/connector

Antenna, base station, or repeater problem

External RF interface NOTE: Faulty cabling is the cause of a vast majority of problems. All Cat-5/6 cable should be tested to TIA/EIA 568-A specifications. It is recommended that you use the AdminManager for troubleshooting the system, and use the LEDs as backup or for confirmation. However, if there are communica-

tion problems within the system, the LEDs may provide additional information that is not available using AdminManager. To begin troubleshooting, use the AdminManager software to determine the current faults and warnings for all of the units in the system. To troubleshoot, start with the Main Hubs faults and warnings, then proceed to each of the Expansion Hubs, finish-

ing with each of the RAUs. If you do not have a PC with AdminManager available, the LEDs provide a minimal set of diagnostic information. If you cannot determine the cause of a problem after following the recommended pro-

cedures, call LGC Wireless customer help hot line:

1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International)

+44(0) 1223 597812 (Europe) 10-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Fault Indications 10.2.1 Fault Indications Once all of the units are powered on and the cable connections are made, the faults from each unit can be requested using the AdminManager. Start with the Main Hub and work downstream. Resolve all faults first and then check the warnings. Take appropriate action to resolve the faults, as indicated in the following tables. In cases where there is more than one possible cause, they are listed from the most likely to the least likely cause. Actions are listed in the order that they should be performed; not all actions may need to be done. Main Hub Faults Table 10-1 Main Hub Faults Fault Message Hardware failure LED STATUS State Red STATUS Red Possible Causes Internal hardware failure. Factory default. Frequency band not programmed Main Hub is over temperature STATUS Red Fan failure. Failed to perform system test STATUS Red Ambient tempera-

ture is above maxi-

mum. Internal failure. Action Replace the Main Hub. Program the frequency band using the AdminManagers Installation Wizard. If fan is not operating, replace the Main Hub. If fan is operating, check room environmental controls. Impact System off-line. System off-line. Possible unit failure. Replace the Main Hub when possible. Degraded performance. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-3 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY Table 10-1 Main Hub Faults (continued) Fault Message EHn uplink AGC failure LED STATUS State Red Possible Causes Uplink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub uplink port failure. Main Hub internal failure. Expansion Hub internal failure. Impact The Main Hubs EHn port is off-line; down-

link is okay. Action Measure UL optical fiber loss. Clean the Main and Expan-

sion Hubs uplink fiber ports. Move fiber pair to another port. If fault is not reported, fiber is okay and Main Hub port is dirty or bad. Use the AdminManager to Clear All Disconnect Status to clear the disconnect fault on the origi-

nal port. If common point of failure for more than one Expansion Hub, replace the Main Hub. Swap suspect Expansion Hub with working Expansion Hub. If fault persists, replace Main Hub; otherwise, replace the Expansion Hub. 10-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Fault Indications Table 10-1 Main Hub Faults (continued) Fault Message No communica-

tion with EHn LED LINK E-HUB/

RAU State Red Off Possible Causes Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Uplink fiber has high optical loss Main Hub down-

link port failure. Main Hub internal failure. Expansion Hub downlink port fail-

ure. The Expansion Hub was connected and is now discon-

nected. The uplink fiber optical loss exceeds minimum threshold. Expansion Hub uplink laser failure. EHn disconnected LINK E-HUB/

RAU Red Off Impact EHn and connected RAUs are off-line. EHn and connected RAUs are off-line. Action Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the Expansion Hubs downlink fiber port. Clean the Main Hubs down-

link fiber port. Measure uplink optical fiber loss. Clean uplink fiber connectors. Clean uplink fiber ports. Move the Main Hub fiber pair to another port. If fault is not reported, fiber is okay and the Main Hub port is bad. Use the AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect Status command to clear the disconnect fault on the original port. If common point of failure for more than one Expansion Hub, replace the Main Hub. Swap suspect Expansion Hub with working Expansion Hub. If fault persists, replace the Main Hub; otherwise, replace the Expansion Hub. If EHn is disconnected, recon-

nect it or clear the disconnect fault using the AdminMan-

agers Clear All Disconnect Status command. Check the uplink fiber cables optical loss. Clean the uplink fiber connec-

tors. Clean the Main and Expan-

sion Hubs uplink ports. Check that EHns uplink laser is operational. (UL STATUS LED is green.) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-5 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY Table 10-1 Main Hub Faults (continued) Fault Message EHn/RAU reports fault condition LED LINK E-HUB/

RAU State Green Red Possible Causes Any Expansion Hub or RAU fault Action Use the AdminManager to check for Expansion Hub and RAU faults. Proceed to Expansion Hub or RAU trou-

bleshooting section. Impact EHn and/or RAU off-line Expansion Hub Faults Table 10-2 Expansion Hub Faults Fault Message Hardware failure LED STATUS State Red Possible Causes Downlink fiber has high optical loss. PLL unlock STATUS Red Main Hub internal hardware failure. Expansion Hub internal hardware failure. Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub internal hardware failure. Expansion Hub internal hardware failure. Impact Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line Action Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the downlink fiber con-

nectors. Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports. If common point of failure for more than one Expansion Hub, replace the Main Hub. Replace the Expansion Hub. Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the downlink fiber con-

nectors. Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports. If common point of failure for more than one Expansion Hub, replace the Main Hub. Replace the Expansion Hub. 10-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Fault Indications Table 10-2 Expansion Hub Faults (continued) Fault Message Frequency band not programmed LED STATUS State Red Possible Causes Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Expansion Hub is over temperature STATUS Red Expansion Hub internal hardware failure. Fan failure(s). Ambient temperature above maximum Downlink pilot failure STATUS Red Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub internal hardware failure. Main Hub downlink port failure. Expansion Hub down-

link port failure. Impact Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. RAUs are com-

manded off-line which disables their power amplifiers. If the Expansion Hub temperature does not start to drop, the Expansion Hub will disable DC power to all RAUs. Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. Action Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the downlink fiber con-

nectors. Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports. Replace the Expansion Hub. If fans are not operating, replace the Expansion Hub. If fans are operating, check room environmental controls. Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean downlink fiber connec-

tors. Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports. If common point of failure for more than one Expansion Hub, replace Main Hub. Move Main Hub fiber pair to another port. If fault is not reported, Main Hub port is bad, replace when possible. Swap suspect Expansion Hub with working Expansion Hub. If fault persists, replace the Main Hub; otherwise, replace the Expansion Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-7 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY Table 10-2 Expansion Hub Faults (continued) Fault Message Failed to perform system test LED STATUS State Red Possible Causes Main Hub internal fail-

ure. RAUn uplink AGC failure LINK RAU Red Off No communica-

tion with RAUn LINK RAU Red Off RAUn over cur-

rent LINK RAU Green Red Internal failure. Cat-5/6 cable length. Expansion Hub uplink port failure or RAU failure. Expansion Hub internal failure. Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. or Expansion Hub port failure. Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. RAUn downlink port failure LINK RAU Green Red Expansion Hub internal failure. Impact Degraded perfor-

mance. RAU is off-line. RAUn is off-line. RAUn is off-line. RAUn is off-line. Action If common point of failure for more than one Expansion Hub, replace the Main Hub. Perform System Test, if failure persists, replace the Expansion Hub. Check Cat-5/6 cable length. Move RAU to another port. If no fault reported, replace the Expansion Hub. If fault reported, replace RAU. If common point of failure for more than one RAU, replace the Expansion Hub. Verify that the Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move the RAU to another port. If fault persists, replace the RAU; otherwise, replace the Expansion Hub. Verify Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move RAU to another port. If fault persists, replace the RAU. If no fault reported, remove the RAU, power cycle the Expan-

sion Hub, connect known good RAU to port. If fault reported, replace the Expansion Hub. Move the RAU to another port. If fault persists, replace the Expansion Hub. If no fault, flag previous port as unusable and replace the Expansion Hub when possible. 10-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Fault Indications Remote Access Unit Faults Table 10-3 Remote Access Unit Faults Fault Message Hardware failure Frequency band not programmed RAU is over temperature Power supplied by Expansion Hub is too low Power supplied by Expansion Hub is too high LED ALARM ALARM State Red Red ALARM Red Possible Causes Internal hardware failure. Wrong version of RAU for frequency band desired. Ambient temperature above maximum. ALARM Red Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. or Expansion Hub port fail-

ure. Expansion Hub internal failure. ALARM Red Cat-5/6 cable failure. Expansion Hub internal failure. or RAU internal failure. Cat-5/6 cable too long ALARM Red Cat-5/6 cable is too long. Action Replace the RAU. Replace the RAU if not valid for desired frequency band. Check environmental controls;

move the RAU to cooler envi-

ronment. Verify Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move the RAU cable to another Expansion Hub port. If fault persists, replace the RAU; oth-

erwise, replace the Expansion Hub. If common point of failure for more than one RAU, replace the Expansion Hub. Verify Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move RAU cable to another Expansion Hub port. If fault persists, replace the RAU, oth-

erwise replace the Expansion Hub. Verify that the Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Verify maximum Cat-5/6 cable length of 150 meters. Impact RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-9 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY Table 10-3 Remote Access Unit Faults (continued) Fault Message Downlink pilot failure LED ALARM State Red Possible Causes Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. or Expansion Hub port fail-

ure. Expansion Hub internal failure. Impact RAU is off-line. Action Verify that the Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Verify maximum Cat-5/6 cable length of 150 meters. Verify minimum Cat-5/6 cable length of 10 meters. Move the RAU cable to another Expansion Hub port. If fault persists, replace the RAU; oth-

erwise, replace the Expansion Hub. Or, mark the Expansion Hubs port as unusable. If common point of failure for more than one RAU, replace the Expansion Hub. 10-10 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Warning Indications 10.2.2 Warning Indications Warnings alert you to conditions that may impact system performance and conditions that indicate potential system failure. Before addressing warnings, ensure that all faults are resolved. Take appropriate action to resolve the warnings, as indicated in the following tables. Main Hub Warnings Table 10-4 Main Hub Warnings Warning Message Downlink laser is failing Action Replace the Main Hub when possible. Temperature is high Fan failure EHn uplink fiber optical loss greater than recommended maxi-

mum Check room environmental controls. Check the Main Hub fan for rotation, air flow blockage, dust; replace the Main Hub if temperature rises. Check the uplink fiber cable for optical loss. Clean the cable connector. Clean the fiber ports. Impact The downlink laser will eventually fail and the system will be off-line. Potential Main Hub failure. Temperature may rise to fault level result-

ing in Main Hub and connected Expansion Hub(s) and RAU(s) being off-line. Degraded system performance. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-11 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY Expansion Hub Warnings Table 10-5 Expansion Hub Warnings Warning Message Downlink fiber optical loss greater than recom-

mended maximum Uplink laser is failing Action Check the downlink fiber cable for excessive optical loss. Clean the cable connector. Clean the fiber ports. Replace the Expansion Hub when possible. Temperature is high Fann failure Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and Expansion Hub is longer than rec-

ommended maximum Check room environmental controls. Check the Expansion Hub fans for rotation, air flow blockage, dust; replace the Expan-

sion Hub if temperature rises. Check that the Cat-5/6 cable does not exceed the recommended maximum length. Impact Degraded system performance. The uplink laser will eventually fail resulting in the Expansion Hub and connected RAUs being off-line. Potential Expansion Hub failure. Temperature may rise to fault level resulting in the Expansion Hub and connected RAUs being off-line. Degraded system performance. Remote Access Unit Warnings Table 10-6 Remote Access Unit Warnings Warning Message Temperature is high DC voltage is low Power amplifier is fail-

ing Cat-5/6 cable between Expansion Hub and RAU is longer than rec-

ommended maximum Antenna disconnected Action Move the RAU to cooler environment. Check the Cat-5/6 cable for shorts and opens. Replace the RAU when possible. Replace the RAU when possible. Impact Potential RAU failure. Unreliable operation. Potential RAU failure. Check that the Cat-5/6 cable does not exceed the recommended maximum length. Degraded system performance. Check the RAU SMA antenna connection. Poor RAU coverage. 10-12 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY LED Troubleshooting Guide 10.3 LED Troubleshooting Guide The following troubleshooting guide is from the perspective that all Unison equip-

ment is installed, their cables are connected, and they are powered on; it is assumed that the system was operating normally before the current problem. (Refer to Section 6 for information on troubleshooting during initial installation of the system.) Always use AdminManager, if possible, to troubleshoot the system. The LEDs are for backup troubleshooting; although, an Expansion Hub uplink laser failure can only be resolved using the EH UL STATUS LED. Begin with troubleshooting the Main Hubs LEDs and then the Expansion Hubs LEDs. The RAU LEDs probably will not provide additional information for trouble-

shooting. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-13 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY 10.3.1 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Normal Operation

All of the Main Hubs LEDs should be green during normal operation. If any LEDs are red, get status using the AdminManager software for the exact cause and recommendations. Table 10-7 Troubleshooting Main Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation Expansion Hub Not Connected State LED LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off Expansion Hub Connected LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off LINK E-HUB/RAU Green Red Impact Expansion Hub was previously con-

nected, but it is not currently con-

nected; Expansion Hub cable disconnect. The AdminManager software will clear all disconnects caused by installation as part of the clean-up process. After installation, power cycle the Main Hub or use the AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect States command. Lost communication with Expansion Hub; could be Expansion Hub problem or fiber cable problem. Action If the Expansion Hub was discon-

nected accidentally, re-connect the cables. The LEDs should change to Green/Red (then Green/Green, after 20 seconds, if the Main Hub band has been programmed). If the Expansion Hub is to be removed from service permanently, then use the AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect States command to clear all disconnect states to no con-

nect states. The Main Hubs port LEDs should change to Off/Off. Use the AdminManager to determine the exact cause of the Main Hubs faults. Expansion Hub or connected RAU reports a fault condition; use the AdminManager to determine the exact cause of the Expansion Hub and RAUs faults. Table 10-8 Troubleshooting Main Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation At Any Time LED MAIN HUB STATUS State Red MAIN HUB STATUS Alternating Red/Green Action Use the AdminManager to determine the exact cause of the fault. Power cycle one time. If fault remains, replace the Main Hub. Reduce input signal power; reduce system gain. Impact Internal Main Hub fault. Signal compression. 10-14 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation 10.3.2 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation

All of the Expansion Hub LINK and E-HUB/RAU LEDs that have RAUs connected should be Green/Green, indicating that the RAU is powered on, communication is established, and operation is normal.

The POWER and MAIN HUB STATUS LEDs should both be Green. Table 10-9 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation RAU is not connected Port LEDs LINK RAU State Red Off RAU is connected LINK RAU LINK RAU Red Off Green Red Action If the RAU was disconnected acci-

dentally, re-connect the Cat-5/6 cable. The Expansion Hubs port LEDs should change to Green/Red

(then Green/Green, after 20 sec-

onds, if the Main Hub is connected, powered on, and has band pro-

grammed). If you are removing the RAU from service permanently, then com-

mand Clear All Disconnect States using the AdminManager soft-

ware. The Expansion Hubs port LEDs should change to Off/Off. Disconnect/reconnect the Cat-5/6 cable to force power-on reset to the RAU. If the port LEDs remain Red/Off, check the Expansion Hub faults using the AdminManager for the exact cause. RAU reports a fault condition;

check the Expansion Hub faults using the AdminManager for the exact cause. Impact RAU was previously connected, but it is not currently connected; RAU cable is disconnected. Lost communications with the RAU. The RAU could have powered down due to over current; cable could have been dam-

aged. Depends on the fault condition. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-15 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY Table 10-10 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation At Any Time EH Status LEDs UL STATUS State Red Action Replace the Expansion Hub DL STATUS E-HUB STATUS Red Red Check the downlink fiber for opti-

cal loss If either the UL STATUS or the DL STATUS are also red, see above. Cycle power on the Expansion Hub. If fault remains, replace the Expansion Hub. Impact Uplink laser failure; no communications between the Main Hub and the Expansion Hub No communications with the Main Hub Internal Expansion Hub fault (including either of the above UL STATUS or DL STATUS states) 10-16 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Technical Assistance 10.4 Technical Assistance Call our help hot line for technical assistance:

1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International)

+44(0) 1223 597812 (Europe) Leave your name and phone number and an LGC Wireless customer service repre-

sentative will return your call within an hour. Be prepared to provide the following information when you receive the return call:

Company name

End user name

Type of system, model number, frequency

Approximate time in service (warranty), sales order number

Description of problem

LED status

AdminManager fault and warning status PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 10-17 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance PRELIMINARY 10-18 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY APPENDIX A Cables and Connectors A.1 Cat-5/6 Cable (ScTP)

Connects the Expansion Hub to the RAU(s)

Transmits (downlink) and receives (uplink) cellular and PCS signals

Delivers DC electrical power to the RAUs. The Expansion Hubs DC voltage out-

put is 36V DC nominal. A current limiting circuit is used to protect the Expansion Hub if it reaches its current limit

Use shielded RJ-45 connectors

Distances:

Absolute Minimum: 10 meters (33 ft)

Recommended Minimum: 25 meters (82 ft)

Recommended Maximum: 100 meters (328 ft)

Absolute Maximum: 150 meters (492 ft) There are four separate twisted pairs in one Cat-5/6 screened twisted pair (ScTP) cable. The ScTP cable loss described in this document is for Cat-5 Mohawk/CDT 55986 or Belden 1624P DataTwist Five cable, or equivalent. The following table lists the functional assignment of the pairs:

Table A-1 Cat-5/6 Twisted Pair Assignment Pair (wire number) 1 & 2 3 & 6 4 & 5 7 & 8 Function Clock and Input Voltage RS485 Uplink IF, UL Pilot and Ground Downlink IF, DL Pilot and Ground PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual A-1 Cables and Connectors PRELIMINARY All Cat-5/6 cable must be terminated according to the TIA/EIA 568-A standard. The following diagram shows the top view of the wiring map for the cable and how the four pairs should be terminated. Figure A-1 Wiring Map for Cat-5/6 Cable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GG R B W O W LO B W R B W L B

Green/

White Green Orange/

White Blue Blue/

White Orange Brown/

White Brown RJ-45 Port NOTE: Be sure to test cable termination before installing the cable. The nominal DC impedance of the Cat-5/6 cable is 0.08 ohm/meter and the nominal RF impedance is 100 ohm. A-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Fiber Optical Cables A.2 Fiber Optical Cables

Connects Main Hub to Expansion Hub(s)

Transmits (downlink) and receives (uplink) cellular and PCS signals

Use industry-standard 62.5m/125m MMF or Corning SMF-28 fiber, or equiva-

lent (SC/APC [angle-polished] connectors only)

Distances:

Multimode Fiber: up to 1.5 km (4,921 ft) 3 dB optical loss maximum

Single-Mode Fiber: up to 6 km (19,685 ft) 3 dB optical loss maximum A.3 Coaxial Cable

Connects a Main Hub to a repeater or base station (N-type connectors)

Connects an RAU to a passive antenna (SMA connectors) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 A-3 Cables and Connectors PRELIMINARY A-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY APPENDIX B InterReach Unison Property Sheet Use the InterReach Unison Property Sheet form, which is provided on the follow-

ing page, to document a system configuration. The completed form can be used for future reference when the system is being maintained or components are added or exchanged. An example of a completed form is shown below. InterReachTM Unison Property Sheet Installer:

J. Smith System Label:

AB Date:

10/10/10 System Gain:

UL:

DL:

Alarm Sense:

 Yes

 No

 Normally-Closed

 Normally-Open Main Hub Serial Number:

L010BMH1 System Band:

DCS 2 RAU Attenuation?

Yes/No no no yes no Unit Serial No. L010BEH9 L010BRU1 L120BRU1 L007BRU1 L111BRU6 Unit Installation Location 2nd floor Telecom closet Hallway, outside Boardroom Hallway, outside #230 Hallway, atrium north side Hallway, outside #207 Unit MH - EH - RAU

(EH 1) AB-1-n AB-1-1 AB-1-2 AB-1-3 AB-1-4 1-1-5 1-1-6 1-1-7 1-1-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-2-n

(EH 2) 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-3 1-2-4 1-2-5 1-2-6 1-2-7 1-2-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-3-n

(EH 3) 1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 1-3-5 1-3-6 1-3-7 1-3-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-4-n

(EH 4) 1-4-1 1-4-2 1-4-3 1-4-4 1-4-5 1-4-6 1-4-7 1-4-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual B-1 InterReach Unison Property Sheet PRELIMINARY InterReachTM Unison Property Sheet Date:

Main Hub Serial Number:

System Gain:

DL:

UL:

Alarm Sense:

 Yes

 No

 Normally-Closed

 Normally-Open System Band:

RAU Attenuation?

Yes/No Unit Serial No. Unit Installation Location Installer:

System Label:

Unit MH - EH - RAU

(EH 1) 1-1-n 1-1-1 1-1-2 1-1-3 1-1-4 1-1-5 1-1-6 1-1-7 1-1-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-2-n

(EH 2) 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-3 1-2-4 1-2-5 1-2-6 1-2-7 1-2-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-3-n

(EH 3) 1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 1-3-5 1-3-6 1-3-7 1-3-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-4-n

(EH 4) 1-4-1 1-4-2 1-4-3 1-4-4 1-4-5 1-4-6 1-4-7 1-4-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) B-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY APPENDIX C Compliance C.1 Safety Approvals

UL/cUL 1950 3rd edition

CB scheme evaluation with all national deviations

EN 60950:1992 including amendments A1, A2, A3, A4, and A11 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual C-1 Compliance PRELIMINARY C.2 Radio/EMC Approvals GSM/EGSM/DCS Products EMC: ETSI EN 301 489-8 V.1.1.1 (2000-09) Radio: EN 301502 v.7.0.1 (8-2000) ETS 300 609-4 V.8.0.2 (2000-10) Cellular Products EMC: FCC part 15 class A Radio: FCC part 22 PCS Products EMC: FCC part 15 class A Radio: FCC part 24 iDEN Products EMC: FCC part 15 class A Radio: FCC part 90 GSM Products EMC: FCC part 15 class A Radio: FCC part 90 C-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY APPENDIX D Glossary Air Interface A method for formatting data and voice onto radio waves. Common air interfaces include AMPS, TDMA, CDMA, and GSM. AIN Advanced Intelligent Network. AINs allow a wireless user to make and receive phone calls while roaming outside the users home network. These networks, which rely on computers and sophisticated switching techniques, also provide many Personal Communications Service (PCS) features. Amplitude The distance between high and low points of a waveform or signal. AMPS Advanced Mobile Phone Service. AMPS is an analog cellular FDMA sys-

tem. It was the basis of the first commercial wireless communication system in the U.S and has been used in more than 35 other countries worldwide. Analog The original method of modulating radio signals so they can carry informa-

tion which involves transmitting a continuously variable signal. Amplitude Mod-

ification (AM) and Frequency Modulation (FM) are the most common methods of analog modulation. ANSI The American National Standards Institute. A nonprofit, privately funded membership organization founded in 1918 that reviews and approves standards developed by other organizations. Antenna A device for transmitting and/or receiving signals. Attenuation The decrease in power that occurs when any signal is transmitted. Attenuation is measured in decibels (dB). Backhaul A term applied to the process of carrying wireless traffic between the MSC and the base station. Base Station The radio transmitter/receiver that maintains communications with mobile devices within a specific area. BSC Base Station Controller. A GSM term referring to the device in charge of man-

aging the radio interface in a GSM system, including the allocation and release of radio channels and hand-off of active calls within the system. PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual D-1 Glossary PRELIMINARY BTA Basic Trading Area. The U.S. and its territories are divided into 493 areas, called BTAs. These BTAs are composed of a specific list of counties, based on a system originally developed by Rand McNally. The FCC grants licenses to wire-

less operators to provide service within these BTAs and/or MTAs. (See MTA.) BTS Base Transceiver Station. A GSM term referring to the group of network devices that provide radio transmission and reception, including antennas. C/I Carrier to interference ratio. The ratio of the desired signal strength to the com-

bined interference of all mobile phones using the system. Usually, the interfer-

ence of most concern is that provided by mobile phones using the same channel in the system. These are referred to as co-channel interferers. CCITT Consultative Committee on International Telephone and Telegraph. This organization sets international communications standards. The CCITT is now known as ITU (the parent organization). CDMA Code Division Multiple Access. A digital wireless access technology that uses spread-spectrum techniques. Unlike alternative systems, such as GSM, that use time-division multiplexing (TDM), CDMA does not assign a specific fre-

quency to each user. Instead, every channel uses the full available spectrum. Individual conversations are assigned a unique code which allows the conversa-

tion to be spread out over multiple channels; transmitted to the far end; and re-assembled for the recipient using a specific code. CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data. CDPD allows data transmission over the ana-

log wireless network. CDPD breaks data into packets and transmits these packets on idle portions of the network. Cell A cell defines a specific, physical area of coverage of a portion of a wireless system. It is the basic building block of all modern wireless communications systems. Cell Site A term which refers to the location of the transmission equipment (e.g., basestation) within the cell. CEPT Conference of European Postal and Telecommunications Administrations. This organizations mandate is to define pan-European wireless communications standards. In 1982, CEPT mandated GSM as the access protocol for public wire-

less communications systems across Europe. Channel The path along which a communications signal is transmitted. Channels may be simplex (communication occurs in only one direction), duplex (commu-

nication occurs in both directions) or full duplex (communication occurs in both directions simultaneously). Circuit A communication connection between two or more points. A circuit can transmit either voice or data. CO Central Office. The main switching facility for a telecommunications system. D-2 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY CTIA Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association. The CTIA is an industry association made up of most of the wireless carriers and other industry players. It was formed in 1984 to promote the cellular industry and cellular technology. D-AMPS Digital Advanced Mobile Phone Service. See IS-54. dB Decibel. A unit for expressing the ratio of two amounts of power. It is often used in wireless to describe the amount of power loss in a system (i.e., the ratio of transmitted power to received power). DCS Digital Communications System. DCS is often called upbanded GSM since it is the GSM access scheme adopted to operate in the 17001800 MHz portion of the spectrum. Digital A method of storing, processing, and transmitting information by represent-

ing information as 0s and 1s via electrical pulses. Digital systems have largely replaced analog systems because they can carry more data at higher speed than analog transmission systems. Electromagnetic Spectrum Electrical wave forms in frequency ranges as low as 535 kHz (AM radio) and as high as 29 GHz (cable TV). ESMR Enhanced Specialized Mobile Radio. Digital mobile telephone services offered to the public over channels previously used for two-way analog dispatch services. ESMR provides digital mobile radio and telephone service as well as messaging and dispatch features. ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute. ETSI was established in 1988 to set standards for Europe in telecommunications, broadcasting and office information technology. FCC Federal Communications Commission. In the United States, the FCC is responsible for the management and regulation of communication policy for all public communications services, including wireless. FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access. A wireless access protocol that assigns each user a specific radio channel for use. Since FDMA only supports one user (or conversation) on each channel, it does not maximize use of the spec-

trum and is therefore largely been superseded by other access protocols (such as CDMA, TDMA, GSM, iDEN) that support multiple users on a single channel. Frequency Hopping A wireless signal transmission technique whereby the fre-

quency used to carry a signal is periodically changed, according to a predeter-

mined code, to another frequency. Fixed An ITU definition for radio communications between specified fixed points. Point-to-point high-frequency circuits and microwave links are two examples of fixed applications. FM Frequency Modulation. A method of transmitting information in which the fre-

quency of the carrier is modified according to a plan agreed to by the transmitter and the receiver. FM can be either analog or digital. PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual D-3 Glossary PRELIMINARY Forward Channel Refers to the radio channel that sends information from the base station to the mobile station. (See Reverse Channel.) Frequency The number of times an electrical signal repeats an identical cycle in a unit of time, normally one second. One Hertz (Hz) is one cycle per second. Frequency re-use The ability to use the same frequencies repeatedly across a cellu-

lar system. Because each cell is designed to use radio frequencies only within its boundaries, the same frequencies can be reused in other cells not far away with little potential for interference. The reuse of frequencies is what enables a cellu-

lar system to handle a huge number of calls with a limited number of channels. Gain The increase in power that occurs when any signal is amplified, usually through an amplifier or antenna. GHz Gigahertz. A measure of frequency equal to one billion hertz. GSM Groupe Speciale Mobile (now translated in English as Global Standard for Mobile Communications). GSM is the digital wireless standard used throughout Europe, in much of Asia, as well as by some operators in the U.S. and South America. Handoff The process by which the wireless system passes a wireless phone conver-

sation from one radio frequency in one cell to another radio frequency in another as the caller moves between two cells. In most systems today, this handoff is per-

formed so quickly that callers dont notice. Hertz A measurement of electromagnetic energy, equivalent to one wave per sec-

ond. Hertz is abbreviated as Hz. iDEN Integrated Digital Enhanced Network. A TDMA-based wireless access tech-

nology that combines two-way radio, telephone, text message, and data transmis-

sion into one network. This system was developed by Motorola. In the U.S., iDEN is used by Nextel in its network. IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The worlds largest technical professional society with members from more than 130 countries. The IEEE works to advance the theory and practice of electrical, electronics, com-

puter engineering and computer science. Infrastructure A term used to encompass all of the equipment, including both hard-

ware and software, used in a communications network. IS-54 Interim Standard-54. A U.S. TDMA cellular standard that operates in the 800 MHz or 1900 MHz band. IS-54 was the first U.S. digital cellular standard. It was adopted by the CTIA in 1990. IS-95 Interim Standard-95. A U.S. CDMA cellular standard that operates in the 800 MHz or 1900 MHz band. This standard was developed by Qualcomm and adopted by the CTIA in 1993. D-4 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY IS-136 Interim Standard-136. A U.S. TDMA cellular standard based on IS-54 that operates in the 800 MHz or 1900 MHz band. IS-553 Interim Standard-533. The U.S. analog cellular (AMPS) air interface stan-

dard. ITU International Telecommunications Union. The ITU is the principal interna-

tional standards organization. It is charted by the United Nations and it estab-

lishes international regulations governing global telecommunications networks and services. Its headquarters are in Geneva, Switzerland. LMDS Local Multipoint Distribution Services. LMDS provides line-of-sight cover-

age over distances up to 35 kilometers and operates in the 28 GHz portion of the spectrum. It can deliver high speed, high bandwidth services such as data and video applications. Local Loop A communication channel (usually a physical phone line) between a subscribers location and the networks Central Office. MHz Megahertz. One million Hertz. One MHz equals one million cycles per sec-

ond. Microcell A network cell designed to serve a smaller area than larger macrocells. Microcells are smaller and lower powered than macrocells. As the subscriber base increases, operators must continue to increase the number of cells in their network to maximize channel re-use. This has led to an increasing number of microcells being deployed in wireless networks. Microwave Electromagnetic waves with frequencies above 1 GHz. Microwave communications are used for line-of-sight, point-to-point, or point-to-multipoint communications. MSA Metropolitan Statistical Area. The FCC has established 306 MSAs in the U.S. The MSAs represent the largest population centers in the U.S. At least two wire-

less operators are licensed in each MSA. MSC Mobile Services Switching Center. A generic term for the main cellular switching center in the wireless communications network. MSS Mobile Satellite Service. Communications transmission service provided by satellites. A single satellite can provide coverage to the entire United States. MTA Major Trading Area. The U.S. and its territories are divided into 51 MTAs. Each MTA is composed of a specific number of BTAs. The FCC grants licenses to wireless operators to provide service within these MTAs and/or BTAs. (See BTA.) Multiplexing The simultaneous transmission of two or more signals on the same radio (or other) transmission facility. N-AMPS Narrowband Advanced Mobile Phone Service. PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual D-5 Glossary PRELIMINARY PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association. This acro-

nym is used to refer to credit card sized packages containing memory, I/O devices and other capabilities for use in Personal Computers, handheld comput-

ers and other devices. PCS Personal Communications Service. A vague label applied to new-generation mobile communication technology that uses the narrow band and broadband spectrum recently allocated in the 1.9 GHz band. PDA Personal Digital Assistant. Portable computing devices that are extremely por-

table and that offer a variety of wireless communication capabilities, including paging, electronic mail, stock quotations, handwriting recognition, facsimile, cal-

endar, and other information handling capabilities. PDC Personal Digital Cellular (formerly Japanese Digital Cellular). A TDMA-based digital cellular standard that operates in the 1500 MHz band. Phase The particular angle of inflection of a wave at a precise moment in time. It is normally measured in terms of degrees. PHS Personal Handyphone System. A wireless telephone standard, developed and first deployed in Japan. It is a low mobility, small-cell system. POP Short for population. One person equals one POP. POTS Plain Old Telephone Service. PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network. Refers to the international telephone system and includes both local and long distance networks. Reverse Channel Refers to the radio channel that sends information from a mobile station to a base station. (See Forward Channel.) RF Radio Frequency. Those frequencies in the electromagnetic spectrum that are associated with radio wave propagation. Roaming The ability to use a wireless phone to make and receive calls in places outside one's home calling area. RSA Rural Service Area. One of the 428 FCC-designated rural markets across the United States used as license areas for cellular licenses. (See MTAs and BTAs.) Sector A portion of a cell. Often, different sectors within the same cell will each use a different set of frequencies to maximize spectrum utilization. Signal to Noise Ratio The ratio of signal power to noise power at a given point in a given system. Smart Antenna Refers to an antenna whose signal handling characteristics change as signal conditions change. Soft Handoff Virtually undetectable by the user, soft handoff allows both the origi-

nal cell and a new cell to serve a call temporarily during the handoff transition. D-6 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A PRELIMINARY Spectrum The range of electromagnetic frequencies. Spread Spectrum A method of transmitting a signal over a broad range of frequen-

cies and then re-assembling the transmission at the far end. This technique reduces interference and increases the number of simultaneous conversations within a given radio frequency band. T-1 A North American commercial digital transmission standard. A T-1 connection uses time division multiplexing to carry 24 digital voice or data channels over copper wire. TDMA Time Division Multiple Access. A method of digital wireless communica-

tions that allows multiple users to access (in sequence) a single radio frequency channel without interference by allocating unique time slots to each user within each channel. TIA Telecommunications Industry Association. TR-45 One of six committees of the Telecommunications Industry Association. TR-45 oversees the standard making process for wireless telecommunications. Upbanded A service or technology that has been re-engineered to operate at a higher frequency than originally designed. Wireless Describes any radio-based system that allows transmission of voice and/or data signals through the air without a physical connection, such as a metal wire or fiber optic cable. Wireline Wire paths that use metallic conductors to provide electrical connections between components of a system, such as a communication system. WLANs Wireless Local Area Networks. Technology that provides wireless com-

munications to Portable Computer users over short distances. PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual D-7 Glossary PRELIMINARY D-8 InterReach Unison User Guide and Reference Manual PN 8100-50 620003-0 Rev. A

 

 

InterReach Unison TM Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B This manual is produced for use by LGC Wireless personnel, licensees, and customers. The information contained herein is the property of LGC Wireless. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of LGC Wireless. LGC Wireless reserves the right to make changes, without notice, to the specifications and materials contained herein, and shall not be responsible for any damages caused by reliance on the material as presented, including, but not limited to, typographical and listing errors. Your comments are welcome they help us improve our products and documentation. Please address your comments to LGC Wireless, Inc. corporate headquarters in San Jose, California:

Address Phone Fax 2540 Junction Avenue San Jose, California 95134-1902 USA Attn: Marketing Dept. 1-408-952-2400 1-408-952-2410 Help Hot Line 1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International) Web Address http://www.lgcwireless.com e-mail info@lgcwireless.com service@lgcwireless.com Copyright 2001-2002 by LGC Wireless, Inc. Printed in USA. All rights reserved. Trademarks All trademarks identified by or are trademarks or registered trademarks of LGC Wireless, Inc. All other trademarks belong to their respective owners. InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Limited Warranty Seller warrants articles of its manufacture against defective materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment to Purchaser, except as provided in any warranty applicable to Purchaser on or in the package containing the Goods (which warranty takes precedence over the following warranty). The liability of Seller under the foregoing warranty is limited, at Sellers option, solely to repair or replacement with equivalent Goods, or an appropriate adjustment not to exceed the sales price to Purchaser, provided that (a) Seller is notified in writing by Purchaser, within the one year warranty period, promptly upon discovery of defects, with a detailed description of such defects, (b) Purchaser has obtained a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) from Seller, which RMA Seller agrees to provide Purchaser promptly upon request, (c) the defective Goods are returned to Seller, transportation and other applicable charges prepaid by the Purchaser, and (d) Sellers examination of such Goods discloses to its reasonable satisfaction that defects were not caused by negligence, misuse, improper installation, improper maintenance, accident or unauthorized repair or alteration or any other cause outside the scope of Purchasers warranty made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have the option to repair any defective Goods at Purchasers facility. The original warranty period for any Goods that have been repaired or replaced by seller will not thereby be extended. In addition, all sales will be subject to standard terms and conditions on the sales contract. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table of Contents SECTION 1 General Information . 1-1

. 1-2

. 1-4

. 1-5

. 1-7

. 1-7 1.1 Purpose and Scope 1.2 Conventions in this Manual 1.3 Acronyms in this Manual 1.4 Standards Conformance 1.5 Related Publications SECTION 2 2.2.1 OA&M Software 2.2.2 Using Alarm Contact Closures InterReach Unison System Description . 2-1

. 2-3 2.1 System Hardware

. 2-4 2.2 System OA&M Capabilities

. 2-7

. 2-9

. 2-10

. 2-11

. 2-12

. 2-12

. 2-13

. 2-13

. 2-13

. 2-14 2.5.1 Physical Specifications 2.5.2 InterReach Unison Wavelength and Laser Power 2.5.3 Environmental Specifications 2.5.4 Operating Frequencies 2.5.5 RF End-to-End Performance 2.3 System Connectivity 2.4 System Operation 2.5 System Specifications 3.1 Main Hub Front Panel SECTION 3 Unison Main Hub . 3-1

. 3-2

. 3-3

. 3-3

. 3-4

. 3-7

. 3-8

. 3-9

. 3-10 3.1.1 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Ports 3.1.2 Communications RS-232 Serial Connector 3.1.3 LED Indicators 3.2 Main Hub Rear Panel 3.3 Faults and Warnings 3.4 Main Hub Specifications 3.2.1 Main Hub Rear Panel Connectors PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual i 4.1 Expansion Hub Front Panel SECTION 4 Unison Expansion Hub . 4-1

. 4-2

. 4-3

. 4-3

. 4-3

. 4-6

. 4-7

. 4-8 4.1.1 RJ-45 Connectors 4.1.2 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors 4.1.3 LED Indicators 4.2 Expansion Hub Rear Panel 4.3 Faults and Warnings 4.4 Expansion Hub Specifications 5.1 Remote Access Unit Connectors SECTION 5 Unison Remote Access Unit . 5-1

. 5-3

. 5-3

. 5-3

. 5-4

. 5-5

. 5-5 5.2 LED Indicators 5.3 Faults and Warnings 5.4 Remote Access Unit Specifications 5.1.1 SMA Connector 5.1.2 RJ-45 Connector SECTION 6 Designing a Unison Solution . 6-1 6.1 Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU . 6-3 6.2 Estimating RF Coverage

. 6-16

. 6-17 6.2.1 Path Loss Equation

. 6-18 6.2.2 Coverage Distance 6.2.3 Examples of Design Estimates

. 6-23

. 6-27

. 6-27

. 6-28

. 6-29 6.3.1 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length 6.4 Link Budget Analysis 6.4.1 Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards 6.4.2 Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell 6.3 System Gain Application 6.4.3 Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards 6.4.4 Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell

. 6-31

. 6-33 Application 6.4.5 Considerations for Re-Radiation (over-the-air) Systems 6.5 Optical Power Budget 6.6 Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station

. 6-36

. 6-40

. 6-41

. 6-42

. 6-43

. 6-44 6.7 Designing for a Neutral Host System . 6-46 6.6.1 Attenuation 6.6.2 Uplink Attenuation ii InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 7 7.2 Safety Precautions 7.2.1 Installation Guidelines 7.2.2 General Safety Precautions 7.2.3 Fiber Port Safety Precautions 7.3 Preparing for System Installation 7.1.1 Component Location Requirements 7.1.2 Cable and Connector Requirements 7.1.3 Multiple Operator System Recommendations 7.1.4 Distance Requirements Installing Unison . 7-1

. 7-1 7.1 Installation Requirements

. 7-1

. 7-1

. 7-2

. 7-2

. 7-3

. 7-3

. 7-3

. 7-4

. 7-5

. 7-5

. 7-6

. 7-8

. 7-9

. 7-10

. 7-12 7.4.1 Installing a Main Hub

. 7-19 7.4.2 Installing Expansion Hubs 7.4.3 Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas

. 7-27 7.4.4 Configuring the System . 7-30

. 7-31

. 7-31 7.3.1 Pre-Installation Inspection 7.3.2 Installation Checklist 7.3.3 Tools and Materials Required 7.3.4 Optional Accessories 7.4 Unison Component Installation Procedures 7.5 Splicing Fiber Optic Cable 7.5.1 Fusion Splices 7.6 Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or a Roof-top 7.7.1 Alarm Source 7.7.2 Alarm Sense 7.7.3 Alarm Cables Antenna 7.6.1 Connecting Multiple Main Hubs

. 7-33

. 7-37 7.7 Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System . 7-41

. 7-42

. 7-45

. 7-46

. 7-48 7.8.1 Direct Connection . 7-48

. 7-49 7.8.2 Modem Connection 7.8.3 232 Port Expander Connection

. 7-50

. 7-51 7.8.4 POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection 7.8.5 Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub Connection

. 7-52 SECTION 8 Replacing Unison Components in an 7.8 Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options Operational System . 8-1 8.1 Replacing an RAU . 8-1 8.2 Replacing an Expansion Hub

. 8-3

. 8-4 8.3 Replacing a Main Hub PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual iii SECTION 9 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance . 9-1

. 9-1 9.1 Service

. 9-2 9.2 Maintenance 9.3 Troubleshooting

. 9-3

. 9-4

. 9-15

. 9-20

. 9-22 9.3.1 Troubleshooting using AdminManager 9.3.2 Troubleshooting using LEDs 9.4 Troublshooting Cat-5/6 9.5 Technical Assistance APPENDIX A Cables and Connectors . A-1

. A-1

. A-3

. A-3

. A-3

. A-4

. A-5 A.1 Cat-5/6 Cable (ScTP) A.2 Fiber Optical Cables A.3 Coaxial Cable A.4 Standard Modem Cable A.5 DB-9 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable A.6 DB-25 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable APPENDIX B InterReach Unison Property Sheet . B-1 APPENDIX C Compliance . C-1 APPENDIX D Release Notes . D-1

. D-1

. D-2

. D-3 D.1 Unison Release 4 D.2 Compatibility D.3 New Capabilites APPENDIX E Glossary . E-1 iv InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B List of Figures

. 2-3 Figure 2-1 Unison System Hardware

. 2-4 Figure 2-2 OA&M Communications

. 2-7 Figure 2-3 Local System Monitoring and Reporting

. 2-8 Figure 2-4 Remote System Monitoring and Reporting Figure 2-5 Unisons Double Star Architecture

. 2-10 Figure 3-1 Main Hub in a Unison System . 3-1 Figure 3-2 Main Hub Block Diagram . 3-1

. 3-2 Figure 3-3 Main Hub Front Panel Figure 3-4 Main Hub Rear Panel

. 3-7 Figure 4-1 Expansion Hub in a Unison System . 4-1 Figure 4-2 Expansion Hub Block Diagram . 4-1 Figure 4-3 Expansion Hub Front Panel

. 4-2 Figure 4-4 Expansion Hub Rear Panel

. 4-6 Figure 5-1 Remote Access Unit in a Unison System . 5-1 Figure 5-2 Remote Access Unit Block Diagram . 5-2 Figure 6-1 Determining Path Loss between the Antenna and the Wireless Device 6-16

. 6-42 Figure 6-2 Connecting Main Hubs to a Simplex Base Station Figure 6-3 Main Hub to Duplex Base Station or Repeater Connections

. 6-43

. 7-33 Figure 7-1 Simplex Base Station to a Main Hub Figure 7-2 Duplex Base Station to a Main Hub

. 7-34

. 7-35 Figure 7-3 Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations

. 7-38 Figure 7-4 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station Figure 7-5 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station

. 7-40

. 7-42 Figure 7-6 Connecting MetroReach to Unison

. 7-43 Figure 7-7 Using a BTS to Monitor Unison Figure 7-8 Using a BTS and OpsConsole to Monitor Unison

. 7-44

. 7-45 Figure 7-9 Connecting LGCell to Unison

. 7-46 Figure 7-10 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual v

. 7-47 Figure 7-11 Alarm Sense Adapter Cable

. 7-48 Figure 7-12 OA&M Direct Connection

. 7-49 Figure 7-13 OA&M Modem Connection

. 7-50 Figure 7-14 OA&M Connection using a 232 Port Expander

. 7-51 Figure 7-15 OA&M Connection using a POTS Line Sharing Switch

. 7-51 Figure 7-16 Cascading Line Sharing Switches

. 7-52 Figure 7-17 OA&M Connection using Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub

. A-2 Figure A-1 Wiring Map for Cat-5/6 Cable Figure A-2 Standard Modem Cable Pinout

. A-3 Figure A-3 DB-9 Female to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Diagram . A-4 Figure A-4 DB-25 Male to DB-9 Female Null Modem Modem Cable Diagram . A-5 vi InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B List of Tables AdminManager and OpsConsole Functional Differences AdminManager and OpsConsole Connectivity Differences Cellular RF End-to-End Performance iDEN RF End-to-End Performance GSM/EGSM RF End-to-End Performance DCS RF End-to-End Performance PCS RF End-to-End Performance UMTS RF End-to-End Performance Table 2-1 Table 2-2 Table 2-3 Table 2-4 Table 2-5 Table 2-6 Table 2-7 Table 2-8 Table 3-1 Main Hub Status LED States Table 3-2 Main Hub Port LED States Table 3-3 Main Hub Specifications Table 4-1 Table 4-2 Table 4-3 Table 5-1 Table 5-2 Table 5-3 Table 6-1 Table 6-2 Table 6-3 Table 6-4 Table 6-5 Table 6-6 Table 6-7 Table 6-8 Table 6-9 Table 6-10 Table 6-11

. 2-5

. 2-6

. 2-14

. 2-14

. 2-15

. 2-15

. 2-16

. 2-16

. 3-5

. 3-6

. 3-10

. 4-4

. 4-5

. 4-8

. 5-3

. 5-4

. 5-5

. 6-4

. 6-5

. 6-6

. 6-6

. 6-7

. 6-8

. 6-9

. 6-10

. 6-10

. 6-11

. 6-12 Expansion Hub Unit Status and DL/UL Status LED States Expansion Hub Port LED States Expansion Hub Specifications Frequency Bands covered by Unison RAUs Remote Access Unit LED States Remote Access Unit Specifications 800 MHz (AMPS) Power per Carrier 800 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier 800 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier 800 MHz (iDEN) Power per Carrier 900 MHz (GSM or EGSM) Power per Carrier 900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier 1800 MHz (DCS) Power per Carrier 1800 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier 1800 MHz (CDMA Korea) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (GSM) Power per Carrier PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual vii 1900 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier 1900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier 2.1 GHz (UMTS) Power per Carrier

. 6-12 Table 6-12

. 6-13 Table 6-13 Table 6-14

. 6-13 Table 6-15 Paging/SMR Power per Carrier: Analog FM, CQPSK, C4FM . 6-14 Table 6-16 Paging/SMR Power per Carrier: Mobitex, POCSAG/Reflex

. 6-14

. 6-16 Table 6-17 Coaxial Cable Losses

. 6-17 Table 6-18 Average Signal Loss of Common Building Materials Table 6-19 Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments

. 6-18 Table 6-20 Frequency Bands and the Value of the first Term in Equation (3)

. 6-19 Table 6-21 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz Cellular Applications

. 6-20 Table 6-22 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz iDEN Applications

. 6-20 Table 6-23 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz GSM Applications

. 6-20 Table 6-24 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz EGSM Applications

. 6-21 Table 6-25 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz DCS Applications

. 6-21 Table 6-26 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea) Applications

. 6-21 Table 6-27 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1900 MHz PCS Applications

. 6-22 Table 6-28 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 2.1 GHz UMTS Applications Table 6-29 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length Table 6-30 Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems Table 6-31 Distribution of Power within a CDMA Signal Table 6-32 Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA Table 6-33 Unison Capacity: Equal Coverage Areas Table 7-1 Table 7-2 Table 7-3 Table 7-4 Table 7-5 Table 7-6 Table 7-7 Table 9-1 Table 9-2 Table 9-3 Unison Distance Requirements Installation Checklist Tools and Materials Required for Component Installation Optional Accessories for Component Installation Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation Troubleshooting RAU LEDs During Installation Faults Reported by the Main Hub Faults Reported by the Expansion Hub Remote Access Unit Faults

. 6-22

. 6-27

. 6-29

. 6-33

. 6-34

. 6-48

. 7-2

. 7-6

. 7-8

. 7-9

. 7-17

. 7-25

. 7-29

. 9-4

. 9-7

. 9-10 viii InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Expansion Hub Warnings Remote Access Unit Warnings Table 9-4 Main Hub Warnings Table 9-5 Table 9-6 Table 9-7 Main Hub Status Messages Table 9-8 Table 9-9 Table 9-10 Troubleshooting Main Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation Table 9-11 Troubleshooting Main Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation Table 9-12 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Port LEDs During Normal

. 9-11

. 9-11

. 9-11

. 9-12

. 9-13

. 9-14

. 9-16

. 9-17 Expansion Hub Status Messages Remote Access Unit Status Messages Operation

. 9-18 Table 9-13 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation Cat-5/6 Twisted Pair Assignment Table 9-14 Summary of Cat-5/6 Cable Wiring Problems Table A-1 Table A-2 DB-9 Female to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Pinout Table A-3 DB-25 Male to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Pinout Table D-1 Unison Release 4 Line-up Table D-2 Hardware/Firmware/Software Release Compatibility

. 9-19

. 9-20

. A-1

. A-4

. A-5

. D-1

. D-2 PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual ix x InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 1 General Information This section contains the following subsections:

Section 1.1 Purpose and Scope . 1-2

Section 1.2 Conventions in this Manual . 1-4

Section 1.3 Acronyms in this Manual . 1-5

Section 1.4 Standards Conformance . 1-7

Section 1.5 Related Publications . 1-7 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 1-1 1.1 Purpose and Scope This document describes the InterReachTM Unison system components.

Section 2 InterReach Unison System Description An overview of the Unison hardware and OA&M capabilities is provided in this section. This section also contains system specifications and RF end-to-end perfor-

mance tables.

Section 3 Unison Main Hub The Main Hub is illustrated and described in this section. Connector and LED descriptions, communication cable (serial and null modem) pin outs, and unit spec-

ifications are included.

Section 4 Unison Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub is illustrated and described in this section. Connector and LED descriptions, and unit specifications are included.

Section 5 Unison Remote Access Unit The Remote Access Unit is illustrated and described in this section. Connector and LED descriptions, and unit specifications are included.

Section 6 Designing a Unison Solution This section provides tools to aid you in designing your Unison system, including tables of the maximum output power per carrier at the RAU and formulas and tables for calculating path loss, coverage distance, and link budget.

Section 7 Installing Unison Installation procedures, requirements, safety precautions, and checklists are pro-

vided in this section. The installation procedures include guidelines for trouble-

shooting using the LEDs as you install the units.

Section 8 Replacing Unison Components in an Operational System This section provides installation procedures and considerations when you are replacing a Unison component in an operating system.

Section 9 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance Contact information and troubleshooting tables are provided in this section.

Appendix A Cables and Connectors Connector and cable descriptions and requirements are provided in this section. Additionally, cable pin outs and diagrams are given. 1-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B

Appendix B InterReach Unison Property Sheet This section contains a form that you can use during installation to record serial numbers, gain settings, system band, RAU attenuation, and unit installation loca-

tion. This information is required for the final As-Built documentation.

Appendix C Compliance Safety and Radio/EMC approvals are listed in this section.

Appendix D Release Notes A hardware/firmware/software compatibility table is provided in this section.

Appendix E Glossary The Glossary provides definitions of commonly-used RF and wireless networking terms. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 1-3 1.2 Conventions in this Manual The following table lists the type style conventions used in this manual. Convention bold BOLD CAPS SMALL CAPS Description Used for emphasis Labels on equipment AdminManager window buttons Measurements are listed first in metric units, followed by U.S. Customary System of units in parentheses. For example:

0 to 45C (32 to 113F) The following symbols are used to highlight certain information as described. NOTE: This format is used to emphasize text with special significance or importance, and to provide supplemental information. CAUTION: This format is used when a given action or omitted action can cause or contribute to a hazardous condition. Damage to the equipment can occur. WARNING: This format is used when a given action or omitted action can result in catastrophic damage to the equipment or cause injury to the user. Procedure This format is used to highlight a procedure. 1-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 1.3 Acronyms in this Manual Acronym AGC ALC AMPS BTS Cat-5/6 CDMA CDPD DAS dB dBm DC DCS DL EDGE EGSM EH GHz GPRS GSM Hz IF iDEN LAN LO mA MBS MH MHz MMF MTBF NF nm Definition automatic gain control automatic level control Advanced Mobile Phone Service base transceiver station Category 5 or Category 6 (twisted pair cable) code division multiple access cellular digital packet data distributed antenna system decibel decibels relative to 1 milliwatt direct current Digital Communications System downlink Enhanced Data Rates for Global Evolution Extended Global Standard for Mobile Communications Expansion Hub gigahertz General Packet Radio Service Groupe Speciale Mobile (now translated in English as Global Standard for Mobile Communications) hertz intermediate frequency Integrated Digital Enhanced Network (Motorola variant of TDMA wireless) local area network local oscillator milliamps microcellular base station Main Hub megahertz multi-mode fiber mean time between failures noise figure nanometer PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 1-5 Acronym OA&M PCS PLL PLS RAU RF RSSI SC/APC SMA SMF ST ScTP TDMA UL uW UMTS UPS W WCDMA Definition operation, administration, and maintenance Personal Communication Services phase-locked loop path loss slope Remote Access Unit radio frequency received signal strength indicator fiber optic connector complying with NTT SC standard, angle-polished sub-miniature A connector (coaxial cable connector type) single-mode fiber straight tip (fiber optic cable connector type) screened twisted pair time division multiple access uplink; Underwriters Laboratories microwatts Universal Mobile Telecommunications System uninterruptable power supply watt wideband code division multiple access 1-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 1.4 Standards Conformance

Utilizes the TIA/EIA 568-A Ethernet cabling standards for ease of installation.

See Appendix C for compliance information. 1.5 Related Publications

AdminManager User Manual, LGC Wireless part number 8810-10

OpsConsole User Manual; LGC Wireless part number 8800-10

MetroReach Focus Configuration, Installation, and Reference Manual; LGC Wireless part number 8500-10

LGCell Version 4.0 Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual; LGC Wireless part number 8100-50

LGC Wireless Accessories Catalog; LGC Wireless part number 8600-10

Neutral Host System Planning Guide; LGC Wireless part number 9000-10 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 1-7 1-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 2 InterReach Unison System Description InterReach Unison is an intelligent fiber optic/Cat-5/6 wireless networking system that is designed to handle both wireless voice and data communications and provide high-quality, ubiquitous, seamless access to the wireless network in any public or pri-

vate facility, including:

Campus environments

Airports

Office buildings

Shopping malls

Hospitals

Subways

Public facilities (convention centers, sports venues, etc.) Unlike other wireless distribution alternatives, Unison is an intelligent active system, using microprocessors to enable key capabilities such as software-selectable band set-

tings, automatic gain control, ability to incrementally adjust downlink/uplink gain, end-to-end alarming of all components and the associated cable infrastructure, and a host of additional capabilities. The Unison system supports major wireless standards and air interface protocols in use around the world, including:

Frequencies: 800 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2100 MHz

Protocols: AMPS, TDMA, CDMA, GSM, iDEN, CDPD, EDGE, GPRS, WCDMA, CDMA2000, Paging PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 2-1 Key System Features

Superior RF performance, particularly in the areas of IP3 and noise figure.

High downlink composite power and low uplink noise figure enables support of a large number of channels and larger coverage footprint per antenna.

Software configurable Main and Expansion Hubs. Thus, the frequency band can be configured in the field.

Either single-mode or multi-mode fiber can be used, supporting flexible cabling alternatives (in addition to standard Cat-5 or Cat-6 [Cat-5/6] screened twisted pair

[ScTP]). Cabling type can be selected to meet the resident cabling infrastructure of the facility and unique building topologies.

Extended system reach. Using single-mode fiber, fiber runs can be as long as 6 kilometers (creating a total system wingspan of 12 kilometers). Alternately, with multi-mode fiber, fiber runs can be as long as 1.5 kilometers. The Cat-5/6 ScTP cable run can be up to 100 meters recommended maximum (150 meters with RF performance degradation).

Flexible RF configuration capabilities, including:

System gain:

Ability to manually set gain in 1 dB steps, from 0 to 15 dB, on both down-

link and uplink.

RAU:

RAU uplink and downlink gain can be independently attenuated 10 dB. Uplink level control protects the system from input overload and can be optimized for either a single operator or multiple operators/protocols. VSWR check on RAU reports if there is a disconnected antenna (all RAUs except UMTS).

Firmware Updates are downloaded (either locally or remotely) to operating sys-

tems when any modifications are made to the product, including the addition of new software capabilities/services.

Extensive OA&M capabilities, including fault isolation to the field replaceable unit, automatic reporting of all fault and warning conditions, and user-friendly graphical-user interface OA&M software packages. 2-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 2.1 System Hardware The InterReach Unison system consists of three modular components:

19" rack-mountable Main Hub (connects to up to 4 Expansion Hubs)

Converts RF signals to optical on the downlink; optical to RF on the uplink

Microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)

Software configurable band

Simplex interface to RF source

System master periodically polls all downstream units (Expansion Hubs/RAUs) for system status, and automatically reports any fault or warning conditions

19" rack-mountable Expansion Hub (connects to up to 8 Remote Access Units)

Converts optical signals to electrical on the downlink; electrical to optical on the uplink

Microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)

Software configurable band (based on command from Main Hub)

Supplies DC power to RAU

Remote Access Unit (RAU)

Converts electrical signals to RF on the downlink; RF to electrical on the uplink

Microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)

Protocol/band specific units The minimum configuration of a Unison system is one Main Hub, one Expansion Hub, and one RAU (1-1-1). The maximum configuration of a system is one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs (1-4-32). Multiple systems can be com-

bined to provide larger configurations. Figure 2-1 Unison System Hardware PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-3 2.2 System OA&M Capabilities The InterReach Unison is microprocessor controlled and contains firmware which enables much of the OA&M functionality. Complete alarming, down to the field replaceable unit (i.e., Main Hub, Expansion Hub, Remote Access Unit) and the cabling infrastructure, is available. All events occurring in a system, defined as a Main Hub and all of its associated Expansion Hubs and Remote Access Units, are automatically reported to the Main Hub. The Main Hub monitors system status and communicates that status using the following methods:

Normally closed (NC) alarm contact closures can be tied to standard NC alarm monitoring systems or directly to a base station for alarm monitoring.

The Main Hubs front panel serial port connects directly to a PC (for local access) or to a modem (for remote access). Figure 2-2 OA&M Communications Use AdminManager to configure or monitor a local Unison system. Remotely, AdminManager can only check system status, it cannot receive modem calls. Use OpsConsole to monitor and receive communications from remote or local Unison systems. PC/Laptop running AdminManager or OpsConsole RS-232 RS-232 Modem Ethernet TCP/IP ENET/232 Converter PSTN Modem Main Hub RS-232 Main Hub Main Hub Main Hub RS-232 SC/APC Fiber SC/APC Expansion Hub RJ-45 Cat-5/6 RJ-45 Remote Access Unit 2-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B LGC Wireless offers two OA&M packages AdminManager and OpsConsole.

The AdminManager software is provided with Unison. It runs on a PC/laptop and communicates with one Main Hub, and its downstream units, at a time.

Connected directly to the Main Hubs front panel RS-232 connector, you can access the Installation Wizard which lets you configure a newly installed sys-

tem, or you can access the Configuration & Maintenance panel which lets you query system status, configure a newly added or swapped unit, or change sys-

tem parameters.

Connected remotely using a modem, AdminManager initiates communications with the Main Hub. You can access a read-only Configuration & Maintenance panel which lets you query system status to help you determine if an on-site visit is required. Refer to the AdminManager User Manual (PN 8810-10) for information about installing and using the AdminManager software.

Alternately, OpsConsole OA&M software is available separately. OpsConsole lets you manage, monitor, and maintain multiple sites and systems from a centralized remote location. This software is described in the OpsConsole User Guide

(PN 8800-10). The following table lists the functional differences between AdminManager and OpsConsole. Table 2-1 AdminManager and OpsConsole Functional Differences Feature Installation Wizard Local System Configuration Remote System Configuration Local Firmware Updating Save unit information in a database Network view of installed systems Send dispatch message Monitor multiple units Scheduled polling Windows-based GUI application Runs on Windows 98 SE Runs on Windows 2000 Installation and configuration tool Operation, Administration, and Management tool AdminManager OpsConsole Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-5 Connectivity differences between AdminManager and OpsConsole are listed in the following table. Table 2-2 AdminManager and OpsConsole Connectivity Differences Connectivity Direct RS-232 RS-232 Expansion Board Modem (including RF modem) Ethernet/232 serial hub AdminManager Yes (COM1 through COM16) Yes, if the expansion port is in the range of COM1 through COM16 Yes (read only) Yes, if the remote COM port is in the range of COM1 through COM16 Line Sharing Switch after POTS Yes (read only) OpsConsole Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 2.2.1 OA&M Software 2.2.1.1 Configuring, Maintaining, and Monitoring Unison Locally Each Main Hub, Expansion Hub, and RAU in the system constantly monitors itself and its downstream units for internal fault and warning conditions. The results of this monitoring are stored in memory and compared against new results. The Expansion Hubs monitor their RAUs and store their status in memory. The Main Hub monitors its Expansion Hubs and stores their status and the status of the RAUs in its memory. When a unit detects a change in status, a fault or warning is reported. Faults are indicated locally by red status LEDs, and both faults and warnings are reported to the Main Hub and displayed on a PC/laptop, via the Main Hubs serial port, that is running the AdminManager software. Passive antennas that are connected to the RAUs are not monitored automatically. Perform the System Test in order to retrieve status information about antennas. Using AdminManager locally, you can install a new system or new components, change system parameters, and query system status. The following figure illustrates how the system reports its status to AdminManager. Figure 2-3 Local System Monitoring and Reporting The Main Hub checks its own status and queries each Expansion Hub for its status, which includes RAU status. Main Hub The Expansion Hub queries its own status and polls each RAU for its status. PC/Laptop running AdminManager Use the Admin-

Manager to query units for their status or to get current fault or warning conditions. The Main Hub queries status of each Expansion Hub and each RAU and compares it to previously stored status.

If a fault is detected, LEDs on the front panel turn red.

If a fault or warning condi-

tion is detected in any unit, the Main Hub initiates a call to AdminManager. Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub queries status of each RAU and compares it to previously stored status.

If a fault is detected, LEDs on the front panel turn red.

If a fault or warning condition is detected in the Expansion Hub or an RAU, the information is stored in the Expansion Hubs memory until the Main Hub que-

ries its status. RAU RAU Each RAU passes its status to the Expansion Hub.

If a fault is detected, the ALARM LED is red. If no fault is detected, the LED is green.

If a fault or warning condition is detected, the information is passed to the Expansion Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-7 2.2.1.2 Monitoring and Maintaining Unison Remotely

Using AdminManager Remotely You can use AdminManager to query Unison status via a read-only Configuration

& Maintenance panel. You cannot change system parameters or configure system components remotely with AdminManager. (Refer to Figure 2-2 on page 2-4.)

Using OpsConsole Remotely When monitoring the system remotely, any change of state within the system causes the Main Hub to initiate an automatic call-out and report the system status to the OpsConsole. The Main Hub calls out three times, each with a 45 second interval. If the call is not acknowledged in these three tries, the Main Hub waits 15 minutes and continues the above sequence until the call is acknowledged. Refer to the OpsConsole User Manual (PN 8800-10) for more information about using OpsConsole for remote system monitoring. Figure 2-4 illustrates how the system reports its status to AdminManager and the OpsConsole. Figure 2-4 Remote System Monitoring and Reporting The Main Hub checks its own status and queries each Expansion Hub for its status, which includes RAU status. Modem Main Hub The Expansion Hub queries its own status and polls each RAU for its status. The Main Hub queries status of each Expansion Hub and each RAU and compares it to previously stored status.

If a fault is detected, LEDs on the front panel turn red.

If a fault or warning con-

dition is detected in any unit, the Main Hub ini-

tiates a call to OpsCon-

sole. Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub queries status of each RAU and com-

pares it to previously stored status.

If a fault is detected, LEDs on the front panel turn red.

If a fault or warning condition is detected in the Expansion Hub or an RAU, the informa-

tion is stored in the Expan-

sion Hubs memory until the Main Hub queries its status. RAU RAU Each RAU passes its status to the Expansion Hub.

If a fault is detected, the ALARM LED lights red. If no fault is detected, the LED is green.

If a fault or warning condition is detected, the information is passed to the Expansion Hub. PSTN Modem PC running OpsConsole Use OpsConsole to com-

municate with one or more remotely or locally installed systems. If a fault or warning condi-

tion is reported, the OpsConsole graphical user interface indicates the problem. OpsConsole can also send an e-mail and/or page notification to desig-

nated recipients. 2-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 2.2.2 Using Alarm Contact Closures The DB-9 female connector on the rear panel of the Main Hub can be connected to a local base station or to a daisy-chained series of Unison, LGCell, and/or MetroReach Focus systems.

When you connect MetroReach Focus or a BTS to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the output of the alarms (alarm source) and MetroReach Focus or the BTS is the input (alarm sense). This is described in Section 7.7.1 on page 7-42. The following figure shows using MetroReach Focus as the input of Unison contact closures. 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Unison Main Hub Alarm Source Alarm Source MetroReach Focus RFM RF OUT DOWNLINK RF IN UPLINK 9-pin Adapter FIBER Alarm Sense UPLINK DOWNLINK ALARM RS-232C

When you connect LGCell to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the input of the alarms (alarm sense) and LGCell is the output (alarm source). This is described in Section 7.7.2 on page 7-45. Unison Main Hub Up to 5 LGCell Main Hubs 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Sense Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Alarm Source Alarm Source PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-9 2.3 System Connectivity The double star architecture of the Unison system, illustrated in the following figure, provides excellent system scalability and reliability. The system requires only one pair of fibers for 8 antenna points. This makes any system expansion, such as adding an extra antenna for additional coverage, potentially as easy as pulling an extra twisted pair. Figure 2-5 Unisons Double Star Architecture PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 PORT 4 RS-232 Main Hub Fiber Expansion Hub Expansion Hub Expansion Hub Expansion Hub Cat-5/6 RAU Cat-5/6 RAU Cat-5/6 RAU up to 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub 2-10 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 2.4 System Operation

Downlink (Base Station to Wireless Devices) The Main Hub receives downlink RF signals from a base station via coaxial cable. Main Hub The Main Hub converts the RF signals to IF, then to optical signals and sends them to Expansion Hubs (up to four) via optical fiber cable. Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub converts the optical sig-

nals to electrical signals and sends them to RAUs (up to eight) via Cat-5/6 ScTP cable. RAU The RAU converts the IF signals to RF and sends them to passive antennas via coaxial cable.

Uplink (Wireless Devices to Base Station) Expansion Hub Main Hub The Main Hub sends uplink RF signals to a base station via coaxial cable. The Main Hub receives the optical signals from the Expansion Hubs (up to four) via optical fiber cable and converts them to RF signals. The Expansion Hub receives the IF signals from the RAUs (up to eight) via Cat-5/6 ScTP cable and converts them to optical signals. RAU The RAU receives uplink RF signals from the passive antenna via coaxial cable and converts them to IF signals. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-11 2.5 System Specifications 2.5.1 Physical Specifications Parameter RF Connectors Main Hub 2 N-type, female Expansion Hub 8 shielded RJ-45, female

(Cat-5/6) External Alarm Connector

(contact closure) Serial Interface Connector Fiber Connectors*

LED Alarm and Status Indicators AC Power (Volts) 1 9-pin D-sub, female 1 RS-232 9-pin D-sub, male 4 Pair, SC/APC Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

Main Hub Status Downstream Unit Status

(1 pair per fiber port):

Link

E-Hub/RAU Rating: 100240V, 0.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range: 85250V, 2.40.8A, 4763 Hz 1 Pair, SC/APC Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

E-Hub Status Fiber Link Status (1 pair):

DL Status

UL Status RAU/Link Status

(1 pair per RJ-45 port):

Link

RAU Rating: 115/230V, 5/2.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range:

90132V/170250V auto-ranging, 2.21.5A/1.20.8A, 4763 Hz DC Power (Volts) Power Consumption (W) Enclosure Dimensions

(height width depth) Weight MTBF 30 44.5 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(1.75 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 3 kg

(< 6.5 lb) 106,272 hours 260 (includes 8 RAUs) 89 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(3.5 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 5 kg

(< 11 lb) 78,998 hours Remote Antenna Unit 1 shielded RJ-45, female

(Cat-5/6) 1 SMA, male (coaxial) Unit Status (1 pair):

Link

Alarm 36V (from the Expansion Hub) 11 44 mm 305 mm 158 mm

(1.7 in. 12 in. 6.2 in.)

< 1 kg

(< 2 lb) 282,207 hours

*It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution pan-

els. Excluding angle-brackets for 19'' rack mounting of hubs. 2-12 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 2.5.2 InterReach Unison Wavelength and Laser Power The following table shows wavelength and laser power according to UL testing per IEC 60 825-1. Measured Output Power Wavelength 1310 nm 20 nm Main Hub 458 uW Expansion Hub 1.8 mW 2.5.3 Environmental Specifications Parameter Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity; non-condensing Main Hub and Expansion Hub 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 20 to +85C (4 to +185F) 5% to 95%

RAU 25 to +45C (13 to +113F) 25 to +85C (13 to +185F) 5% to 95%

2.5.4 Operating Frequencies Freq. Band PCS PCS PCS PCS PCS DCS DCS DCS DCS Cellular iDEN EGSM GSM UMTS UMTS UMTS Unison Band PCS1 PCS2 PCS3 PCS4 PCS5 DCS1 DCS2 DCS3 DCS4 CELL iDEN EGSM GSM UMTS1 UMTS2 UMTS3 Description A & D Band D & B Band B & E Band E & F Band F & C Band DCS1 Band DCS2 Band DCS3 Band DCS4 Band RF Passband Downlink (MHz) 19301950 19451965 19501970 19651975 19701990 18051842.5 1842.51880 18401875 18151850 869894 851869 925960 935960 21102145 21252160 21352170 Uplink (MHz) 18501870 18651885 18701890 18851895 18901910 17101747.5 1747.51785 17451780 17201755 824849 806824 880915 890915 19201955 19351970 19451980 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-13 2.5.5 RF End-to-End Performance The following tables list the RF end-to-end performance of each protocol when using 2 km of single-mode fiber or 1 km of multi-mode fiber. Cellular 800 MHz Table 2-3 Cellular RF End-to-End Performance 2 km of SMF Typical 1 km of MMF Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 40 dBm 27 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3.5 dB 7 dBm 15 dB 21 dB Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 37 dBm 27 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3.5 dB 10 dBm 15 dB 21 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. iDEN 800 MHz Table 2-4 iDEN RF End-to-End Performance 2 km of SMF Typical 1 km of MMF Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 2 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 7 dBm 17 dB 23 dB Downlink 15 dB 2 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 10 dBm 17 dB 23 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. 2-14 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B GSM/EGSM 900 MHz Table 2-5 GSM/EGSM RF End-to-End Performance Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAU configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EH 32 RAU configuration 2 km of SMF Typical 1 km of MMF Typical Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 4 dB 7 dBm 16 dB 22 dB Downlink 15 dB 3 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 4 dB 10 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. DCS 1800 MHz Table 2-6 DCS RF End-to-End Performance 2 km of SMF Typical 1 km of MMF Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Downlink ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Uplink ripple for center 35 MHz of DCS1 and DCS2, Full band for DCS3 & DCS4 with 75 m Cat-5/6 Uplink gain roll off for Full band of DCS1 and DCS2 with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAU configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EH 32 RAU configuration Downlink 15 dB 2 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 2 dB 2 dB 12 dBm 17 dB 23 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. Downlink 15 dB 2 dB 37 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 2 dB 2 dB 14 dBm 17 dB 23 dB PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 2-15 PCS 1900 MHz Table 2-7 PCS RF End-to-End Performance Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F)*

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration 2 km of SMF Typical 1 km of MMF Typical Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 38 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 12 dBm 16 dB 22 dB Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 36.5 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 3 dB 14 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. UMTS 2.1 GHz Table 2-8 UMTS RF End-to-End Performance 2 km of SMF Typical 1 km of MMF Typical Parameter Average gain with 75 m Cat-5/6 at 25C (77F) *

Ripple with 75 m Cat-5/6 Output IP3 Input IP3 Output 1 dB Compression Point Noise Figure with 1 MH 1 EH 8 RAUs configuration Noise Figure with 1 MH 4 EHs 32 RAUs configuration Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 37 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 4 dB 12 dBm 16 dB 22 dB Downlink 15 dB 2.5 dB 36 dBm 26 dBm Uplink 15 dB 4 dB 12 dBm 16 dB 22 dB

*The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be attenuated 10 dB in one step. 2-16 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 3 Unison Main Hub The Main Hub distributes downlink RF signals from a base station, repeater, or MetroReach Focus system to up to four Expansion Hubs, which in turn distribute the signals to up to 32 Remote Access Units. The Main Hub also combines uplink signals from the associated Expansion Hubs. Figure 3-1 Main Hub in a Unison System Downlink Path: The Main Hub receives downlink RF signals from a base station, repeater, or MetroReach Focus system via coaxial cable. It converts the signals to IF then to optical and sends them to up to four Expansion Hubs via fiber optic cable. The Main Hub also sends OA&M communication to the Expansion Hubs via the fiber optic cable. The Expansion Hubs, in turn, communicate the OA&M information to the RAUs via Cat-5/6 cable. Downlink to Main Hub Downlink from Main Hub Unison Main Hub Unison Expansion Hub RAU Uplink from Main Hub Uplink to Main Hub Uplink Path: The Main Hub receives uplink optical signals from up to four Expansion Hubs via fiber optic cables. It converts the signals to IF then to RF and sends them to a base station, repeater, or MetroReach Focus system via coaxial cable. The Main Hub also receives status information from the Expansion Hubs and all RAUs via the fiber optic cable. Figure 3-2 gives a detailed view of the major RF and optical functional blocks of the Main Hub. Figure 3-2 Main Hub Block Diagram PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 3-1 3.1 Main Hub Front Panel Figure 3-3 Main Hub Front Panel 1 2 3 4 1. Four fiber optic ports (labeled PORT 1, PORT 2, PORT 3, PORT 4)

One standard female SC/APC connector per port for MMF/SMF input (labeled UPLINK)

One standard female SC/APC connector per port for MMF/SMF output

(labeled DOWNLINK) 2. Four sets of fiber port LEDs (one set per port)

One LED per port for port link status (labeled LINK)

One LED per port for downstream unit status (labeled E-HUB/RAU) 3. One set of unit status LEDs

One LED for unit power status (labeled POWER)

One LED for unit status (labeled MAIN HUB STATUS) 4. One 9-pin D-sub male connector for system communication and diagnostics using a PC/laptop or modem (labeled RS-232) 3-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 3.1.1 Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Ports The optical fiber uplink/downlink ports transmit and receive optical signals between the Main Hub and up to four Expansion Hubs using industry-standard SMF or MMF cable. There are four fiber ports on the front panel of the Main Hub; one port per Expansion Hub. Each fiber port has two female SC/APC connectors:

Optical Fiber Uplink Connector This connector (labeled UPLINK) is used to receive the uplink optical signals from an Expansion Hub.

Optical Fiber Downlink Connector This connector (labeled DOWNLINK) is used to transmit the downlink optical sig-

nals to an Expansion Hub. CAUTION: To avoid damaging the Main Hubs fiber connector ports, use only SC/APC fiber cable connectors when using either single-mode or multi-mode fiber. Additionally, it is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, includ-

ing fiber distribution panels. 3.1.2 Communications RS-232 Serial Connector Remote Monitoring Use a standard serial cable to connect a modem to the 9-pin D-sub male serial con-

nector for remote monitoring or configuring. The cable typically has a DB-9 female and a DB-25 male connector. See Appendix A.4 on page A-3 for the cable pinout. Local Monitoring Use a null modem cable to connect a laptop or PC to the 9-pin D-sub male serial con-

nector for local monitoring or configuring. The cable typically has a DB-9 female connector on both ends. See Appendix A.5 on page A-4 for the cable pinout. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-3 3.1.3 LED Indicators The units front panel LEDs indicate faults and commanded or fault lockouts. The LEDs do not indicate warnings or whether the system test has been performed. Only use the LEDs to provide basic information or as a backup when you are not using AdminManager. Upon power up, a Main Hub that has a band programmed into it goes through a five-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 3-2, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. Main Hubs are shipped without a band programmed into them. Upon power up of an unprogrammed Main Hub, its LEDs blink continuously. If upon initial power up the LEDs do not blink continuously, then there is a band programmed in the Main Hub and you should check that it is the correct band before connecting any Expansion Hubs to it (refer to the AdminManager User Manual, PN 8810-10). Oth-

erwise, the Main Hub will automatically send the program band command to all con-

nected Expansion Hubs and RAUs. A mismatched band will cause an error message to be displayed in AdminManager and the RAU will have a fault condition. NOTE: Refer to Section 9 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. 3-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Unit Status LEDs The Main Hub status LEDs can be in one of the states shown in Table 3-1. These LEDs can be:

steady green steady red blinking green/red (alternating green/red) There is no off state when the units power is on. Table 3-1 Main Hub Status LED States POWER MAIN HUB STATUS POWER MAIN HUB STATUS POWER MAIN HUB STATUS LED State Green Green Green Red Green Alternating Green/Red Indicates

Main Hub is connected to power

Main Hub is not reporting a fault; but the system test may need to be performed or a warning could exist (use AdminManager to determine)

Main Hub is connected to power

Main Hub is reporting a fault or lockout condition

Main Hub is connected to power

Main Hub input signal level too high; or, Main Hub does not have a band programmed into it if the continuous blinking lasts longer than 5 seconds and the Port LEDs are also blinking PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-5 Port LEDs The Main Hub has one pair of fiber port LEDs for each of the four fiber optic ports. The LED pairs can be in one of the states shown in Table 3-2. These LEDs can be:

off steady green steady red blinking green/red (alternating green/red) The port LEDs indicate the status of the Expansion Hub and RAUs; however, they do not indicate which particular unit has a fault (i.e., the Expansion Hub vs. one of its RAUs). Table 3-2 Main Hub Port LED States LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LINK E-HUB/RAU LED State Off Off Green Green Red Off Green Red Continuous Blinking Indicates

Expansion Hub not connected

Expansion Hub connected, communications normal

No faults from Expansion Hub or any connected RAU

Loss of communications with Expansion Hub

Expansion Hub connected

Fault or lockout reported by Expansion Hub or any connected RAU

Main Hub does not have a band programmed into it if the continuous blinking lasts longer than 5 seconds and the Main Hub Status LED is also blinking, 3-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 3.2 Main Hub Rear Panel Figure 3-4 Main Hub Rear Panel 1 2 3 4 5 1. Power on/off switch 2. AC power cord connector 3. Fan exhaust vent 4. One 9-pin D-sub female connector for contact closure monitoring (labeled DIAGNOSTIC 1) 5. Two N-type, female connectors:

Downlink (labeled DOWNLINK)

Uplink (labeled UPLINK) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-7 3.2.1 Main Hub Rear Panel Connectors 3.2.1.1 9-pin D-sub Connector The 9-pin D-sub connector (labeled DIAGNOSTIC 1) provides contact closure for major and minor error system alarm monitoring. The following table lists the function of each pin on the 9-pin D-sub connector. Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Function Alarm Input Ground Reserved Reserved Warning Contact (positive connection) Warning Contact (negative connection) DC Ground (common) Fault Contact (positive connection) Alarm Input Fault Contact (negative connection) This interface can either generate contact alarms or sense a single external alarm con-

tact. 3.2.1.2 N-type Female Connectors There are two N-type female connectors on the rear panel of the Main Hub:

The DOWNLINK connector receives downlink RF signals from a repeater, local base station, or MetroReach Focus system.

The UPLINK connector transmits uplink RF signals to a repeater, local base sta-

tion, or MetroReach Focus system. 3-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 3.3 Faults and Warnings The Main Hub monitors and reports changes in system performance to:

Ensure that the fiber receivers, amplifiers, and IF/RF path in the Main Hub are functioning properly.

Ensure that Expansion Hubs and Remote Access Units are connected and function-

ing properly. The Main Hub periodically queries attached Expansion Hubs and their Remote Access Units for their status. Both faults and warnings are reported to a connected PC/laptop that is running the AdminManager software or to the optional remote OpsConsole. Only faults are indicated by LEDs. For more information, see:

page 9-4 for Main Hub faults.

page 9-11 for Main Hub warnings.

page 9-12 for Main Hub status messages.

page 9-16 for troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 3-9 3.4 Main Hub Specifications Table 3-3 Main Hub Specifications Specification Enclosure Dimensions (H W D):

Weight Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity, non-condensing External Alarm Connector

(contact closure) Serial Interface Connector Fiber Connectors RF Connectors LED Fault and Status Indicators AC Power Power Consumption (W) MTBF Description 44.5 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(1.75 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 3 kg (< 6.5 lb) 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 20 to +85C (4 to +185F) 5% to 95%

1 9-pin D-sub, female Maximum: 40 mA @ 40V DC Typical: 4 mA @ 12V DC 1 RS-232 9-pin D-sub, male 4 Pair, SC/APCa 2 N-type, female Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

Main Hub Status Downstream Unit/Link Status (1 pair per fiber port):

Link

E-Hub/RAU Rating: 100240V, 0.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range: 85250V, 2.40.8A, 4763 Hz 30 106,272 hours a. It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution panels. 3-10 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 4 Unison Expansion Hub The Expansion Hub interfaces between the Main Hub and the Remote Access Unit(s) by converting optical signals to electrical signals and vice versa. It also supplies con-

trol signals and DC power to operate the Remote Access Unit(s) as well as passes sta-

tus information from the RAUs to the Main Hub. Figure 4-1 Expansion Hub in a Unison System Downlink Path: The Expansion Hub receives downlink optical signals from the Main Hub via fiber optic cable. It converts the signals to electrical and sends them to up to eight Remote Access Units (RAUs) via Cat-5/6 cables. Also, the Expansion Hub receives configuration information from the Main Hub via the fiber optic cable and relays it to the RAUs via the Cat-5/6 cable. Unison Main Hub Unison Expansion Hub Downlink to Expansion Hub Uplink from Expansion Hub Downlink from Expansion Hub Uplink to Expansion Hub RAU Uplink Path: The Expansion Hub receives uplink IF signals from up to eight RAUs via Cat-5/6 cables. It converts the sig-

nals to optical and sends them to a Main Hub via fiber optic cable. Also, the Expansion Hub receives RAU status information via the Cat-5/6 cable and sends it and its own status information to the Main Hub via the fiber optic cable. Figure 4-2 Expansion Hub Block Diagram From Main Hub PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 4-1 To RAU 4.1 Expansion Hub Front Panel Figure 4-3 Expansion Hub Front Panel 1 2 3 4 5 1. Eight standard Cat-5/6 ScTP cable RJ-45 connectors (labeled PORT 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) 2. Eight sets of RJ-45 port LEDs (one set per port)

One LED per port for link status (labeled LINK)

One LED per port for downstream unit status (labeled RAU) 3. One set of unit status LEDs

One LED for unit power status (labeled POWER)

One LED for unit status (labeled E-HUB STATUS) 4. One set of fiber connection status LEDs

One LED for fiber downlink status (labeled DL STATUS)

One LED for fiber uplink status (labeled UL STATUS) 5. One fiber optic port which has two connectors

One standard female SC/APC connector for MMF/SMF output (labeled UPLINK)

One standard female SC/APC connector for MMF/SMF input (labeled DOWNLINK) 4-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 4.1.1 RJ-45 Connectors The eight RJ-45 connectors on the Expansion Hub are for the Cat-5/6 ScTP cables that are used to transmit and receive signals to and from RAUs. Use shielded RJ-45 connectors on the Cat-5/6 cable. 4.1.2 NOTE: For system performance, it is important that you use only Cat-5/6 ScTP

(screened twisted pair) cable with shielded RJ-45 connectors. The Cat-5/6 cable also delivers DC electrical power to the RAUs. The Expansion Hubs DC voltage output is 36V DC nominal. A current limiting circuit is used to protect the Expansion Hub if any port draws excessive power. Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors The optical fiber uplink/downlink port transmits and receives optical signals between the Expansion Hub and the Main Hub using industry-standard SMF or MMF cable. The fiber port has two female SC/APC connectors:

Optical Fiber Uplink Connector This connector (labeled UPLINK) is used to transmit (output) uplink optical signals to the Main Hub.

Optical Fiber Downlink Connector This connector (labeled DOWNLINK) is used to receive (input) downlink optical sig-

nals from the Main Hub. CAUTION: To avoid damaging the Expansion Hubs fiber connector ports, use only SC/APC fiber cable connectors. Additionally, use only SC/APC fiber connectors throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution panels. This is critical for ensuring system performance. 4.1.3 LED Indicators The units front panel LEDs indicate fault conditions and commanded or fault lockouts. The LEDs do not indicate warnings or whether the system test has been performed. Only use the LEDs to provide basic information or as a backup when you are not using AdminManager. Upon power up, the Expansion Hub goes through a five-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 4-2, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 9 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-3 Unit Status and DL/UL Status LEDs The Expansion Hub unit status and DL/UL status LEDs can be in one of the states shown in Table 4-1. These LEDs can be:

steady green steady red There is no off state when the units power is on. Table 4-1 Expansion Hub Unit Status and DL/UL Status LED States POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS LED State Green / Green Green / Green POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Green Red / Green POWER E-HUB STATUS POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Red Red / Green DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Green Red / Red POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Red Red / Red Indicates

Expansion Hub is connected to power

Expansion Hub is not reporting a fault or lockout condition; but the system test may need to be performed or a warning condition could exist (use AdminManager to determine)

Optical power in is above minimum (Main Hub is connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater than recommended maximum

Optical power out (uplink laser) is normal and communications with the Main Hub are normal

Optical power in is above minimum (Main Hub is connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater than recommended maximum

Optical power out (uplink laser) is normal and communications with the Main Hub are normal

Expansion Hub is reporting a fault or commanded lockout

Fault condition detected, optical power in is below minimum.

(Main Hub is not connected, is not powered, or Main Hubs downlink laser has failed, or the downlink fiber is disconnected or damaged.)

Expansion Hub is reporting a fault condition

Optical power in is above minimum (Main Hub is connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater than recommended maximum

Optical power out is below minimum (Expansion Hub uplink laser has failed; unable to communicate with Main Hub). UL STATUS LED state must be checked within the first 90 seconds after power on. If initially green, then red after 90 seconds, it means that there is no communication with the Main Hub. If red on power up, replace the Expansion Hub.

Optical power in is below minimum (Main Hub is not connected, is not powered, or Main Hubs downlink laser has failed, or the down-

link fiber is disconnected or damaged.)

Optical power out is below minimum (Expansion Hub uplink laser has failed; unable to communicate with Main Hub). UL STATUS LED state must be checked within the first 90 seconds after power on. If initially green, then red after 90 seconds, it means that there is no communication with the Main Hub. If red on power up, the uplink laser has failed, replace the Expansion Hub. POWER E-HUB STATUS DL STATUS UL STATUS Green / Red Green / Red

Expansion Hub is in factory test mode, return it to the factory 4-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Port LEDs The Expansion Hub has one pair of port LEDs for each of the eight RJ-45 ports. The port LEDs can be in one of the states shown in Table 4-2. These LEDs can be:

off steady green steady red Table 4-2 Expansion Hub Port LED States LED State Off Off Green Green Red Off Green Red LINK RAU LINK RAU LINK RAU LINK RAU Indicates

RAU is not connected

RAU is connected

No faults from RAU

Loss of communications to RAU

RAU is connected

RAU is reporting a fault or lockout condition PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-5 4.2 Expansion Hub Rear Panel Figure 4-4 Expansion Hub Rear Panel 1 2 3 1. Power on/off switch 2. AC power cord connector 3. Three air exhaust vents 4-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 4.3 Faults and Warnings Both fault and warning conditions of the Expansion Hub and attached RAUs are reported to the Main Hub. Only faults are indicated by LEDs. For more information, see:

page 9-7 for Expansion Hub faults.

page 9-11 for Expansion Hub warnings.

page 9-13 for Expansion Hub status messages.

page 9-18 for troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 4-7 4.4 Expansion Hub Specifications Table 4-3 Expansion Hub Specifications Specification Enclosure Dimensions (H W D) Weight Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity, non-condensing Cat-5/6 Connectorsa Fiber Connectorsb LED Alarm and Status Indicators AC Power (Volts) (4763 Hz) Description 89 mm 438 mm 305 mm

(3.5 in. 17.25 in. 12 in.)

< 5 kg (< 11 lb) 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 20 to +85C (4 to +185F) 5% to 95%

8 shielded RJ-45, female (Cat-5/6) 1 Pair, SC/APC Unit Status (1 pair):

Power

E-Hub Status Fiber Link Status (1 pair):

DL Status

UL Status RAU/Link Status (1 pair per RJ-45 port):

Link

RAU Rating: 115/230V, 5/2.5A, 5060 Hz Operating Range: 90132V/170250V auto-ranging, 2.21.5A/1.20.8A, 4763 Hz 260 (includes 8 RAUs) 78,998 hours Power Consumption (W) MTBF a. It is important that you use only Cat-5/6 ScTP cable with shielded RJ-45 connectors. b. It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution panels. 4-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 5 Unison Remote Access Unit The Remote Access Unit (RAU) is an active transceiver that connects to an Expan-

sion Hub using industry-standard Cat-5/6 screened twisted pair (ScTP) cable, which delivers RF signals, configuration information, and electrical power to the RAU. An RAU passes RF signals between an Expansion Hub and an attached passive antenna where the signals are transmitted to wireless devices. Figure 5-1 Remote Access Unit in a Unison System Downlink Path: The RAU receives downlink IF signals from an Expansion Hub via Cat-5/6 cable. It converts the signals to RF and sends them to a passive RF antenna via coaxial cable. Also, the RAU receives configuration information from the Main Hub via the Cat-5/6 cable. Unison Main Hub Unison Expansion Hub Downlink to RAU RAU Downlink to antenna Uplink from RAU Uplink from antenna Uplink Path: The RAU receives uplink RF signals from a passive RF antenna via coaxial cable. It converts the signals to IF and sends them to an Expansion Hub via Cat-5/6 cable. Also, the RAU sends its status information to the Expansion Hub via the Cat-5/6 cable. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 5-1 Figure 5-2 Remote Access Unit Block Diagram 5-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B The Unison RAUs are manufactured to a specific band or set of bands (i.e., there is one PCS RAU which can be used for A/D, B/E, E/F, B/D, or F/C). Table 5-1 lists the six Unison RAUs, the Unison Band, and the frequency band(s) they cover. Table 5-1 Frequency Bands covered by Unison RAUs Unison RAU Cellular DCS GSM iDEN PCS UMTS Unison Band Cellular DCS1 DCS2 DCS3 DCS4 GSM EGSM iDEN PCS A&D PCS B&E PCS D&B PCS E&F PCS F&C UMTS 1 UMTS 2 UMTS 3 RF Passband Downlink (MHz) 869894 18051842.5 1842.51880 18401875 18151850 925960 935960 851869 19301950 19451965 19501970 19651975 19701990 21102145 21252160 21352170 Uplink (MHz) 824849 17101747.5 1747.51785 17451780 17201755 880915 890915 806824 18501870 18651885 18701890 18851895 18901910 19201955 19351970 19451980 5.1 Remote Access Unit Connectors 5.1.1 5.1.2 SMA Connector The RAU has one female SMA connector. The connector is a duplexed RF input/out-

put port that connects to a standard passive antenna using coaxial cable. RJ-45 Connector The RAU has one RJ-45 connector that connects it to an Expansion Hub using Cat-5/6 ScTP cable. Use shielded RJ-45 connectors on the Cat-5/6 cable. NOTE: For system performance, it is important that you use only Cat-5/6 ScTP cable with shielded RJ-45 connectors. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 5-3 5.2 LED Indicators Upon power up, the RAU goes through a two-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time, the LEDs blink green/green red/red, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 9 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. Status LEDs The RAU status LEDs can be in one of the states shown in Table 5-2. These LEDs can be:

off steady green steady red There is no off state when the units power is on. Table 5-2 Remote Access Unit LED States Indicates

RAU is not receiving DC power

RAU is powered and is not indicating a fault condition. Communication with Expansion Hub is normal; but the system test may need to be performed or a warning condition could exist (use AdminManager to determine)

RAU is indicating a fault or lockout condition, but communication with the Expansion Hub is normal

RAU is reporting a fault or lockout condition, and it is not able to communicate with the Expansion Hub LINK ALARM LINK ALARM LINK ALARM LINK ALARM LED State Off Off Green Green Green Red Red Red 5-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 5.3 Faults and Warnings Both fault and warning conditions are reported to the Expansion Hub where they are stored until the Main Hub queries system status. Only faults are indicated by LEDs. For more information, see:

page 9-10 for RAU faults.

page 9-11 for RAU warnings.

page 9-14 for RAU status messages. 5.4 Remote Access Unit Specifications Table 5-3 Remote Access Unit Specifications Specification Dimensions (H W D) Weight Operating Temperature Non-operating Temperature Operating Humidity, non-condensing RF Connectors LED Alarm and Status Indicators Maximum Heat Dissipation (W) MTBF Description 44 mm 305 mm 158 mm

(1.7 in. 12 in. 6.2 in.)

< 1 kg (< 2 lb) 25 to +45C (13 to +113F) 25 to +85C (13 to +185F) 5% to 95%

1 shielded RJ-45, female (Cat-5/6)a 1 SMA, male (coaxial) Unit Status (1 pair): Link Alarm 11 282,207 hours a. For system performance, it is important that you use only Cat-5/6 ScTP cable with shielded RJ-45 connectors. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 5-5 5-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 6 Designing a Unison Solution Designing a Unison solution is ultimately a matter of determining coverage and capacity needs. This requires the following steps:

1. Determine the wireless service providers requirements. This information is usually determined by the service provider:

Frequency (i.e., 850 MHz)

Band (i.e., A band in the Cellular spectrum)

Protocol (i.e., TDMA, CDMA, GSM, iDEN)

Peak capacity requirement (this, and whether or not the building will be split into sectors, determines the number of carriers that the system will have to transmit)

Design goal (RSSI, received signal strength at the wireless handset, i.e., 85 dBm) The design goal is always a stronger signal than the cell phone needs. It includes inherent factors which will affect performance (see Section 6.4.1 on page 6-29).

RF source (base station or BDA), type of equipment if possible 2. Determine the power per carrier and input power from the base station or BDA into the Main Hub: Section 6.1, Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU, on page 6-3. The maximum power per carrier is a function of the number of RF carriers, the carrier headroom requirement, signal quality issues, regulatory emissions require-

ments, and Unisons RF performance. Typically, the power per carrier decreases as the number of carriers increases. 3. Determine the in-building environment: Section 6.2, Estimating RF Cover-

age, on page 6-16.

Determine which areas of the building require coverage (entire building, public areas, parking levels, etc.) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 6-1

Obtain floor plans to determine floor space of building and the wall layout of the proposed areas to be covered. Floor plans will also be useful when you are selecting antenna locations. If possible, determine the buildings construction materials (sheetrock, metal, concrete, etc.)

Determine type of environment Open layout (e.g., a convention center) Dense, close walls (e.g., a hospital) Mixed use (e.g., an office building with hard wall offices and cubicles) 4. Develop an RF link budget: Section 6.4, Link Budget Analysis, on page 6-28. Knowing the power per carrier, you can calculate an RF link budget which is used to predict how much propagation loss can be allowed in the system, while still providing satisfactory performance throughout the area being covered. The link budget is a methodical way to derive a design goal. If the design goal is pro-

vided in advance, the link budget is simply: allowable RF loss = maximum power per carrier design goal. 5. Determine the appropriate estimated path loss slope that corresponds to the type of building and its layout, and estimate the coverage distance for each RAU: Section 6.2, Estimating RF Coverage, on page 6-16. The path loss slope (PLS), which gives a value to the RF propagation characteris-

tics within the building, is used to convert the RF link budget into an estimate of the coverage distance per antenna. This will help establish the Unison equipment quantities you will need. The actual path loss slope that corresponds to the spe-

cific RF environment inside the building can also be determined empirically by performing an RF site-survey of the building. This involves transmitting a cali-

brated tone for a fixed antenna and making measurements with a mobile antenna throughout the area surrounding the transmitter. 6. Determine the items required to connect to the base station: Section 6.6, Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station, on page 6-42. Once you know the quantities of Unison equipment you will use, you can deter-

mine the accessories (combiners/dividers, surge suppressors, repeaters, attenua-

tors, circulators, etc.) that are required to connect the system to the base station. The individual elements that must be considered in designing a Unison solution are discussed in the following sections. 6-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.1 Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU The following tables show the recommended maximum power per carrier out of the RAU SMA connector for different frequencies, formats, and numbers of carriers. These limits are dictated by RF signal quality and regulatory emissions issues. The maximum input power to the Main Hub is determined by subtracting the system gain from the maximum output power of the RAU. System gain is software selectable from 0 dB to 15 dB in 1 dB steps. Additionally, both the uplink and downlink of each RAU gain can be reduced by 10 dB. When you connect a Main Hub to a base station or repeater, the RF power per carrier usually needs to be attenuated in order to avoid exceeding Unisons maximum output power recommendations. Refer to Section 6.7, Designing for a Neutral Host System, on page 6-46 when combining frequencies or protocols on a single Main Hub. WARNING: Exceeding the maximum input power could cause per-

manent damage to the Main Hub. Do not exceed the maximum com-

posite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Main Hub at any time. NOTE: These specifications are for downlink power at the RAU output (excluding antenna). PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-3 800 MHz AMPS Table 6-1 800 MHz (AMPS) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.0 3.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.0 3.0 6-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 800 MHz TDMA Table 6-2 800 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 5.5 3.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 5.5 3.5 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-5 800 MHz CDMA Table 6-3 800 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16.0 14.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 800 MHz iDEN Table 6-4 800 MHz (iDEN) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.0 6-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 900 MHz GSM or EGSM Table 6-5 900 MHz (GSM or EGSM) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-7 900 MHz EDGE Table 6-6 900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 6-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 1800 MHz DCS Table 6-7 1800 MHz (DCS) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-9 1800 MHz EDGE Table 6-8 1800 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 1800 MHz CDMA Korea Table 6-9 1800 MHz (CDMA Korea) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16.0 13.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 16.0 13.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 6-10 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 1900 MHz TDMA Table 6-10 1900 MHz (TDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 30 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 4.5 2.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 4.5 2.5 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-11 1900 MHz GSM Table 6-11 1900 MHz (GSM) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 1900 MHz CDMA Table 6-12 1900 MHz (CDMA) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16.0 13.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 16.0 13.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 6-12 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 1900 MHz EDGE Table 6-13 1900 MHz (EDGE) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 6.0 5.5 5.0 5.0 2.1 GHz UMTS Table 6-14 2.1 GHz (UMTS) Power per Carrier No. of Carriers Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 1 km MMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 15.0 11.0 8.0 6.5 5.0 4.0 3.0 15.0 11.0 8.0 6.5 5.0 4.0 3.0 Note: measurements taken with no baseband clipping. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-13 Paging/SMR Table 6-15 Paging/SMR Power per Carrier: Analog FM, CQPSK, C4FM

. Analog FM Power per Carrier (dBm) No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 km SMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.0 1 km MMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 8.5 8.0 7.0 CQPSK Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 1 km MMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0 7.5 7.0 No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C4FM Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 7.5 7.0 1 km MMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 8.5 7.5 7.0 No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Table 6-16 Paging/SMR Power per Carrier: Mobitex, POCSAG/Reflex Mobitex Power per Carrier (dBm) 2 km SMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 1 km MMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 POCSAG/Reflex Power per Carrier (dBm) No. of Carriers 1 2 3 4 2 km SMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 1 km MMF 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 6-14 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Allowing for Future Capacity Growth Sometimes a Unison deployment initially is used to enhance coverage. Later that same system may also need to provide increased capacity. Thus, the initial deploy-

ment might only transmit two carriers but need to transmit four carriers later. There are two options for dealing with this scenario:

1. Design the initial coverage with a maximum power per carrier for four carriers. 2. Design the initial coverage for two carriers but leave RAU ports on the Expansion Hubs unused. These ports can be used later if coverage holes are discovered once the power per carrier is lowered to accommodate the two additional carriers. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-15 6.2 Estimating RF Coverage The maximum power per carrier (based on the number and type of RF carriers that are being transmitted) and the minimum acceptable received power at the wireless device (i.e., RSSI, the design goal) establish the RF link budget, and consequently the maximum acceptable path loss between the antenna and the wireless device. Figure 6-1 Determining Path Loss between the Antenna and the Wireless Device Antenna and Gain (G) Coax RAU P = power per carrier from the RAU d RSSI = power at the wireless device

(P + Lcoax + G) RSSI = PL

(1) The path loss (PL) is the loss in decibels (dB) between the antenna and the wireless device. The distance, d, from the antenna corresponding to this path loss can be calcu-

lated using the path loss equations in Section 6.2.1 and in Section 6.2.2. Coaxial cable is used to connect the RAU to an antenna. The following table lists coaxial cable loss for various cable lengths. Table 6-17 Coaxial Cable Losses Length of Cable

(.195 in. diameter) 0.9 m (3 ft) 1.8 m (6 ft) 3.0 m (10 ft) Loss at 800 MHz

(dB) 0.6 1.0 1.5 Loss at 1900 MHz

(dB) 0.8 1.5 2.3 6-16 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.2.1 Path Loss Equation Indoor path loss obeys the distance power law1 in equation (2):

PL = 20log(4d0f/c) + 10nlog(d/d0) + s

(2) where:

PL is the path loss at a distance, d, from the antenna (the distance between the antenna that is connected to the RAU and the point where the RF signal decreases to the minimum acceptable level at the wireless device). f is the operating frequency in hertz.

d is the distance expressed in meters

d0 is usually taken as 1 meter of free-space.

c is the speed of light in a vacuum (3.0 108 m/sec).

n is the path loss exponent and depends on the building clutter.

s is a normal random variable that depends on partition losses inside the build-

ing, and therefore, depends on the frequency of operation. As a reference, the following table gives estimates of signal loss for some RF barriers.1 Table 6-18 Average Signal Loss of Common Building Materials Partition Type Metal wall Aluminum siding Foil insulation Cubicle walls Concrete block wall Concrete floor Sheetrock Light machinery General machinery Heavy machinery Equipment racks Assembly line Ceiling duct Metal stairs Loss (dB)

@ <2 GHz 26 20 4 1.4 13 10 1 to 2 3 7 11 7 6 5 5 Frequency (MHz) 815 815 815 900 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1. Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-17 6.2.2 Coverage Distance Equations (1) and (2), on pages 6-16 and 6-17, respectively, can be used to estimate the distance from the antenna to where the RF signal decreases to the minimum acceptable level at the wireless device. Equation (2) can be simplified to:

PL(d) = 20log(4f/c) + PLSlog(d)

(3) where PLS (path loss slope) is chosen to account for the buildings environment. Because different frequencies penetrate partitions with different losses, the value of PLS will vary depending on the frequency. Table 6-19 shows estimated path loss slope (PLS) for various environments that have different clutter (i.e., objects that attenuate the RF signals, such as walls, partitions, stairwells, equipment racks, etc.) Table 6-19 Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments Environment Type Open Environment with very few RF obstructions Moderately Open Environment with low-to-medium amount of RF obstructions Mildly Dense Environment with medium-to-high amount of RF obstructions Moderately Dense Environment with medium-to-high amount of RF obstructions Dense Environment with large amount of RF obstructions Example Parking Garage, Convention Center PLS for 800/900 MHz 33.7 PLS for 1800/1900 MHz 30.1 Warehouse, Airport, Manufacturing 35 Retail, Office Space with approxi-

mately 80% cubicles and 20% hard walled offices Office Space with approximately 50% cubicles and 50% hard walled offices Hospital, Office Space with approxi-

mately 20% cubicles and 80% hard walled offices 36.1 37.6 39.4 32 33.1 34.8 38.1 For simplicity, Equation (3) can be used to estimate the coverage distance of an antenna that is connected to an RAU, for a given path loss, frequency, and type of in-building environment. 6-18 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 6-20 gives the value of the first term of Equation (3) (i.e., (20log(4f/c)) for various frequency bands. Table 6-20 Frequency Bands and the Value of the first Term in Equation (3) Band (MHz) Uplink 824849 806824 890915 880915 17101785 17501780 18501910 19201980 Downlink 869894 851869 935960 925960 18051880 18401870 19301990 21102170 Mid-Band Frequency

(MHz) 859 837.5 925 920 1795 1810 1920 2045 20log(4f/c) 31.1 30.9 31.8 31.7 37.5 37.6 38.1 38.7 800 MHz Cellular 800 MHz iDEN 900 MHz GSM 900 MHz EGSM 1800 MHz DCS 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea) 1900 MHz PCS 2.1 GHz UMTS PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-19 For reference, Tables 6-21 through 6-27 show the distance covered by an antenna for various in-building environments. The following assumptions were made:

Path loss Equation (3)

6 dBm output per carrier at the RAU output

3 dBi antenna gain

RSSI = 85 dBm (typical for narrowband protocols, but not for spread-spec-

trum protocols) Table 6-21 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz Cellular Applications Environment Type Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 73 63 55 47 39 Feet 241 205 181 154 129 Table 6-22 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz iDEN Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 75 64 56 48 40 Feet 244 208 184 156 131 Table 6-23 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz GSM Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 70 60 53 45 38 Feet 230 197 174 148 125 6-20 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 6-24 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 900 MHz EGSM Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 70 60 53 45 38 Feet 231 197 174 149 125 Table 6-25 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz DCS Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 75 58 50 42 30 Feet 246 191 166 137 100 Table 6-26 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz CDMA (Korea) Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 75 58 51 42 30 Feet 247 191 167 138 100 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-21 Table 6-27 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1900 MHz PCS Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 72 56 49 40 29 Feet 236 183 160 132 96 Table 6-28 Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 2.1 GHz UMTS Applications Facility Open Environment Moderately Open Environment Mildly Dense Environment Moderately Dense Environment Dense Environment Distance from Antenna Meters 69 54 47 39 28 Feet 226 176 154 128 93 6-22 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.2.3 Examples of Design Estimates Example Design Estimate for an 800 MHz TDMA Application 1. Design goals:

Cellular (859 MHz = average of the lowest uplink and the highest downlink frequency in 800 MHz Cellular band)

TDMA provider

12 TDMA carriers in the system

85 dBm design goal (to 95% of the building) the minimum received power at the wireless device

Base station with simplex RF connections 2. Power Per Carrier: The tables in Section 6.1, Maximum Output Power per Car-

rier at RAU, on page 6-3 provide maximum power per carrier information. The 800 MHz TDMA table (on page 6-5) indicates that Unison can support 12 carriers with a recommended maximum power per carrier of 7.5 dBm. The input power should be set to the desired output power minus the system gain. 3. Building information:

8 floor building with 9,290 sq. meters (100,000 sq. ft.) per floor; total 74,322 sq. meters (800,000 sq. ft.)

Walls are sheetrock construction; suspended ceiling tiles

Antennas used will be omni-directional, ceiling mounted

Standard office environment, 50% hard wall offices and 50% cubicles 4. Link Budget: In this example, a design goal of 85 dBm is used. Suppose 3 dBi omni-directional antennas are used in the design. Then, the maximum RF propa-

gation loss should be no more than 95.5 dB (7.5 dBm + 3 dBi + 85 dBm) over 95% of the area being covered. It is important to note that a design goal such as 85 dBm is usually derived taking into account multipath fading and log-normal shadowing characteristics. Thus, this design goal will only be met on average over 95% of the area being covered. At any given point, a fade may bring the sig-

nal level underneath the design goal. Note that this method of calculating a link budget is only for the downlink path. For information to calculate link budgets for both the downlink and uplink paths, see Section 6.4 on page 6-28. 5. Path Loss Slope: For a rough estimate, Table 6-19, Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments on page 6-18, shows that a building with 50%

hard wall offices and 50% cubicles, at 859 MHz, has an approximate path loss slope

(PLS) of 37.6. Given the RF link budget of 95.5 dB, the distance of coverage from each RAU will be 52 meters (170.6 ft). This corresponds to a coverage area of 8,494 sq. meters (91,425 sq. ft.) per RAU (see Section 6.2.1 for details on path loss estimation). For this case we assumed a circular radiation pattern, though the actual area covered will depend upon the pattern of the antenna and the obstructions in the facility. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-23 Equipment Required: Since you know the building size, you can now estimate the Unison equipment quantities that will be needed. Before any RF levels are tested in the building, you can estimate that 2 antennas per level will be needed. This assumes no propagation between floors. If there is propagation, you may not need antennas on every floor. a. 2 antennas per floor 8 floors = 16 RAUs b. 16 RAUs 8 (maximum 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub) = 2 Expansion Hubs c. 2 Expansion Hubs 4 (maximum 4 Expansion Hubs per Main Hub) = 1 Main Hub Check that the fiber and Cat-5 cable distances are as recommended. If the dis-

tances differ, use the tables in Section 6.3, System Gain, on page 6-27 to deter-

mine system gains or losses. The path loss may need to be recalculated to assure adequate signal levels in the required coverage distance. The above estimates assume that all cable length requirements are met. If Expansion Hubs cannot be placed so that the RAUs are within the distance requirement, addi-

tional Expansion Hubs may need to be placed closer to the required RAUs locations. An RF Site Survey and Building Evaluation is required to accurately establish the Unison equipment quantities required for the building. The site survey measures the RF losses within the building to determine the actual PLS, which will be used in the final path loss formula to determine the actual requirements of the Unison system. 6-24 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Example Design Estimate for an 1900 MHz CDMA Application 1. Design goals:

PCS (1920 MHz = average of the lowest uplink and the highest downlink fre-

quency in 1900 MHz PCS band)

CDMA provider

8 CDMA carriers in the system

85 dBm design goal (to 95% of the building) the minimum received power at the wireless device

Base station with simplex RF connections 2. Power Per Carrier: The tables in Section 6.1, Maximum Output Power per Car-

rier at RAU, on page 6-3 provide maximum power per carrier information. The 1900 MHz CDMA table (on page 6-12) indicates that Unison can support 8 carri-

ers with a recommended maximum power per carrier of 6.5 dBm. The input power should be set to the desired output power minus the system gain. 3. Building information:

16 floor building with 9,290 sq. meters (100,000 sq. ft.) per floor; total 148,640 sq. meters (1,600,000 sq. ft.)

Walls are sheetrock construction; suspended ceiling tiles

Antennas used will be omni-directional, ceiling mounted

Standard office environment, 80% hard wall offices and 20% cubicles 4. Link Budget: In this example, a design goal of 85 dBm is used. Suppose 3 dBi omni-directional antennas are used in the design. Then, the maximum RF propa-

gation loss should be no more than 94.5 dB (6.5 dBm + 3 dBi + 85 dBm) over 95% of the area being covered. It is important to note that a design goal such as 85 dBm is usually derived taking into account multipath fading and log-normal shadowing characteristics. Thus, this design goal will only be met on average over 95% of the area being covered. At any given point, a fade may bring the sig-

nal level underneath the design goal. Note that this method of calculating a link budget is only for the downlink path. For information to calculate link budgets for both the downlink and uplink paths, see Section 6.4 on page 6-28. 5. Path Loss Slope: For a rough estimate, Table 6-19, Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments on page 6-18, shows that a building with 80%

hard wall offices and 20% cubicles, at 1920 MHz, has an approximate path loss slope (PLS) of 38.1. Given the RF link budget of 94.5 dB, the distance of coverage from each RAU will be 30.2 meters (99 ft). This corresponds to a coverage area of 2,868 sq. meters (30,854 sq. ft.) per RAU (see Section 6.2.1 for details on path loss estimation). For this case we assumed a circular radiation pattern, though the actual area covered will depend upon the pattern of the antenna and the obstructions in the facility. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-25 6. Equipment Required: Since you know the building size, you can now estimate the Unison equipment quantities that will be needed. Before any RF levels are tested in the building, you can estimate that 2 antennas per level will be needed. This assumes no propagation between floors. If there is propagation, you may not need antennas on every floor. a. 2 antennas per floor 16 floors = 32 RAUs b. 32 RAUs 8 (maximum 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub) = 4 Expansion Hubs c. 4 Expansion Hubs 4 (maximum 4 Expansion Hubs per Main Hub) = 1 Main Hub Check that the MMF and Cat-5 cable distances are as recommended. If the dis-

tances differ, use the tables in Section 6.3, System Gain, on page 6-27 to deter-

mine system gains or losses. The path loss may need to be recalculated to assure adequate signal levels in the required coverage distance. The above estimates assume that all cable length requirements are met. If Expansion Hubs cannot be placed so that the RAUs are within the distance requirement, addi-

tional Expansion Hubs may need to be placed closer to the required RAUs locations. An RF Site Survey and Building Evaluation is required to accurately establish the Unison equipment quantities required for the building. The site survey measures the RF losses within the building to determine the actual PLS, which will be used in the final path loss formula to determine the actual requirements of the Unison system. 6-26 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.3 System Gain The system gain can be decreased from 15 dB to 0 dB gain in 1 dB increments and the uplink and downlink gains of each RAU can be independently decreased by 10 dB in one step using AdminManager or OpsConsole. 6.3.1 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length The recommended minimum length of ScTP cable is 10 meters (33 ft) and the recom-

mended maximum length is 100 meters (328 ft). The system should not be operated with ScTP cable that is less than 10 meters (33 ft) in length, system performance will be greatly compromised. If the ScTP cable is longer than 100 meters (328 ft), the gain of the system will decrease, as shown in Table 6-29. Table 6-29 System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length Typical change in system gain (dB) Uplink Downlink 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 7.6 1.0 3.2 5.3 7.5 9.7 ScTP Cable Length 800 MHz TDMA/AMPS and CDMA; 900 MHz GSM and EGSM; and iDEN 110 m / 361 ft 120 m / 394 ft 130 m / 426 ft 140 m / 459 ft 150 m / 492 ft 1800 MHz GSM (DCS); 1900 MHz TDMA, CDMA, and GSM 110 m / 361 ft 120 m / 394 ft 130 m / 426 ft 140 m / 459 ft 150 m / 492 ft 2.1 GHz UMTS 110 m / 361 ft 120 m / 394 ft 130 m / 426 ft 140 m / 459 ft 150 m / 492 ft 1.0 4.0 6.4 8.8 11.3 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 7.6 1.0 3.2 5.3 7.5 9.7 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 7.6 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-27 6.4 Link Budget Analysis A link budget is a methodical way to account for the gains and losses in an RF system so that the quality of coverage can be predicted. The end result can often be stated as a design goal in which the coverage is determined by the maximum distance from each RAU before the signal strength falls beneath that goal. One key feature of the link budget is the maximum power per carrier discussed in Section 6.1. While the maximum power per carrier is important as far as emissions and signal quality requirements are concerned, it is critical that the maximum signal into the Main Hub never exceed 1W (+30 dBm). Composite power levels above this limit will cause damage to the Main Hub. WARNING: Exceeding the maximum input power of 1W (+30 dBm) could cause permanent damage to the Main Hub. 6-28 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.4.1 Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards The link budget represents a typical calculation that might be used to determine how much path loss can be afforded in a Unison design. This link budget analyzes both the downlink and uplink paths. For most configurations, the downlink requires lower path loss and is therefore the limiting factor in the system design. It is for this reason that a predetermined design goal for the downlink is sufficient to predict coverage distance. The link budget is organized in a simple manner: the transmitted power is calculated, the airlink losses due to fading and body loss are summed, and the receiver sensitivity

(minimum level a signal can be received for acceptable call quality) is calculated. The maximum allowable path loss (in dB) is the difference between the transmitted power, less the airlink losses, and the receiver sensitivity. From the path loss, the maximum coverage distance can be estimated using the path loss formula presented in Section 6.2.1. Table 6-30 provides link budget considerations for narrowband systems. Table 6-30 Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems Consideration BTS Transmit Power Attenuation between BTS and Unison Antenna Gain BTS Noise Figure Unison Noise Figure Description The power per carrier transmitted from the base station output This includes all losses: cable, attenuator, splitter/combiner, and so forth. On the downlink, attenuation must be chosen so that the maximum power per carrier going into the Main Hub does not exceed the levels given in Section 6.1. On the uplink, attenuation is chosen to keep the maximum uplink signal and noise level low enough to prevent base station alarms but small enough not to cause degradation in the system sensitivity. If the Unison noise figure minus the attenuation is at least 10 dB higher than the BTS noise figure, the system noise figure will be approximately that of Unison alone. See Section 6.6 for ways to inde-

pendently set the uplink and downlink attenuations between the base station and Unison. The radiated output power includes antenna gain. For example, if you use a 3 dBi antenna at the RAU that is transmitting 0 dBm per carrier, the effective radiated power (relative to an isotropic radiator) is 3 dBm per carrier. This is the effective noise floor of the base station input (usually base station sensitivity is this effec-

tive noise floor plus a certain C/I ratio). This is Unisons uplink noise figure, which varies depending on the number of Expansion Hubs and RAUs, and the frequency band. Unisons uplink noise figure is specified for a 1-1-4 configuration. Thus, the noise figure for a Unison system (or multiple systems whose uplink ports are power com-

bined) will be NF(1-1-4) + 10*log(# of Expansion Hubs). This represents an upper-bound because the noise figure is lower if any of the Expansion Hubs RAU ports are not used. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-29 Table 6-30 Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems (continued) Consideration Thermal Noise Description This is the noise level in the signal bandwidth (BW). Thermal noise power = 174 dBm/Hz + 10Log(BW). Protocol TDMA GSM iDEN Signal Bandwidth 30 kHz 200 kHz 25 kHz Thermal Noise 129 dBm 121 dBm 130 dBm Required C/I ratio Mobile Transmit Power Multipath Fade Margin Log-normal Fade Margin Body Loss Minimum Received Signal Level For each wireless standard a certain C/I (carrier to interference) ratio is needed to obtain acceptable demodulation performance. For narrowband systems, (TDMA, GSM, EDGE, iDEN, AMPS) this level varies from about 9 dB to 20 dB. The maximum power the mobile can transmit (power transmitted at highest power level setting). This margin allows for a certain level of fading due to multipath interference. Inside buildings there is often one or more fairly strong signals and many weaker signals arriving from reflections and dif-

fraction. Signals arriving from multiple paths add constructively or destructively. This margin accounts for the possibility of destructive multipath interference. In RF site surveys this margin will not appear because it will be averaged out over power level samples taken over many locations. This margin adds an allowance for RF shadowing due to objects obstructing the direct path between the mobile equipment and the RAU. In RF site surveys, this shadowing will not appear because it will be averaged out over power level samples taken over many locations. This accounts for RF attenuation caused by the users head and body. This is also referred to as the design goal. The link budget says that you can achieve adequate cov-

erage if the signal level is, on average, above this level over 95% of the area covered, for example. 6-30 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.4.2 Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application Narrowband Link Budget Analysis: Downlink Line Downlink Transmitter a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. p. BTS transmit power per carrier (dBm) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Power into Unison (dBm) Unison gain (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Radiated power per carrier (dBm) Airlink Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90%

(dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Receiver Thermal noise (dBm/30 kHz) Mobile noise figure (dB) Required C/I ratio (dB) Minimum received signal (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 33 23 10 0 3 13 6 10 3 19 129 7 12 110 104

c = a + b f = c + d + e

j = g + h + i

n = k + l + m

k: in this example, k represents the thermal noise for a TDMA signal, which has a bandwidth of 30 kHz

p = f j n PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-31 Narrowband Link Budget Analysis: Uplink Line Uplink Receiver a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. p. BTS noise figure (dB) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Unison gain (dB) Unison noise figure (dB) 1-4-32 System noise figure (dB) Thermal noise (dBm/30 kHz) Required C/I ratio (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Receive sensitivity (dBm) Airlink Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90%

(dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Transmitter Mobile transmit power (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 4 10 0 22 22.6 129 12 3 97.4 6 10 3 19 28 106.4

e: enter the noise figure and gain of each system component (a, b, c, and d) into the standard cascaded noise figure formula Fsys = F1 +

F2 1 G1

F3 1 G1G2

+ .... where

(Noise Figure/10) F = 10 G = 10(Gain/10)

(See Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.) i = f + e + g h

m = j + k + l

p = n m i Therefore, the system is downlink limited but the downlink and uplink are almost balanced, which is a desirable condition. 6-32 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.4.3 Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards A CDMA link budget is slightly more complicated because the spread spectrum nature of CDMA must be considered. Unlike narrowband standards such as TDMA and GSM, CDMA signals are spread over a relatively wide frequency band. Upon reception, the CDMA signal is de-spread. In the de-spreading process the power in the received signal becomes concentrated into a narrow band, whereas the noise level remains unchanged. Hence, the signal-to-noise ratio of the de-spread signal is higher than that of the CDMA signal before de-spreading. This increase is called processing gain. For IS-95 and J-STD-008, the processing gain is 21 dB or 19 dB depending on the user data rate (9.6 Kbps for rate set 1 and 14.4 Kbps for rate set 2, respectively). Because of the processing gain, a CDMA signal (comprising one Walsh code channel within the composite CDMA signal) can be received at a lower level than that required for narrowband signals. A reasonable level is 95 dBm, which results in about 85 dBm composite as shown below. An important issue to keep in mind is that the downlink CDMA signal is composed of many orthogonal channels: pilot, paging, sync, and traffic. The composite power level is the sum of the powers from the individual channels. An example is given in the following table. Table 6-31 Distribution of Power within a CDMA Signal Channel Pilot Sync Primary Paging Traffic Walsh Code Number Relative Power Level 0 32 1 20%

5%

19%

831, 3363 9% (per traffic channel) 7.0 dB 13.3 dB 7.3 dB 10.3 dB This table assumes that there are 15 active traffic channels operating with 50% voice activity (so that the total power adds up to 100%). Notice that the pilot and sync chan-

nels together contribute about 25% of the power. When measuring the power in a CDMA signal you must be aware that if only the pilot and sync channels are active, the power level will be about 6 to 7 dB lower than the maximum power level you can expect when all voice channels are active. The implication is that if only the pilot and sync channels are active, and the maximum power per carrier table says that you should not exceed 10 dBm for a CDMA signal, for example, then you should set the attenuation between the base station and the Main Hub so that the Main Hub receives 3 dBm (assuming 0 dB system gain). An additional consideration for CDMA systems is that the uplink and downlink paths should be gain and noise balanced. This is required for proper operation of soft-hand-

off to the outdoor network as well as preventing excess interference that is caused by mobiles on the indoor system transmitting at power levels that are not coordinated with the outdoor mobiles. This balance is achieved if the power level transmitted by the mobiles under close-loop power control is similar to the power level transmitted under open-loop power control. The open-loop power control equation is PTX + PRX = 73 dBm (for Cellular, IS-95) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-33 PTX + PRX = 76 dBm (for PCS, J-STD-008) where PTX is the mobiles transmitted power and PRX is the power received by the mobile. The power level transmitted under closed-loop power control is adjusted by the base station to achieve a certain Eb/N0 (explained in Table 6-32 on page 6-34). The differ-

ence between these power levels, P, can be estimated by comparing the power radi-

ated from the RAU, Pdownink, to the minimum received signal, Puplink, at the RAU:

P = Pdownink + Puplink + 73 dBm (for Cellular) P = Pdownink + Puplink + 76 dBm (for PCS) Its a good idea to keep 12 dB < P < 12 dB. Table 6-32 provides link budget considerations for CDMA systems. Table 6-32 Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA Consideration Multipath Fade Margin Power per car-

rier, downlink Description The multipath fade margin can be reduced (by at least 3 dB) by using different lengths of optical fiber (this is called delay diversity). The delay over fiber is approximately 5S/km. If the difference in fiber lengths to Expansion Hubs with overlapping coverage areas produces at least 1 chip (0.8S) delay of one path relative to the other, then the multipaths signals can be resolved and processed independently by the base stations rake receiver. A CDMA signal traveling through 163 meters of MMF cable will be delayed by approximately one chip. This depends on how many channels are active. For example, the signal will be about 7 dB lower if only the pilot, sync, and paging channels are active compared to a fully-loaded CDMA signal. Furthermore, in the CDMA forward link, voice channels are turned off when the user is not speaking. On average this is assumed to be about 50% of the time. So, in the spreadsheet, both the power per Walsh code channel (rep-

resenting how much signal a mobile will receive on the Walsh code that it is de-spreading) and the total power are used. The channel power is needed to determine the maximum path loss, and the total power is needed to deter-

mine how hard the Unison system is being driven. The total power for a fully-loaded CDMA signal is given by (approximately):

total power = voice channel power + 13 dB + 10log10 (50%)

= voice channel power + 10 dB Information Rate This is simply 10log10(9.6 Kbps) = 40 dB for rate set 1 10log10(14.4 Kbps) = 42 dB for rate set 2 Process Gain The process of de-spreading the desired signal boosts that signal relative to the noise and interference. This gain needs to be included in the link budget. In the following formulas, PG = process gain:

PG = 10log10(1.25 MHz / 9.6 Kbps) = 21 dB rate set 1 PG = 10log10(1.25 MHz / 14.4 Kbps) = 19 dB rate set 2 Note that the process gain can also be expressed as 10log10 (CDMA bandwidth) minus the information rate. 6-34 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Consideration Eb/No Table 6-32 Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA (continued) Description This is the energy-per-bit divided by the received noise and interference. Its the CDMA equivalent of sig-

nal-to-noise ratio (SNR). This figure depends on the mobiles receiver and the multipath environment. For example, the multipath delays inside a building are usually too small for a rake receiver in the mobile (or base station) to resolve and coherently combine multipath components. However, if artificial delay can be introduced by, for instance, using different lengths of cable, then the required Eb/No will be lower and the multipath fade margin in the link budget can be reduced in some cases. If the receiver noise figure is NF (dB), then the receive sensitivity (dBm) is given by:

Psensitivity = NF + Eb/No + thermal noise in a 1.25 MHz band PG

= NF + Eb/No 113 (dBm/1.25 MHz) PG Noise Rise On the uplink, the noise floor is determined not only by the Unison system, but also by the number of mobiles that are transmitting. This is because when the base station attempts to de-spread a particular mobiles signal, all other mobile signals appear to be noise. Because the noise floor rises as more mobiles try to communicate with a base station, the more mobiles there are, the more power they have to transmit. Hence, the noise floor rises rapidly:

Hand-off Gain noise rise = 10log10(1 / (1 loading)) where loading is the number of users as a percentage of the theoretical maximum number of users. Typically, a base station is set to limit the loading to 75%. This noise ratio must be included in the link budget as a worst-case condition for uplink sensitivity. If there are less users than 75% of the maximum, then the uplink coverage will be better than predicted. CDMA supports soft hand-off, a process by which the mobile communicates simultaneously with more than one base station or more than one sector of a base station. Soft hand-off provides improved receive sensitivity because there are two or more receivers or transmitters involved. A line for hand-off gain is included in the CDMA link budgets worksheet although the gain is set to 0 dB because the in-building system will probably be designed to limit soft-handoff. Other CDMA Issues

Never combine multiple sectors (more than one CDMA signal at the same fre-

quency) into a Unison system. The combined CDMA signals will interfere with each other.

Try to minimize overlap between in-building coverage areas that utilize different sectors, as well as in-building coverage and outdoor coverage areas. This is impor-

tant because any area in which more than one dominant pilot signal (at the same frequency) is measured by the mobile will result in soft-handoff. Soft-handoff decreases the overall network capacity by allocating multiple channel resources to a single mobile phone. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-35 6.4.4 Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis: Downlink Line Downlink Transmitter a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. BTS transmit power per traffic channel (dBm) Voice activity factor Composite power (dBm) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Power per channel into Unison (dBm) Composite power into Unison (dBm) Unison gain (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Radiated power per channel (dBm) Composite radiated power (dBm) Airlink Handoff gain (dB) Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90% (dB) Additional loss (dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Receiver Mobile noise figure (dB) Thermal noise (dBm/Hz) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz) Information ratio (dB/Hz) Required Eb/(No+lo) Receive Sensitivity (dBm) Minimum received signal (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 30.0 50%

40.0 24 9.0 16.0 0.0 3.0 12.0 19.0 0.0 6.0 10.0 0.0 3.0 19.0 7.0 174.0 167.0 41.6 7.0 118.4 99.4 99.4 6-36 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B

b and c: see notes in Table 6-32 regarding power per carrier, downlink

e = a + d f = c + d

i = e + g + h

j = f + g + h

p = k + l + m + n + o

s = q + r

v = s + t + u

w = p + v

x = j w

y = j (downlink) + m (uplink) + P where P = Ptx + Prx = 73 dB for Cellular 76 dB for PCS PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-37 Spread Spectrum Link Budget Analysis: Uplink Line Uplink Receiver a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. BTS noise figure (dB) Attenuation between BTS and Unison (dB) Unison gain (dB) Unison noise figure (dB) System noise figure (dB) Thermal noise (dBm/Hz) Noise rise 75% loading (dB) Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz) Information rate (dB/Hz) Required Eb/(No+lo) Handoff gain (dB) Antenna gain (dBi) Minimum received signal (dBm) Airlink Multipath fade margin (dB) Log-normal fade margin with 8 dB std. deviation, edge reliability 90% (dB) Additional loss (dB) Body loss (dB) Airlink losses (not including facility path loss) Transmitter Mobile transmit power (dBm) Maximum path loss (dB) 3.0 30.0 0.0 22.0 33.3 174.0 6.0 134.6 41.6 5.0 0.0 3.0 91.1 6.0 10.0 0.0 3.0 19.0 28.0 100.1 6-38 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B

e: enter the noise figure and gain of each system component (a, b, c, and d) into the standard cascaded noise figure formula Fsys = F1 +

F2 1 G1

F3 1 G1G2

+ .... where

(Noise Figure/10) F = 10 G = 10(Gain/10)

(See Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.)

h = e + f + g

m = h + i + j k l

r = n + o + p + q t = s r m PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-39 6.4.5 Considerations for Re-Radiation (over-the-air) Systems Unison can be used to extend the coverage of the outdoor network by connecting to a roof-top donor antenna that is pointed toward an outdoor base station. Additional considerations for such an application of Unison are:

Sizing the gain and output power requirements for a bi-directional amplifier

(repeater).

Ensuring that noise radiated on the uplink from the in-building system does not cause the outdoor base station to become desensitized to wireless handsets in the outdoor network.

Filtering out signals that lie in adjacent frequency bands. For instance, if you are providing coverage for Cellular B-band operation it may be necessary to filter out the A, A and A bands which may contain strong signals from other outdoor base stations. Further information on these issues can be found in LGC Wireless application notes for re-radiation applications. 6-40 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.5 Optical Power Budget Unison uses SC/APC connectors. The connector losses associated with mating to these connectors is accounted for in the design and should not be included as ele-

ments of the optical power budget. The reason is that when the optical power budget is defined, measurements are taken with these connectors in place. The Unison optical power budget for both multi-mode and single-mode fiber cable is 3.0 dB (optical). The maximum loss through the fiber can not exceed 3 dB (optical). The maximum lengths of the fiber cable should not exceed 1.5 km (4,921 ft) for multi-mode and 6 km

(19,685 ft) for single-mode. Both the optical budget and the maximum cable length must be taken into consideration when designing the system. NOTE: It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution panels. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-41 6.6 Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station The first consideration when connecting Unison Main Hubs to a base station is to ensure there is an equal amount of loss through cables, combiners, etc. from the base station to the Main Hubs. For this example, assume that the base station will have simplex connections, one uplink and one downlink. Each of these connections will need to be divided to equilibrate power for each Main Hub. For example, two Main Hubs will require a 21 combiner/divider; four Main Hubs will require a 41 com-

biner/divider; and so on. Figure 6-2 Connecting Main Hubs to a Simplex Base Station Base Station 2 1 combiner/divider Downlink/Forward Uplink/Reverse Main Hub 1 Main Hub 2 When connecting a Unison Main Hub to a base station, also consider the following:

1. The downlink power from the base station must be attenuated enough so that the power radiated by the RAU does not exceed the maximum power per carrier listed in Section 6.1, Maximum Output Power per Carrier at RAU, on page 6-3. 2. The uplink attenuation should be small enough that the sensitivity of the overall system is limited by Unison, not by the attenuator. However, some base stations will trigger alarms if the noise or signal levels are too high. In this case the attenu-

ation will have to be large enough to prevent this from happening. If, in an area covered by Unison, a mobile phone indicates good signal strength but consistently has difficulty completing calls, it is possible that the attenuation between Unison and the base station needs to be adjusted. In other words, it is possible that if the uplink is over-attenuated, the downlink power will provide good coverage, but the uplink coverage distance will be small. When there is an excessive amount of loss between the Main Hub uplink and the base station, the uplink system gain can be increased to as much as 15 dB to prevent a reduction in the overall system sensitivity. 6-42 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.6.1 Attenuation Figure 6-3 shows a typical setup wherein a duplex base station is connected to a Main Hub. For a simplex base station, eliminate the circulator and connect the simplex ports of the base station to the simplex ports of the Main Hub. Add attenuators to reg-

ulate the power appropriately. Figure 6-3 Main Hub to Duplex Base Station or Repeater Connections Duplex Base Station or Repeater A3 A1 A2 Forward Main Hub Reverse

A typical circulator has an IP3 of +70dBm. If you drive the circulator too hard it will produce intermods that are bigger than the intermods produced by Unison. The IP3 at the Forward port input of the Main Hub is approximately +38 dBm. The IP3 of the circulator at that same point (i.e., following attenuator A1) is +70dBm A1. Thus, to keep the system IP3 from being adversely affected by the circulator, attenuator A1 should be no more than approxi-

mately +30 dB.

A filter diplexer can be used in place of the circulator. The IP3 of the diplexer can be assumed to be greater than +100 dBm. If a diplexer is used, A3 can be omitted.

A1+A3 should be chosen so that the output power per carrier at the RAUs output is correct for the number of carriers being transmitted. Suppose the base station transmits 36 dBm per carrier and it is desired that the RAU output be 6 dBm per carrier and the forward port gain is 0 dB. Then A1+A3=30 dB.

A2+A3 should, ideally, be at least 10 dB less than the noise figure plus the gain of the Uni-

son system. For example, if the reverse port has a 0 dB gain and if there are 32 RAUs, the noise figure is approximately 22 dB. So A2+A3 should be about 10 dB. If A2+A3 is too large, the uplink coverage can be severely reduced.

Given these three equations:

A1 < 30 dB A1+A3 = 30 dB (in this example) A2+A3 < 10 dB (in this example) we could choose A1=20 dB, A2=0 dB, A3=10 dB PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-43 6.6.2 Uplink Attenuation The attenuation between the Main Hubs uplink port and the base station does two things:

1. It attenuates the noise coming out of Unison. It attenuates the desired signals coming out of Unison. 2. Setting the attenuation on the uplink is a trade-off between keeping the noise and maximum signal levels transmitted from Unison to the base station receiver low while not reducing the SNR (signal-to-noise ratio) of the path from the RAU inputs to the base station inputs. This SNR can not be better than the SNR of Unison by itself, although it can be significantly worse. For example, suppose we have a GSM Unison system consisting of one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs (1-4-32) with uplink NF=22 dB. (See Table 6-32 on page 6-34.) If we use 30 dB of attenuation between the Main Hubs uplink port and the base station (which has its own noise figure of about 4 dB), the overall noise figure will be 34.3 dB (refer to the formula on page 6-32) which is 12.3 dB worse than Unison by itself. That causes a 12.3 dB reduction in the uplink coverage dis-

tance. Now, if the attenuation instead is 10 dB, the cascaded noise figure is NF=22.6 dB, which implies that the uplink sensitivity is limited by Unison, a desir-

able condition. Rule of Thumb A good rule of thumb is to set the uplink attenuation, A2+A3 in Figure 6-3 on page 6-43, as follows:

A2+A3 Unison uplink NF + uplink gain (0 dB for reverse port) BTS NF 10dB and round A2 down to the nearest convenient attenuation value. 6-44 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 6.6.2.1 Uplink Attenuation Exception: CDMA In CDMA systems, the power transmitted by the mobile is determined by the charac-

teristics of both the uplink and downlink paths. The power transmitted by the mobile should be similar in open-loop control (as determined by the downlink path) as dur-

ing closed-loop control (as determined by the uplink and downlink paths). In addi-

tion, the mobiles transmit power when it communicates with a base station through Unison should be similar to the power transmitted when it communicates with a base station in the outdoor network (during soft hand-off). Because of these consider-

ations, you should not allow the downlink and uplink gains to vary widely. Open-loop power control:

PTX = 76 dBm (for PCS) PRX where PTX is the power transmitted and PRX is the power received by the mobile. If PL is the path loss (in dB) between the RAU and the mobile, and PDN is the downlink power radiated by the RAU, then PTX = 76 dBm (for PCS) PDN + PL Closed-loop power control:

PTX = noise floor + uplink NF process gain + Eb/No + PL

= 113 dBm/1.25 Mhz + NF 19 dB + 7 dB + PL where Eb/No = 7 dB is a rough estimate, and NF is the cascaded noise figure of the Unison uplink, the uplink attenuation, and the base station noise figure. Equating PTX for the open-loop and closed-loop we see that NF = 49 PDN where PDN is determined by the downlink attenuation. Since PDN for Unison is about 10 dBm, we see that the cascaded noise figure is about 39 dB, which is considerably higher than that of Unison itself. This implies that we should use a fairly large attenu-

ation on the uplink. This case suggests using as much attenuation on the downlink as on the uplink. The drawback of doing this is that the uplink coverage sensitivity is reduced. A link budget analysis will clarify these issues. Typically, the uplink attenu-

ation between the Main Hub and the base station will be the same as, or maybe 10 dB less than, the downlink attenuation. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-45 6.7 Designing for a Neutral Host System Designing for a neutral host system uses the same design rules previously discussed. Since a neutral host system typically uses multiple systems in parallel with common equipment locations, we find it best to design according to the minimum among the systems RAU coverage distances so that there will not be holes in the coverage area, and so that the economies of a single installation can be achieved. For example, as indicated in Section 7.1, the 1900 MHz RF signals do not propagate throughout a building as well as the 800 MHz signals. Therefore, we design using the 1900 MHz radiated distance, calculated with the path loss slope formula. The example neutral host system described below consists of one iDEN, one 800 MHz, and two 1900 MHz systems and can support up to seven separate service pro-

viders in the following manner:

1 on iDEN

2 on 800 MHz, A band and B band

2 in each of the two 1900 MHz frequency sub-bands Example Unison Neutral Host System The following example configuration was designed to provide:

Similar coverage per band in an office environment that is 80% cubicles and 20% offices.

Similar capacity.

Support for up to 7 Operators, where equipment has been shared to minimize the number of parallel systems. Example Configuration:

800 MHz iDEN: 16 channels (3 dBm)

800 MHz Cellular (3 dBm) TDMA Band: 14 channels (shared) CDMA Band: 3 channels (shared)

1900 MHz PCS (6 dBm) TDMA Band: 14 channels CDMA Band: 3 channels (shared) GSM Band: 6 channels (shared) 6-46 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Similar coverage is achieved by setting the transmit power per carrier of the 800 MHz systems to 3 dBm per carrier and those of the 1900 MHz systems to 6 dBm per car-

rier. The numbers of RF carriers were selected in order to match subscriber capacity approximately. Because each protocol in the example supports a different number of voice channels, the RF carrier numbers also differ. As the following table indicates, the 800 MHz Cellular and shared 1900 MHz systems can support additional RF carri-

ers without decreasing the power per carrier figures. For logistical reasons, Operators involved in a neutral host system sometimes prefer not to share equipment with other Operators. From technical and economic perspec-

tives, too, this can be a prudent practice in medium to high-capacity installations. Though deploying parallel systems appears to increase the amount of equipment needed as well as the system cost, the trade-off between capacity and coverage must be considered because, in short, as capacity increases, coverage area per RAU decreases. Therefore, more RAUs (and perhaps Expansion Hubs and Main Hubs) are needed to cover a given floor space. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 6-47 The following table shows the capacities of both 800 and 1900 MHz Unison systems used for single and multiple protocol applications. The power per carrier for each sys-

tem is based on providing equal coverage areas for both systems when they are used in an office building that is 80% cubicles and 20% offices. Table 1 Unison Capacity: Equal Coverage Areas Operator #1 RF Chs Protocol Voice Chs Subscribers Protocol 800 MHz Cellular A/B (Unison); 3 dBm power per carrier N/A TDMA only CDMA only N/A CDMA TDMA

(combining with TDMA:

(combining with CDMA:

Operator #2) Operator #1) Operator #2 RF Chs Voice Chs 47 16 749 800 MHz iDEN (Unison); 3 dBm power per carrier iDEN only 1900 MHz PCS (Unison); 6 dBm power per carrier TDMA only CDMA only GSM only TDMA

(combining with CDMA:

Operator #2) 35 12 15 20 25 28 14 10 14 6 8 10 11 6 8 10 11 2 4 6 8 104 180240 44 59 74 83 41 150200 111 17 23 29 32 17 23 29 32 3040 6080 90120 120200 1837 33274517 694 974 1259 1431 638 27363723 1973 213 315 421 474 213 315 421 474 439620 9931374 15662148 21482933 TDMA

(combining with GSM:

Operator #2) CDMA

(combining with GSM:

Operator #2) Note 1 Note 2 Subscribers 27363723 18562540 9931374 439620 150200 105140 6080 3040 6080 4560 3040 1520 55 39 23 15 79 55 31 7 9931374 712993 439620 180264 899 602 315 180 1355 899 457 59 10 7 4 2 4 3 2 1 7 5 3 2 10 7 4 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A CDMA

(combining with TDMA:

Operator #1) GSM

(combining with TDMA:

Operator #1) GSM

(combining with CDMA:

Operator #1) The RF channel capacity limits are based on the Unison data sheets typical specifications for fiber length, Cat-5 length, and RF perfor-

mance. The subscriber capacity limits are based on the Erlang B traffic model with a 2% GOS. Each user has a 50mErlangs, which is higher than the standard 35mErlangs. 6-48 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 7 Installing Unison 7.1 Installation Requirements 7.1.1 7.1.2 Component Location Requirements Unison components are intended to be installed in indoor locations only. Cable and Connector Requirements The Unison equipment operates over:

Category 5 or 6 (Cat-5/6) screened twisted pair (ScTP) cable with shielded RJ-45 connectors

Single-mode fiber (SMF) or multi-mode fiber (MMF) cable with SC/APC fiber connectors throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution panels These cables are widely used industry standards for Local Area Networks (LANs). The regulations and guidelines for Unison cable installation are identical to those specified by the TIA/EIA 568-A standard and the TIA/EIA/IS-729 supplement for LANs. LGC Wireless recommends plenum-rated Cat-5/6 ScTP and fiber cable and connec-

tors for conformity to building codes and standards. Mohawk/CDT 55986 or Belden 1624P DataTwist Five ScTP cable, or equivalent is required. NOTE: In order to meet FCC and CE Mark emissions requirements, the Cat-5/6 cable must be screened (ScTP) and it must be grounded using shielded RJ-45 con-

nectors at both ends. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 7-1 7.1.3 Multiple Operator System Recommendations As in any Unison system, a multiple operator (neutral host) system requires one pair of fiber strands between each Main Hub and each Expansion Hub, and one Cat-5/6 cable between each Expansion Hub and each RAU. In situations where Hubs and/or RAUs will be installed in the future to support the addition of frequency bands and/or wireless Operators, it is advantageous to install the necessary cabling initially. Such deployment typically leads to substantial cost savings over installing parallel cabling at separate times. 7.1.4 Distance Requirements The following table shows the distances between Unison components and related equipment. Table 7-1 Unison Distance Requirements Equipment Combination Repeater to Main Hub Cable Type Coaxial; N male connectors Base Station to Main Hub Coaxial; N male connectors Main Hub to Expansion Hub Expansion Hub to RAU RAU to passive antenna Multi-mode Fiber:

Single-mode Fiber:

SC/APC male connectors Cat-5/6 ScTP;

shielded RJ-45 male connectors Coaxial; SMA male connectors Distance 36 m (1020 ft) typical 10 m (33 ft) maximum 36 m (1020 ft) typical 10 m (33 ft) maximum 1.5 km (4,921 ft) max. 6 km (19,685 ft) max.

Minimum: 10 meters (33 ft)

Recommended Max.: 100 meters (328 ft)

Absolute Max.: 150 meters (492 ft) 13.5 m (312 ft) typical Additional Information Limited by loss and noise. Refer to your link budget calculation. Limited by CE Mark require-

ments. Limited by loss and noise. Refer to your link budget calculation. Limited by CE Mark require-

ments. Limited by 3 dB optical loss. See System Gain (Loss) Relative to ScTP Cable Length on page 6-27. Limited by loss and noise. Refer to your link budget calculation. 7-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.2 Safety Precautions 7.2.1 Installation Guidelines Use the following guidelines when installing LGC Wireless equipment:

1. Provide sufficient airflow and cooling to the equipment to prevent heat build-up from exceeding the maximum ambient air temperature specification. Do not com-

promise the amount of airflow required for safe operation of the equipment. If you are removing the system, turn it off and remove the power cord first. There are no user-serviceable parts inside the components. 2. 3. The internal power supply has internal fuses that are not user replaceable. Con-

sider the worst-case power consumption shown on the product labels when provi-

sioning the equipments AC power source and distribution. 7.2.2 General Safety Precautions The following precautions apply to LGC Wireless products:

The units have no user-serviceable parts. Faulty or failed units are fully replaceable through LGC Wireless. Please contact us at:

1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International)

+44(0) 1223 597812 (Europe)

Although modeled after an Ethernet/LAN architecture and connectivity, the units are not intended to connect to Ethernet data hubs, routers, cards, or other similar data equipment.

When you connect the fiber optic cable, take the same precaution as if installing Ethernet network equipment. All optical fiber SC/APC connectors should be cleaned according to the cable manufacturers instructions.

When you connect a radiating antenna to an RAU, DO NOT over-tighten the SMA connector. Firmly hand-tightening the connector is adequate. WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this equipment to rain or moisture. The components are intended for indoor use only. Do not install the RAU outdoors. Do not connect an RAU to an antenna that is located outside where it could be subject to lightning strikes, power crosses, or wind. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-3 7.2.3 Fiber Port Safety Precautions The following are suggested safety precautions for working with fiber ports. For information about system compliance with safety standards, see Appendix C. WARNING: Observe the following warning about viewing fiber ends in ports. Do not stare with unprotected eyes at the connector ends of the fibers or the ports of the hubs. Invisible infrared radia-

tion is present at the front panel of the Main Hub and the Expansion Hub. Do not remove the fiber port dust caps unless the port is going to be used. Do not stare directly into a fiber port.

Test fiber cables: When you test fiber optic cables, connect the optical power source last and disconnect it first. Use Class 1 test equipment.

Fiber ends: Cover any unconnected fiber ends with an approved cap. Do not use tape.

Broken fiber cables: Do not stare with unprotected eyes at any broken ends of the fibers. Laser light emitted from fiber sources can cause eye injury. Avoid contact with broken fibers; they are sharp and can pierce the skin. Report any broken fiber cables and have them replaced.

Cleaning: Be sure the connectors are clean and free of dust or oils. Use only approved methods for cleaning optical fiber connectors.

Modifications: Do not make any unauthorized modifications to this fiber optic system or associated equipment.

Live work: Live work is permitted because LGC Wireless equipment is a Class 1 hazard.

Signs: No warning signs are required.

Class 1 laser product: The system meets the criteria for a Class 1 laser product per IEC 60825-1:1998-01 and IEC 60825-2:2000-05. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT This label appears on the front panel of the Main Hub and the Expansion Hub. In addition, it is certified by the FDA to meet 21CFR, Chapter 1, Subchapter J. This label appears on the bottom of the Main Hub and a similar one appears on the bottom of the Expansion Hub

CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. 7-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.3 Preparing for System Installation 7.3.1 Pre-Installation Inspection Follow this procedure before installing Unison equipment:

1. Verify the number of packages received against the packing list. 2. Check all packages for external damage; report any external damage to the ship-

ping carrier. If there is damage, a shipping agent should be present before you unpack and inspect the contents because damage caused during transit is the responsibility of the shipping agent. 3. Open and check each package against the packing slip. If any items are missing, contact LGC Wireless customer service. If damage is discovered at the time of installation, contact the shipping agent. 4. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-5 7.3.2 Installation Checklist Table 7-2 Installation Checklist

Installation Requirement Floor Plans Power available:

Main Hub (AC) Expansion Hub (AC) To RAU (DC) Rack space available:

Main Hub Expansion Hub Clearance for air circulation:

Main and Expansion Hubs RAU Suitable operating environment:

Main and Expansion Hubs RAUs Consideration Installation location of equipment clearly marked Power cord is 2 m (6.5 ft) long. Rating: 100240V, 0.5A, 5060 Hz Rating: 115/230V, 5/2.5A, 5060 Hz 36V (from the Expansion Hub) 44 mm (1.75 in.) high (1U) 89 mm (3.5 in.) high (2U) 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear, 51 mm (2 in.) sides 76 mm (3 in.) all around Indoor location only 0 to +45C (+32 to +113F) 5% to 95% non-condensing humidity 25 to +45C (13 to +113F) 5% to 95% non-condensing humidity Donor Antenna-to-Unison Configuration Donor Antenna Lightning Arrestor or Surge Suppressor Repeater Attenuator Circulator or Duplexer Base Station-to-Unison Configuration Base Station Attenuator Circulator or Duplexer Installed, inspected; N-male to N-male coaxial cable to lightning arrestor/surge suppressor Installed between roof-top antenna and repeater; N-male to N-male coaxial cable Installed between lightning arrestor/surge suppressor and Main Hub; N-male to N-male coaxial cable Installed between the circulator and the Main Hub downlink port to prevent overload. Optionally, it may be installed between the uplink port and the circula-

tor Installed between the repeater and the Main Hub uplink and downlink ports Verify RF power (see tables in Section 6.1 on page 6-3); N-male to N-male coaxial cable; installed, inspected Attenuation may be required to achieve the desired RF output at the RAU and the desired uplink noise floor level When using a duplex BTS: Installed between the BTS and the Main Hub uplink and downlink ports. Not used with a simplex BTS 7-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 7-2 Installation Checklist (continued)

Installation Requirement Connecting LGCell Main Hub(s) to a Unison Main Hub 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable

(PN 4024-3) Consideration For contact alarm monitoring: connecting 2 to 21 LGCell Main Hubs to a Unison Main Hub If connecting LGCell to Unison, the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable is required to connect the daisy-chain cable to Unison Do not combine LGCell Main Hubs with Unison Main Hubs in the same daisy chain Use with 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable to connect up to 21 LGCell Main Hubs to a Unison Main Hub Also, use to connect a single LGCell Main Hub to a Unison Main Hub Alarm Sense Adapter Cable

(PN 4024-3) Connecting Multiple Unison Main Hubs Together 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable

(PN 4024-3) For contact alarm monitoring of major and minor alarms. Use to feed the alarms from multiple Unison Main Hubs into a BTS or MetroReach Focus Do not combine Unison Main Hubs with LGCell Main Hubs in the same daisy chain. Cabling Coaxial: repeater or base station to Main Hub Coaxial: RAU to passive antennas Fiber: Main Hub to Expansion Hubs Cat-5/6 ScTP: Expansion Hub to RAUs Coax approved; N-type male connectors Use low-loss cable; SMA male connector; typical 1 m (3.3 ft) using RG142 coaxial cable SC/APC (angle-polished) male connectors for entire fiber run (can use SC/APC pigtails, PN 4012SCAPC-10 for MMF or 4013SCAPC-10 for SMF);

Use jumper fiber cables for collocated Main and Expansion Hubs (3 m/10 ft):

Multi-mode: PN 4010SCAPC-10 Single-mode: PN: 4018SCAPC-10 Distance limited by optical loss of 3 dB:

Multi-mode: up to 1.5 km (4,921 ft);

Single-mode: up to 6 km (19,685 ft) TIA/EIA 568-A approved; shielded RJ-45 male connectors

Minimum: 10 meters (33 ft)

Recommended Maximum: 100 meters (328 ft)

Absolute Maximum: 150 meters (492 ft) ScTP cable must be screened and it must be grounded at both connector ends

(i.e., Expansion Hub and RAU) Tie-off cables to avoid damaging the connectors because of cable strain Configuring System PC/laptop running AdminManager software Refer to the AdminManager User Manual (PN 8810-10) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-7 Table 7-2 Installation Checklist (continued)

Installation Requirement Miscellaneous Null modem cable Consideration Female connectors; Main Hub to a PC/laptop that is running the AdminManager software; local connection Female/male connectors; Main Hub to a modem; remote connection If longer distance, determine the loss of the cable used for this connection and adjust the RF signal into the Main Hub accordingly. This can be done by read-

justing the power from the base station, or by changing the attenuation value between the base station/repeater and the Main Hub Straight-through cable Distances Main Hub is within 36m (1020 ft) of connecting repeater Main Hub is within 36m (1020 ft) of connecting base station Main Hub is within correct distance of Expansion Hub(s);

SMF and MMF optical link budget: 3 dB 7.3.3 Tools and Materials Required Table 7-3 Tools and Materials Required for Component Installation

Description Cable ties Philips screwdriver Mounting screws and spring nuts Fiber cleaning supplies: compressed air, isopropyl alcohol, cotton swabs, lint-free cloths Compressed air Screws, anchors (for mounting RAUs) Drill Fiber connector cleaning kit Fusion splicer Splicing tool kit (including: snips, cladding strippers, fiber cleaver, isopropyl alcohol, lint-free wipes) Fusion splicing sleeves 7-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.3.4 Optional Accessories Table 7-4 Optional Accessories for Component Installation

Description Wall-mount equipment rack(s) (PN 4712) Note that if using this rack with an Expansion Hub, the Hubs mounting bracket must be moved to the center mounting position. Cable management (Cable manager: PN 4759; Tie wrap bar: PN 4757) Splice trays Pigtails with SC/APC connectors, 3 m (10 ft):

Multi-mode Fiber SC/APC Pigtail (PN 4012SCAPC-10) Single-mode Fiber SC/APC Pigtail (PN 4013SCAPC-10) Jumper cable when Main and Expansion Hubs are collocated, 3 m (10 ft):

Single-mode Fiber SC/APC (PN 4018SCAPC-10) Teltone Line Sharing Switch (M-394-B-01) When using a single POTS line with multiple Main Hub/Modems: Connect up to four modems to a line sharing switch; can cascade switches to accommodate up to 16 modems per POTS line Alarm Cables:

5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable (PN 4024-3) Alarm Sense Adapter Cable (PN 4025-1) RAU Dust Cover (PN UNS-1RDP-1) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-9 7.4 Unison Component Installation Procedures The following procedures assume that the system is new from the factory and that it has not been programmed with a band.

If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with either new units or units that may already be programmed (i.e., re-using units from another system), refer to Section 8.

Installing a Main Hub . 7-12 Installing a Main Hub in a Rack . 7-12

Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack . 7-12

Connecting the AdminManager PC to the Main Hub . 7-13

Programming a Frequency Band into the Main Hub . 7-14

Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub . 7-15

Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation . 7-17 Installing Expansion Hubs . 7-19 Installing an Expansion Hub in a Rack . 7-19

Installing an Expansion Hub in a Wall-Mounted Rack . 7-20

Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack . 7-20

Powering On the Expansion Hub . 7-21

Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Expansion Hub . 7-22

Connecting the ScTP Cables . 7-24

Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation . 7-25 Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas . 7-27

Installing RAUs . 7-27

Attaching the Optional RAU Dust Cover . 7-27

Installing Passive Antennas . 7-28

Connecting the Antenna to the RAU . 7-28

Connecting the ScTP Cable . 7-29

Troubleshooting RAU LEDs During Installation . 7-29

Configuring the System . 7-30

Configuring the Installed System . 7-30

The following procedure is for splicing pigtails to fiber cable.

Splicing Fiber Optic Cable . 7-31

Fusion Splicing of Fiber and Pigtail . 7-31 7-10 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B The following procedures assume that the system is installed and programmed.

Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or a Roof-top Antenna . 7-33

Connecting a Main Hub to an In-Building Base Station . 7-33

Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations . 7-35

Connecting a Main Hub to a Roof-top Antenna . 7-36

Connecting Multiple Main Hubs . 7-37

Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station . 7-37

Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station . 7-39

Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System . 7-41

Alarm Source . 7-42

Alarm Sense . 7-45

Alarm Cables . 7-46

Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options . 7-48

Direct Connection . 7-48

Modem Connection . 7-49

232 Port Expander Connection . 7-50

POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection . 7-51

Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub Connection . 7-52 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-11 7.4.1 Installing a Main Hub CAUTION: Install Main Hubs in indoor locations only. Installing a Main Hub in a Rack The Main Hub (1U high) mounts in a standard 19 in. (483 mm) equipment rack. Allow clearance of 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear, and 51 mm (2 in.) on both sides for air circulation. No top and bottom clearance is required. Consideration:

The Main Hub is shipped with #10-32 mounting screws. Another common rack thread is #12-24. Confirm that the mounting screws match the racks threads. Insert spring nuts into rack where needed or use existing threaded holes. To install the hub in a rack:

1. 2. Place the Main Hub into the rack from the front. 3. Align the flange holes with the spring nuts installed in Step 1. 4. 5. Tighten the mounting screws. Insert the mounting screws in the appropriate positions in the rack. NOTE: Do not turn on the Main Hub until you have started the AdminManager software (see Section 7.4.4 on page 7-30). Rack-mounting Option You can flip the rack mounting brackets, as shown in the following figure, so the hub can be mounted 76 mm (3 in.) forward in the rack. Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack

Using the screws provided, fasten the cable manager to the rack, immediately above or below the Main Hub. 7-12 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Connecting the AdminManager PC to the Main Hub Considerations:

The AdminManager software, described in the AdminManager User Manual

(PN 8810-10), must be running on a PC/laptop that is connected to the Main Hubs front panel RS-232 port.

Null modem cable with female connectors is needed. To connect the PC/laptop, start AdminManager, and power on the Main Hub:

1. Connect the null modem cable to the PC/laptop and then to the RS-232 port on the Main Hubs front panel. 2. Turn on the PC and start AdminManager. The AdminManager main window is displayed with the Installation Wizard option selected. 3. Connect the AC power cord to the Main Hub. 4. Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet. 5. Turn on the power to the Main Hub. Upon initial power-up, the Main Hub LEDs should blink continuously to indicate that there is no frequency band programmed into the Main Hub. On subsequent power ups, after a band is programmed, the LEDs will blink for five seconds as a visual check that they are functioning. NOTE: Leave the dust caps on the fiber ports until you are ready to connect the fiber optic cables. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-13 Programming a Frequency Band into the Main Hub To program a band into the Unison Main Hub:

1. Start AdminManager. 2. Select the Installation Wizard (Local) radio button and click RUN. The Step 1, Verify Hardware window is displayed. The Main Hub will be the only device listed. 3. Click NEXT. The Step 2, Set Operation Band window is displayed. 4. Select the desired frequency band from the pull-down list and click APPLY. A message is displayed indicating that the system test was not performed and to check the Expansion Hub(s) and RAU(s) for faults.

The Power LED should be steady green.

The Main Hub Status LED should be steady green.

All fiber port LEDs should be off, indicating that no fiber cables are connected. 5. Click NEXT. The Step 3, Configure System Parameters window is displayed. 6. Leave the default settings and click NEXT. The Step 4, Final System Test window is displayed. 7. Click APPLY. A message is displayed indicating the system test was not performed because there are no Expansion Hubs or RAUs connected. 8. Click NEXT. The Finish window is displayed. 9. Click FINISH. The AdminManager session ends and the window closes. NOTE: Refer to Section 9 for troubleshooting. 7-14 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub Considerations:

Before connecting the fiber cables, confirm that their optical loss does not exceed

the 3 dB optical budget. If fiber distribution panels are used, confirm that the total optical loss of fiber cable, from the Main Hub through distribution panels and patch cords to the Expansion Hub, does not exceed the optical budget.

Make sure the fiber cables connectors are SC/APC (angle-polished). Using any other connector type will result in degraded system performance and may damage the equipment. (You can use an SC/APC pigtail if the fiber cables connectors are not SC/APC, see Fusion Splicing of Fiber and Pigtail on page 7-31. Or, you can change the fibers connector to SC/APC.) NOTE: Observe all Fiber Port Safety Precautions listed in Section 7.2.3 on page 7-4. To clean the fiber ports:

You can clean the Hubs fiber ports using canned compressed air or isopropyl alcohol and cotton swabs. Considerations:

If using compressed air:

The air must be free of dust, water, and oil.

Hold the can level during use. If using isopropyl alcohol and cotton swabs:

Use only 98% pure or more alcohol

Procedure using compressed air:

1. Remove the ports dust cap. 2. Spray the compressed air away from the unit for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle and then blow dust particles out of each fiber port. Procedure using isopropyl alcohol:

1. Remove the connectors dust cap. 2. Dip a cotton swap in isopropyl alcohol and slowly insert the tip into the connec-

tor. 3. Gently twist the swab to clean the port. Insert a dry swab into the port to dry it. 4. Additionally, you can use compressed air after the alcohol has completely evapo-

rated. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-15 To clean the fiber ends:

Be sure that the fiber cables SC/APC connectors are clean and free of dust and oils. You will need lint-free cloths, isopropyl alcohol, and compressed air 1. Moisten a lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol. 2. Gently wipe the fiber end with the moistened cloth. 3. Using a dry lint-free cloth, gently wipe the fiber end. 4. Spray the compressed air away from the connector for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle and then use it to completely dry the connector. To test the fiber cables:

Perform cable testing and record the results. Test results are required for the final As-Built Document. To connect the fiber cables:

The fiber cable is labeled with either 1 or 2, or is color-coded. In addition to these labels, you should add a code that identifies which port on the Main Hub is being used and which Expansion Hub the cables are intended for. This differentiates the connectors for proper connection between the Main Hub and Expansion Hubs. For example:

First pair to Main Hub port 1: 11 (uplink), 12 (downlink);

Second pair to Main Hub port 2: 21 (uplink), 22 (downlink);

Third pair to Main Hub port 3: 31 (uplink), 32 (downlink); and so on. If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2:

1. Connect 1s to UPLINK ports on the Main Hub. 2. Connect 2s to DOWNLINK ports on the Main Hub. 3. Record which cable number and port number you connected to UPLINK and DOWNLINK. This information is needed when connecting the other end of the fiber cable to the Expansion Hubs fiber ports. The fiber port LEDs should be off, indicating that the Expansion Hub(s) are not connected. If the fiber jumper is color-coded (for example, blue or red):

1. Connect blue to UPLINK ports on the Main Hub. 2. Connect red to DOWNLINK ports on the Main Hub. 3. Record which color and port number you connected to UPLINK and DOWNLINK. This information is needed when connecting the other end of the fiber cable to the Expansion Hubs fiber ports. The fiber port LEDs should be off, indicating that the Expansion Hub(s) are not connected. 7-16 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.4.1.1 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation Table 7-5 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation LED POWER State Off LINK E-HUB/RAU LEDs on but they didnt blink through all states LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off LINK Off E-HUB/RAU Off During Installation Power On 1. Main Hub power is On with no Expan-

sion Hubs connected. 2. Main Hub power is On with Expan-

sion Hubs connected and pow-

ered on. LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off LINK E-HUB/RAU Green Red Action Check AC power; check that the Main Hub power-on switch is on; replace Main Hub Replace the Main Hub. Impact Main Hub is not powering on. Microcontroller not reset-

ting properly; flash memory corrupted. The port is unusable; replace the Main Hub when possible. Fiber sensor fault, do not use the port.

If the port LEDs do not illuminate, check the fiber uplink for excessive opti-

cal loss. If Expansion Hubs DL status LED is red:

Verify that the fiber is connected to the correct port (i.e., uplink/down-

link)

Swap the uplink and downlink cables.

Connect the fiber pair to another port. If the second ports LEDs do not illumi-

nate Green/Red, replace the Main Hub. If the second port works, flag the first

port as unusable; replace the Main Hub when possible.

If the Expansion Hub DL STATUS LED is red, check the downlink fiber cable for excessive optical loss.

Connect the fiber pair to another port. If the second ports LEDs do not illumi-

nate Green/Red, replace the Main Hub.

If the second port works, flag the first port as unusable; replace the Main Hub when possible. Expansion Hub or connected RAU reports a fault Use AdminManager to determine the prob-

lem. No uplink optical power, Expansion Hub is not recog-

nized as being present. No communication with the Expansion Hub. No communication with the Expansion Hub. Expansion Hub or one or more RAUs are off-line. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-17 7.4.1.2 Installing Main Hubs in a Multiple Operator System Installing Main Hubs in a multiple operator system is the same as described in Section 7.4.1 on page 7-12. We recommend mounting all multiple operator system Main Hubs in the same rack(s), grouped by frequency or wireless carrier. For example, group the Main Hubs for the 800 MHz cellular bands together, and so on. Connecting to base stations and repeaters is the same as described in Section 7.6 on page 7-33 and Section 7.6.1 on page 7-37. 7-18 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.4.2 Installing Expansion Hubs The Expansion Hub (2U high) can mount in a standard 19 in. (483 mm) equipment rack or in a wall-mountable equipment rack that is available from LGC Wireless. Allow clearance of 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear and 51 mm (2 in.) sides for air circu-

lation. No top and bottom clearance is required. Install the Expansion Hub in a horizontal position only. CAUTION: Install Expansion Hubs in indoor locations only. Installing an Expansion Hub in a Rack Consideration:

The Expansion Hub is shipped with #10-32 mounting screws. Another common rack thread is #12-24. Confirm that the mounting screws match the racks threads. If you want to move the mounting brackets to a mid-mounting position, see Install-

ing an Expansion Hub in a Wall-Mounted Rack on page 7-20.

Insert spring nuts into the rack where needed or use existing threaded holes. To install the hub in a rack:

1. 2. Place the Expansion Hub into the rack from the front. 3. Align the flange holes with the spring nuts installed in Step 1. 4. 5. Tighten the mounting screws. Insert the mounting screws in the appropriate positions in the rack. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-19 Installing an Expansion Hub in a Wall-Mounted Rack Considerations:

The rack and the Expansion Hub are both 305 mm (12 in.) deep. The rack mount-

ing brackets on the Expansion Hub must be moved to the center mounting position to allow for the 76 mm (3 in.) rear clearance that is required.

The maximum weight the rack can hold is 22.5 kg (50 lbs). To install the hub in a wall-mounted rack:

1. Attach the equipment rack to the wall using the screws that are provided. The rack must be positioned so that the Expansion Hub will be in a horizontal position when it is installed. 2. Remove both of the rack mounting brackets from the hub. 3. Reattach each of the rack mounting brackets to the opposite side of the hub from which it came. Refer to the following figure for bracket placement. Right Rack Mounting Bracket as installed from the factory. Left Rack Mounting Bracket installed on the right side of the hub. 3.5''

3.5''

3''

3''

4. Attach the Expansion Hub to the rack. NOTE: Leave the dust caps on the fiber ports until you are ready to connect the fiber optic cables. Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack

Using the screws provided, fasten the cable manager to the rack, immediately above or below the Expansion Hub. 7-20 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Powering On the Expansion Hub 1. Connect the AC power cord to the Expansion Hub. 2. Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet. 3. Turn on the power to the Expansion Hub and check that all the LED lamps are functioning properly. Upon power-up, the LEDs will blink for five seconds as a visual check that they are functioning. After the five-second test:

The POWER and UL STATUS LEDs should be green. If the uplink fiber is not connected within 90 seconds after the test, the UL STATUS LED will turn red indicating that there is no communication with the Main Hub.

The E-HUB STATUS and DL STATUS LEDs should be red.

All port LEDs should be off because no RAUs are connected yet. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-21 Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Expansion Hub Considerations:

Before connecting the fiber cables, confirm that their optical loss does not exceed

3 dB optical budget. If fiber distribution panels are used, confirm that the total optical loss of fiber cable, from the Main Hub through distribution panels and patch cords to the Expansion Hub, does not exceed the optical budget.

Make sure the fiber cables connectors are SC/APC (angle-polished).Using any other connector type will result in degraded system performance and may damage the equipment. (You can use an SC/APC pigtail if the fiber cables connectors are not SC/APC, see Fusion Splicing of Fiber and Pigtail on page 7-31, or replace the connectors.) NOTE: Observe all Fiber Port Safety Precautions listed in Section 7.2.3 on page 7-4. To clean the fiber ports:

You can clean the Hubs fiber ports using canned compressed air or isopropyl alcohol and cotton swabs. Considerations:

If using compressed air:

The air must be free of dust, water, and oil.

Hold the can level during use. If using isopropyl alcohol and cotton swabs:

Use only 98% pure or more alcohol

Procedure using compressed air:

1. Remove the connectors dust cap. 2. Spray the compressed air away from the unit for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle and then blow dust particles out of each fiber port. Procedure using isopropyl alcohol:

1. Remove the connectors dust cap. 2. Dip a cotton swap in isopropyl alcohol and slowly insert the tip into the connec-

tor. 3. Gently twist the swab to clean the connector. 4. Insert a dry swab to dry the connector. Additionally, you can use compressed air after the alcohol has completely evapo-

rated. 7-22 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B To clean the fiber ends:

Be sure that the fiber cables SC/APC connectors are clean and free of dust or oils. You will need lint-free cloths, isopropyl alcohol, and compressed air 1. Moisten a lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol. 2. Gently wipe the fiber end with the moistened cloth. 3. Using a dry lint-free cloth, gently wipe the fiber end. 4. Spray the compressed air away from the connector for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle and then use it to completely dry the connector. To connect the fiber cables:

The fiber cable is labeled with either 1 or 2, or is color-coded. For proper connection between the Main Hub ports and the Expansion Hub ports, refer to the numbering or color-coded connections you recorded when installing the Expansion Hub(s). If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2:

1. Connect 1 to DOWNLINK on Expansion Hub. The DL STATUS LED should turn green as soon as you connect the fiber. If it does not, there is a downlink problem. Make sure you are connecting the correct cable to the port. 2. Connect 2 to UPLINK on Expansion Hub. The UL STATUS LED will turn green on the first Main Hub communication. It may take up to 20 seconds to establish communication. The Expansion Hubs E-HUB STATUS LED will turn green when the Main Hub sends it the frequency band command. If the UL STATUS and E-HUB STATUS LEDs do not turn green/green, check the Main Hub LEDs. See page 7-17, item 2 in Table 7-5. If the fiber jumper is color-coded (for example, blue or red):

1. Connect blue to DOWNLINK on Expansion Hub. The DL STATUS LED should turn green as soon as you connect the fiber. If it does not, there is a downlink problem. Make sure you are connecting the correct cable to the port. 2. Connect red to UPLINK on Expansion Hub. The UL STATUS LED will turn green on the first Main Hub communication. It may take up to 20 seconds to establish communication. The Expansion Hubs E-HUB STATUS LED will turn green when the Main Hub sends it the frequency band command. If the UL STATUS and E-HUB STATUS LEDs do not turn green/green, check the Main Hub LEDs. See page 7-17, item 2 in Table 7-5. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-23 Connecting the ScTP Cables Consideration:

Verify that the cable has been tested and the test results are recorded. To test and connect the ScTP cable:

1. Perform cable testing. Test results are required for the final As-Built Document. Cable length:

Minimum: 10 m (33 ft) Recommended Maximum: 100 m (328 ft) Absolute Maximum: 150 m (492 ft) 2. Label both ends of each cable with which RJ-45 port youre using. 3. Connect the ScTP cables to any available RJ-45 port on the Expansion Hub. The LINK and RAU LEDs should be off because the RAU is not connected. 4. Record which cable you are connecting to which port. This information is required for the As-Built Document. 5. Tie-off cables or use the optional cable manager to avoid damaging the connec-

tors because of cable strain. 7-24 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.4.2.1 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation

All Expansion Hub LINK and E-HUB/RAU LEDs with RAUs connected should indi-

cate Green/Red, which indicates that the RAU is powered on and communication has been established.

The Expansion Hub UL STATUS LED should be Green. Table 7-6 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation During Installation 1. Expansion Hub power is On and no RAUs are connected LED POWER State Off LINK RAU LINK RAU UL STATUS UL STATUS DL STATUS LEDs on but didnt blink through all states Red Off Red, after power-up blink Red from green after 90 seconds of power-up blink, cable was connected within 90 seconds of power up Red 2. Expansion Hub power is On and RAUs are connected LINK RAU LINK RAU Off Off Red Off LINK RAU Green Red Action Check AC power; check that the Expansion Hub power-on switch is on; replace the Expansion Hub. Replace the Expansion Hub. Port unusable; replace the Expan-

sion Hub when possible. Replace the Expansion Hub. Check Main Hub LEDs See page 7-17, item 2 in Table 7-5. Impact Expansion Hub is not power-

ing on. Microcontroller not reset-

ting properly; flash memory corrupted. Current sensor fault; do not use the port. The Expansion Hub laser is not operational; no uplink between the Expansion Hub and Main Hub. No communication with Main Hub. Check downlink fiber for optical power; verify that cables are con-

nected to correct ports (i.e., uplink/downlink) Check Main Hub LEDs See page 7-17, item 2 in Table 7-5. Check the Cat-5/6 cable. Test the Cat-5/6 cable. If the cable tests OK, try another port. If the second ports LEDs are Red/Off, replace the RAU. If the second RAU doesnt work; replace the Expansion Hub. Use AdminManager to determine the problem. No downlink between the Expansion Hub and Main Hub. Power is not getting to the RAU. Power levels to RAU are not correct; communications are not established. If the second port works, flag the first port as unusable;

replace EH when possible. RAU is off-line. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-25 7.4.2.2 Installing Expansion Hubs in a Multiple Operator System Installing Expansion Hubs in a multiple operator system is the same as described in Section 7.4.2 on page 7-19. If rack-mounting the Expansion Hubs, we recommend mounting all multiple operator system hubs in the same rack(s) or location, grouped by frequency or carrier. For example, group the Expansion Hubs for iDEN together, then the 800 MHz cellular bands, and so on. 7-26 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.4.3 Installing RAUs and Passive Antennas CAUTION: Install RAUs in indoor locations only. Installing RAUs Mount all RAUs in the locations marked on the floor plans. Considerations:

Install iDEN and 800 MHz cellular RAUs so that their antennas will be at least 6 to 8 meters (20 to 26 feet) apart. Separation is required to reduce signal interference between the two frequency bands.

Keep at least 76 mm (3 in.) clearance around the RAU to ensure proper venting

Always mount the RAU with the unpainted mounting face against the mounting surface Attaching the Optional RAU Dust Cover Use the optional RAU dust cover (PN UNS-1RDP-1) when installing the RAU in an area where excessive dust or debris could enter its venting holes. To attach the optional RAU dust cover:

1. Firmly insert the four mounting pegs into the four corners on the top side of the RAU, as shown in the following diagram. Insert mounting pegs Insert mounting pegs Mounting Peg Insert this end of the mounting peg into the cover Insert this end of the mounting peg into the RAU 2. Position the dust cover over the mounting pegs and press to snap into place. The following diagram shows a side view of the dust cover attached to the RAU. Dust Cover Mounting Peg RAU PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-27 Installing Passive Antennas Refer to the manufacturers installation instructions to install passive antennas. Passive antennas are usually installed below the ceiling. If they are installed above the ceiling, the additional loss due to the ceiling material must be considered when estimating the antenna coverage area. Considerations:

Use coaxial cable with the least amount of loss possible.

Install iDEN and 800 MHz cellular RAUs so that their antennas will be at least 6 to 8 meters (20 to 26 feet) apart. Separation is required to reduce signal interference between the two frequency bands. Connecting the Antenna to the RAU Connect a passive antenna to the SMA male connector on the RAU using coaxial cable. CAUTION:When connecting to the SMA female connector on the RAU and passive antenna, DO NOT over-tighten the connec-

tor. Firmly hand-tightening the connector is adequate. CAUTION:Do not connect an antenna that is installed in an out-

door location to an RAU. 7-28 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Connecting the ScTP Cable Consideration:

Verify that the cable has been tested and the test results are recorded. To connect the ScTP cable:

Connect the cable to the RJ-45 female port on the RAU. Power is supplied by the Expansion Hub. Upon power up, the LEDs will blink for two seconds as a visual check that they are functioning. After the two-second test:

The LINK LED should be green indicating that it is receiving power and com-

munications from the Expansion Hub.

The ALARM LED should be red until the Main Hub issues the band command, within about 20 seconds, then it should be green. 7.4.3.1 Troubleshooting RAU LEDs During Installation

The LINK and ALARM LEDs should be green. Table 7-7 Troubleshooting RAU LEDs During Installation During Installation 1. RAU is connected to Expansion Hub, which is powered on LED LINK ALARM LINK ALARM State Off Off Green Red LINK ALARM Red from green, after cables are connected for 60 seconds Red Action Check Cat-5/6 cable.

Check Cat-5/6 cable

Check Expansion Hub LEDs See page 7-25, item 2 in Table 7-6.

Use AdminManager to determine the problem.

Check Cat-5/6 cable

Check Expansion Hub LEDs See page 7-25, item 2 in Table 7-6.

Use AdminManager to determine the problem. Impact No power to RAU. RAU is off-line. No communications between the RAU and the Expansion Hub. 7.4.3.2 Installing RAUs in a Multiple Operator System When installing both iDEN and Cellular systems in parallel, either as dual-band or multiple operator systems, special provision must be taken to assure that the individ-

ual RAUs do not interfere with each other. The 800 MHz Cellular and iDEN RAUs antennas must be separated by 6 to 8 meters (20 to 26 feet) to assure that the iDEN downlink signals do not interfere with the Cellular uplink signals. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-29 7.4.4 Configuring the System Configuring the Installed System Considerations:

The AdminManager PC/laptop is connected to the Main Hub.

The AdminManager software is started.

All system components are installed and powered on. To configure an installed system:

1. Select the Installation Wizard (Local) radio button from the AdminManager main window and click RUN. The Step 1, Verify Hardware window is displayed. 2. Verify that all system devices are displayed in the System Status box and click NEXT. The Step 2, Set Operation Band window is displayed. 3. Click NEXT. The frequency band was programmed when the Main Hub was installed. The Step 3, Configure System Parameters window is displayed. 4. Enter the desired parameters and click APPLY. 5. Click NEXT if the message that is displayed indicates that the parameter setting is successful. The Step 4, Final System Test window is displayed. 6. Click APPLY to initiate the final system test. During testing the system is off-line and a center band tone is being transmitted. 7. Click NEXT if the message that is displayed indicates that the testing is successful. The Finish window is displayed. 8. Click FINISH. The AdminManager session is ended and the window closes. All of the Main Hubs LEDs should be green. 7-30 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.5 Splicing Fiber Optic Cable The fiber cable must have SC/APC connectors for the entire run. If it does not, you can splice a pigtail, which has SC/APC connectors, to the fiber cable. LGC offers two pigtails: 1 for single-mode fiber (PN 4013SCAPC-3) and 1 for multi-mode fiber (PN 4012SCAPC-3). Two methods of splicing are described here: fusion and mechanical. We recommend fusion splices because they have the lowest splice loss and return loss. 7.5.1 Fusion Splices Using a fusion splicer, this splicing method involves fusing together two butted and cleaved ends of fiber. The fusion splicer aligns the fibers and maintains alignment during the fusion process. Fusion splices have very low loss (typically less than 0.05 dB) and very low back reflection (return loss). Fusion splices should be organized in a splice tray designed to store and protect the splices. Mechanical splices have higher losses and higher back reflection than fusion splices and are not recommended. Fusion Splicing of Fiber and Pigtail To fusion splice the fiber optic cable to the SC/APC pigtail: Option A 1. Secure both the fiber cable and the SC/APC pigtail in a splice tray that is installed immediately adjacent to the Hub. 2. Prepare the fiber end by cutting back the polyethylene jacket, the kevlar or fiber-

glass strength members, the extruded coating, and the buffer coating in order to expose the bare fiber cladding plus core. Ensure that sufficient slack is maintained in order to be able to reach the fusion splicer. 3. Clean the unclad fiber core using isopropyl alcohol and lint-free wipes. 4. Cleave the unclad fiber to the length prescribed by the fusion splicers specifica-

tion sheets. 5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for the SC/APC pigtail. 6. Pass the splice sleeve onto the fiber strand. 7. Position both fiber ends in the fusion splicer and complete splice in accordance with the fusion splicers operation instructions. 8. Ensure that the estimated loss for the splice as measured by the fusion splicer is 0.10 dB or better. 9. Slide the fusion splicing sleeve over the point of the fusion splice. 10. Place the sleeve and fused fiber into the fusion splicers heater. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-31 11. Allow time for the splice sleeve to cure. 12. Return fiber splice to the splice tray, store the sleeve in a splice holder within the tray, and store excess cable length in accordance with the tray manufactures directions. After successfully testing the fiber, plug the SC/APC pigtail into the proper opti-

cal port on the Hub. To fusion splice the fiber optic cable to the SC/APC pigtail: Option B 1. Secure both the fiber cable and the SC/APC pigtail in a splice tray portion of a fiber distribution panel. 2. Prepare the fiber end by cutting back the polyethylene jacket, the kevlar or fiber-

glass strength members, the extruded coating, and the buffer coating in order to expose the bare fiber cladding plus core. Ensure that sufficient slack is maintained in order to be able to reach the fusion splicer. 3. Clean the unclad fiber core using isopropyl alcohol and lint-free wipes. 4. Cleave the unclad fiber to the length prescribed by the fusion splicers specifica-

tion sheets. 5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 for the SC/APC pigtail. 6. Pass the splice sleeve onto the fiber strand. 7. Position both fiber ends in the fusion splicer and complete splice in accordance with the fusion splicers operation instructions. 8. Ensure that the estimated loss for the splice as measured by the fusion splicer is 0.10 dB or better. 9. Slide the fusion splicing sleeve over the point of the fusion splice. 10. Place the sleeve and fused fiber into the fusion splicers heater. 11. Allow time for the splice sleeve to cure. 12. Return fiber splice to the splice tray, store the sleeve in a splice holder within the tray, and store excess cable length in accordance with the tray manufactures directions. 13. After successfully testing the fiber cable, plug the SC/APC pigtail into the back side of the SC/APC bulkhead in the Fiber Distribution Panel. Install a SC/APC patch cord between the front side of the SC/APC bulkhead and the proper optical port on the Hub. 7-32 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.6 Interfacing a Main Hub to a Base Station or a Roof-top Antenna WARNING: Exceeding the maximum input power could cause failure of the Main Hub (refer to Section 6.1 on page 6-3 for maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power is too high, attenua-

tion is required. Connecting a Main Hub to an In-Building Base Station Connecting a Simplex Base Station to a Main Hub:

1. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the transmit simplex connector on the base station. 2. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Main Hub. 3. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the receive simplex connector on the base station. 4. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK con-

nector on the Main Hub. Figure 7-1 Simplex Base Station to a Main Hub Insert attenuator, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Simplex Base Station T1/E1 to Mobile Switching Center PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-33 Connecting a Duplex Base Station to a Main Hub:

When connecting to a duplex base station, use a circulator between it and the Main Hub. You can insert attenuators between the circulator and Main Hub as needed; refer to Section 6.6.1 on page 6-43 for more information. 1. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the duplex connector on the base station. 2. Connect the other N-male connector to a circulator. 3. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Main Hub. 4. Connect the other end of the N-male coaxial cable to the transmit connector on the circulator. 5. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK connector on the Main Hub. 6. Connect the other end of the N-male coaxial cable to the receive connector on the circulator. Figure 7-2 Duplex Base Station to a Main Hub Insert attenuator, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Circulator N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Duplex Base Station T1/E1 to Mobile Switching Center 7-34 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations You can use power combiner/splitters to connect a Main Hub to multiple base sta-

tions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-3 Connecting a Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations BTS 1 UL DL BTS 2 UL DL Insert attenuators, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Uplink Port N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Downlink Port PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-35 Connecting a Main Hub to a Roof-top Antenna It is recommended that you use a lightning arrestor or surge protector in a roof-top antenna configuration. Insert the lightning arrestor or surge protector between the roof-top antenna and the repeater that is connected to the Main Hub. 1. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the roof-top antenna. 2. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the grounded surge suppressor. 3. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the grounded surge suppressor. 4. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the repeater. 5. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the repeater. 6. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 1 connector. 7. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 2 connector. 8. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Main Hub. Attenuation may be required to achieve the desired RF output at the RAU. 9. Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 3 connector. 10. Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK con-

nector on the Main Hub. Roof-top Antenna N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Attenuator (optional) Circulator Grounded Surge Suppressor N-male to N-male Coaxial Cable Repeater N-male to N-male Coaxial Cables 7-36 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.6.1 Connecting Multiple Main Hubs You can use power combiner/splitters as splitters to connect multiple Main Hubs in order to increase the total number of RAUs in a system. You can also use power com-

biner/splitters to combine base station channels in order to increase the number of RF carriers the system transports. Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station Considerations:

2 hybrid power combiner/splitters; one for uplink and one for downlink (2x1 for two Main Hubs, 3x1 for three, 4x1 for four, etc.)

1 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each power combiner/splitter and the base station

2 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables between each power combiner/splitter and each Main Hub Procedure:

1. Connect the power combiner/splitters to the repeater or base station using N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables:

a. From the first power combiner/splitter to the repeater or base station b. From the second power combiner/splitter to the repeater or base station 2. Connect the power combiner/splitters to the Main Hubs:

a. From the first Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter b. From the first Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter c. From the second Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter d. From the second Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter 3. Check Main Hub LEDs. After connecting and powering on the Main Hub, check all LEDs to ensure that the system is operating properly. NOTE: Use a 50 ohm terminator on any unused power combiner/splitter ports. The following figure shows connecting two Main Hubs to a simplex repeater or base station. Connecting two Main Hubs increases the total number of supportable RAUs from 32 to 64. Two Main Hubs support up to 8 Expansion Hubs which in turn support up to 64 RAUs. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-37 Figure 7-4 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Downlink Port N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Uplink Port 7-38 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Connecting Multiple Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station Considerations:

2 hybrid power combiner/splitters; one for uplink and one for downlink (2x1 for two Main Hubs, 3x1 for three, 4x1 for four, etc.)

2 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables to connect each Main Hub to the power combiner/splitters

1 circulator

1 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each circulator and the repeater or base station

1 N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable1 between each circulator and power combiner/splitter Procedure:

1. Connect the Circulator to the power combiner/splitters and to the repeater or base station using one N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable. 2. Connect each power combiner/splitter to the circulator using one N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable. 3. Connect the power combiner/splitter to the Main Hubs:

a. From the first Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter b. From the first Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter c. From the second Main Hubs UPLINK port to the first power combiner/splitter d. From the second Main Hubs DOWNLINK port to the second power com-

biner/splitter 4. Check Main Hub LEDs. After connecting and powering on the Main Hub, check all LEDs to ensure that the system is operating properly. NOTE: Use a 50 ohm terminator on any unused power combiner/splitter ports. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-39 To connect two Main Hubs to a duplex repeater or base station, you need to use one circulator and one more coaxial jumper cable, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-5 Connecting Two Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station Insert attenuator, if needed N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable to Repeater or Base Station Circulator N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cable 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter 2 x 1 Power Combiner/Splitter N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Downlink Port N-male to N-male Coaxial Jumper Cables between Combiner/Splitter and Main Hubs Uplink Port 7-40 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.7 Connecting Contact Alarms to a Unison System The Unison Main Hub can generate (source) two contact alarms as well as sense an external contact alarm.

Alarm Source (see Section 7.7.1 on page 7-42) The Main Hub has two alarm contacts, fault (major) and warning (minor). These contact are normally-closed (NC) and will open when an internal alarm is detected.

Fault is activated when any faults or disconnects are detected.

Warning is activated when any warning conditions are detected except lockout or when the end-to-end system test is not valid.

Alarm Sense (see Section 7.7.2 on page 7-45) The Main Hub can monitor an external alarm contact. The port can be configured for normally-open (NO) or normally-closed (NC) contacts. The interface expects a set of floating contacts, and an external voltage source is not required for this inter-

face. AdminManager or OpsConsole is used to monitor the port status. The following table lists the alarm types, equipment that Unison is connected to, cable(s) used, and the errors (major and/or minor) that are detected. Alarm Type Source Source Unison connected to MetroReach BTS Sense LGCell Cable(s) Used Errors Detected 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Faults 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Faults and Warnings In addition, a custom daisy-chain cable-to-BTS interface cable is required. Make this interface cable to the desired length and with the appropriate pin placement. 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable and the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Faults Note that LGCell and MetroReach Focus support only faults (major errors). Do not mix LGCell and Unison Main Hubs in the same daisy-chain. You can daisy-chain multiple LGCell Main Hubs together and use the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable to connect the chain to a Unison Main Hub, which will act as an alarm sensor. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-41 7.7.1 Alarm Source Unison always acts an alarm source, no matter what type of equipment you are con-

necting to. Refer to Section 7.7.2 on page 7-45 if you want Unison to sense LGCell contact closures or other external alarms. Using MetroReach Focus to Monitor Unison When you connect MetroReach Focus to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the output of the alarms (alarm source) and Focus is the input (alarm sense), as shown in the fol-

lowing figure. Focus supports only faults (major errors). Figure 7-6 Connecting MetroReach to Unison 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Unison Main Hub Alarm Source Alarm Source MetroReach Focus RFM RF OUT DOWNLINK RF IN UPLINK 9-pin Adapter FIBER Alarm Sense UPLINK DOWNLINK ALARM RS-232C 7-42 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Using a Base Station to Monitor Unison When you connect a BTS to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the output of the alarms

(alarm source) and the BTS is the input (alarm sense), as shown in the following fig-

ure. An interface cable is required between the daisy-chain cable and the BTS. Because BTS alarm interface pinouts and Unison-to-BTS distances vary, this cable often is custom and wired on-site. Figure 7-7 Using a BTS to Monitor Unison Unison Main Hub 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Sense Interface Cable BTS Alarm Source Alarm Source PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-43 Using a Base Station and OpsConsole to Monitor Unison In order to take full advantage of Unisons OA&M capabilities you can use LGC Wireless OpsConsole software in addition to a BTS to monitor the system, as shown in Figure 7-8. Figure 7-8 Using a BTS and OpsConsole to Monitor Unison Unison Main Hub Alarm Source Alarm Source 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Sense Interface Cable BTS Straight-through modem cable connected to Main Hubs front panel serial port Modem PSTN Modem PC running OpsConsole Software 7-44 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.7.2 Alarm Sense Use the AdminManager to enable the Unison system for alarm sense when con-

necting to the contact closure of LGCell Main Hubs or other external alarms (see Set Contact Sense Properties in the AdminManager User Manual). Using Unison to Monitor LGCells When you connect LGCell to Unison, the Unison Main Hub is the input of the alarms

(alarm sense) and the LGCell is the output (alarm source), as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-9 Connecting LGCell to Unison Unison Main Hub Up to 5 LGCell Main Hubs 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Alarm Sense Alarm Sense Adapter Cable Alarm Source Alarm Source LGCell supports only faults (major errors). You must use the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable (see page 7-47) to interface the daisy-chain cable to Unison. The adapter cable is required because it translates the LGCell fault pinout to the sense input pins on the Unison Main Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-45 7.7.3 Alarm Cables 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable Figure 7-10 shows the 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable (PN 4024-3), which supports fault and warning conditions (i.e., major and minor errors). Figure 7-10 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable 1.2 meters (4 feet) DB-9 female to Base Station, MetroReach Focus, ARM2000-RU, or the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable when connecting LGCell to Unison 7 9 4 5 J1 Female NOTE: Do not daisy-chain Unison Main Hubs with LGCell or MetroReach if you want both faults and warnings from Unison. Only faults are reported if you combine Unison with LGCell or MetroReach in the same daisy chain. 5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.5 meter

(1.5 feet)

.25 meter

(.75 feet) 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 Splice 9 4 Splice 5 7 9 4 5 7 4 J2 Male J3 Male J4 Male J5 Male J6 Male J7 Female Terminator DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port Connector Hood DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port DB-9 male to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port Option 1: DB-9 to Unison, MetroReach Focus, or LGCell Alarm Port. J7 not used Option 2: Use J2-J5 for alarm ports. J6 is used to connect to an additional Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable. J7 is not used. Option 3: Connect fewer than 5 ports and terminate the daisy chain by connecting J7 to the lowest unused port. 7-46 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Alarm Sense Adapter Cable The alarm sense adapter cable (PN 4025-1) translates the LGCell fault pinout to the sense input pins on the Unison Main Hub. You must use this adapter cable, as illus-

trated in Figure 7-11, with the 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable when connecting LGCell to Unison. Figure 7-11 Alarm Sense Adapter Cable To Unison 1 8 J 8 3 feet To Daisy-Chain Cable 9 J 7 9 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-47 7.8 Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options The following connectivity options are described here:

Section 7.8.1 Direct Connection . 7-48

Section 7.8.2 Modem Connection . 7-49

Section 7.8.3 232 Port Expander Connection . 7-50

Section 7.8.4 POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection . 7-51

Section 7.8.5 Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub Connection . 7-52 Note that the only accessory that is available through LGC Wireless is the DB-9 to DB-9 null modem cable, which is provided with AdminManager. 7.8.1 Direct Connection In this configuration, the AdminManager or OpsConsole PC connects directly to the RS-232 serial port on the Main Hubs front panel using a null modem cable. Figure 7-12 OA&M Direct Connection Null Modem Cable PC running AdminManager or OpsConsole Software NOTE: The null modem cable must support full hardware handshaking. See Appendix A.5 on page A-4 for cable wiring information. 7-48 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.8.2 Modem Connection In this configuration, the PC and the Main Hub connect to modems and communicate via a standard dial-up telephone connection. Figure 7-13 OA&M Modem Connection Straight-through modem cable Modem PSTN Straight-through modem cable Modem External Modem only with OpsConsole PC running AdminManager or OpsConsole Software NOTE: See Appendix A.4 on page A-3 for the modem cable wiring information. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-49 7.8.3 232 Port Expander Connection In this configuration a port expander is used to allow the connection of multiple devices to a single PC serial port. Testing was performed with an Equinox SST-16P Multiport Board. A DB-25 male to DB-9 female modem cable must be made to con-

nect the connector panel to the Main Hub (refer to Appendix A.6 on page A-5). Or, you can use a DB-25 male/DB-9 male adapter with a DB-9 female to DB-9 female null modem cable. Figure 7-14 OA&M Connection using a 232 Port Expander Modem Cable DB-25 male to DB-9 female 232 Port Expander Connector Panel Host Cable Serial Expansion Card to Connector Panel NOTE: See Appendix A.6 on page A-5 for the modem cable wiring information. PC running AdminManager or OpsConsole Software 7-50 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 7.8.4 POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection Using a line sharing switch you can connect up to four modems to a single telephone line. Testing was performed with a Teltone Line Sharing Switch, model number M-394-B-01. Figure 7-15 OA&M Connection using a POTS Line Sharing Switch Straight-through modem cable Modem PSTN Line Sharing Switch External Modem only with OpsConsole Modem Up to 4 modems per Switch Modem Straight-through modem cable Up to 16 modems can be monitored using a single telephone line by cascading line sharing switches, as shown in Figure 7-16. Figure 7-16 Cascading Line Sharing Switches Straight-through modem cable Modem PSTN Line Sharing Switch External Modem only with OpsConsole PC running AdminManager or OpsConsole Software PC running AdminManager or OpsConsole Software Line Sharing Switch Line Sharing Switch Line Sharing Switch Line Sharing Switch Straight-

through modem cables M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m M o d e m PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 7-51 7.8.5 Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub Connection An Ethernet-to-RS-232 serial hub or converter box can be used to communicate between the PC and Unison. Testing was performed with an Equinox SST Ethernet Serial Provider. Figure 7-17 OA&M Connection using Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub TCP/IP Cat-5 ENET/232 Serial Hub Modem Cable RJ-45 to DB-9 female Ethernet PC running AdminManager or OpsConsole Software 7-52 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 8 Replacing Unison Components in an Operational System 8.1 Replacing an RAU Be aware that the new RAU must be the same band as the one you are replacing. If you replace an RAU with one that is of the wrong band, it will not work. The Main Hub automatically checks the band of a replaced RAU. There is no need to issue commands directly from the Main Hub. Therefore, as long as the RAU is of the correct band, the system will operate properly. Replacing an RAU 1. Use AdminManager or refer to the As-Built Document to review the current RAUs configuration. To use AdminManager:

a. Select Get Unit Info command from the Configuration and Maintenance Panel. The Options dialog box is displayed (see Get Unit Info in the AdminManager User Manual, PN 8810-10). b. Select Remote Access Unit radio button. c. Enter the hierarchy of the RAU in the text box. For example, for RAU number 4 that is connected to Expansion Hub number 1, enter 1-4. d. Click OK. Information for the RAU is displayed in the Configuration and Maintenance Panel window. Install the new RAU. 5. Disconnect the Cat-5/6 cable and antenna from the unit to be replaced. 6. 7. Connect the antenna and then the Cat-5/6 cable to the new RAU. 8. Repeat Step 1 to verify that the new RAU is of the same frequency band as the one replaced. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 8-1 AdminManager Tasks

Use the Advanced RAU Settings option on the Configuration & Maintenance panel to set the RAUs 10 dB attenuation and UL ALC settings.

When convenient, perform System Test to optimize performance. During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take up to 1.5 minutes to complete the test. Checking the RAUs LEDs 1. The RAUs LINK and ALARM LEDs should blink (green/red) on power up.

If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the RAU. 2. After several seconds both LEDs should change to green, which indicates that the unit has been successfully replaced, there is communication with the Expansion Hub, and the RAU band is correct. a. If the LINK LED remains green and the ALARM LED remains red, verify that the RAU model is correct for the intended frequency band. Disconnect the cable and then reconnect it once; doing this more than once will not change the result. b. c. If both LEDs still dont change to green, use the AdminManager to determine the exact nature of the fault and see a recommendation of how to correct it. If both LEDs turn red (after 45 seconds), the Expansion Hub has terminated communications. 8-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 8.2 Replacing an Expansion Hub Replacing an Expansion Hub 1. Turn off the power to the Expansion Hub. 2. Disconnect all Cat-5/6 cables, both fiber cables, and the AC power cord. 3. Replace the Expansion Hub with a new one. 4. Connect the AC power cord, all Cat-5/6 cables, and both fiber cables remember-

ing to clean and correctly connect the uplink and downlink fiber. 5. Turn on the power to the Expansion Hub. AdminManager Tasks

The Main Hub automatically issues the band setting.

When convenient, use AdminManager to perform System Test in order to optimize performance. During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take up to 1.5 minutes to complete the test. Checking the Expansion Hubs LEDs

The LEDs should blink through all states on power up.

If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the Expansion Hub. If the LEDs do not illuminate at all, make sure the AC power cable is con-

nected.

The UL STATUS and DL STATUS LEDs should be green.

The E-HUB STATUS and POWER LEDs should be green.

For each RJ-45 port that has an RAU connected:

The E-HUB/RAU LEDs should be green.

The LINK LEDs should be green. It can take several seconds for each Cat-5/6 connection for the LEDs to display properly. NOTE: Refer to Section 9 for troubleshooting using the LEDs. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-3 8.3 Replacing a Main Hub You must record the system configuration settings from the old Main Hubs memory before replacing the unit (see Get System Configuration Settings below). You will program the new Main Hub with this information. If the Main Hub is programmed incorrectly, the system will not work. If the Main Hub is not functioning, get the con-

figuration settings from the As-Built Document that was created as part of the origi-

nal installation. Get System Configuration Settings 1. Connect the null modem cable to the PC/laptop and the Main Hub. 2. Start the AdminManager software. 3. Select the Configuration & Maintenance Panel option from the AdminManager main window. 4. Click the SAVE CONFIG button. The Save Configuration Notes dialog box is displayed. 5. Type any notes you want to save with the configuration settings into the dialog box and click OK. The configuration settings are saved in a text file, for example:

Begin Notes *******************************************

LGC HQ 05/23/01 MH configuration L010MH11 System configuration End Notes *********************************************

Frequency Band is DCS Low. System Gain: UL = 12 dB, DL = 4 dB. Callback Number is 1234567. System label is LGC. Main Hub Information:

Serial Number: L010BMH1 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010526 Expansion Hub LGC-1 Information:

Serial Number: L010BEH9 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010513 RAU LGC-1-5 Information:

Serial Number: L010BRU1 Part Number: 7405101 Revision Number: 03 Firmware Revision: 010021 8-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Replacing a Main Hub 1. Turn off the power to the Main Hub. 2. Disconnect all fiber cables and the AC power cord. 3. Replace the Main Hub with a new one. 4. Connect the AC power cord and all fiber cables remembering to clean and cor-

rectly connect the uplink and downlink fiber cables. 5. Connect the null modem cable to the PC and then to the Main Hubs front panel DB-9 serial connector. 6. Start the AdminManager software. 7. Select the Installation Wizard option from the AdminManager main window. 8. Turn on the power to the Main Hub. 9. Observe the LEDs after turning on the power. If there is no band programmed in the Main Hub, the LEDs will blink continu-

ously and there is no communication with connected Expansion Hubs or their RAUs. If there is a band programmed, the LEDs blink for a 5-second test. The pro-

grammed band is then issued to all Expansion Hubs and their RAUs, and a system test is performed. It can take up to 1.5 minutes to complete the test. During Sys-

tem Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being trans-

mitted. AdminManager Tasks

Use the Installation Wizard to:

Set the Operation Band

Use the Configuration & Maintenance panel to:

Set Callback Number

Set Contact Sense Properties

Set System Parameters

Perform System Test During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For a fully-loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take up to 1.5 minutes to complete the test. Always perform the system test if the band was changed. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 8-5 Checking the Main Hubs LEDs

The LEDs should blink through a 5-second test on power up.

If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the Main Hub. If the LEDs do not illuminate at all, make sure the AC power cable is con-

nected. If the LEDs blink continuously, there is no band programmed in the Main Hub and there is no communication with connected Expansion Hubs or their RAUs.

For each fiber optic port that has a connected Expansion Hub, which has been pro-

grammed with a band:

The LINK LED should be green.

The E-HUB/RAU LED should be green indicating that all downstream units are functioning

Refer to Section 9.3, Troubleshooting, on page 9-3 for more LED states. NOTE: If there is communication between the Main Hub and the Expansion Hubs, use the AdminManager softwares Configuration & Maintenance panel to isolate sys-

tem problems. 8-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B SECTION 9 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Assistance There are no user-serviceable parts in any of the Unison components. Faulty or failed components are fully replaceable through LGC Wireless. Address 2540 Junction Avenue San Jose, California 95134-1902 USA 1-408-952-2400 1-408-952-2410 1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International) http://www.lgcwireless.com service@lgcwireless.com Phone Fax Help Hot Line Web Address e-mail 9.1 Service There are no user-serviceable parts in the InterReach Unison system. All units should be replaced and returned to the factory for service if needed. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual 9-1 9.2 Maintenance Keep the fiber ports clean and free of dust. No other periodic maintenance of the Uni-

son equipment is required. To clean the fiber ports:

You can clean the Hubs fiber ports using canned compressed air or isopropyl alcohol and cotton swabs. Considerations:

If using compressed air:

The air must be free of dust, water, and oil.

Hold the can level during use. If using isopropyl alcohol and cotton swabs:

Use only 98% pure or more alcohol.

Procedure using compressed air:

1. Remove the connectors dust cap. 2. Spray the compressed air away from the unit for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle and then blow dust particles out of each fiber port. Procedure using isopropyl alcohol:

1. Remove the connectors dust cap. 2. Dip a cotton swap in isopropyl alcohol and slowly insert the tip into the connec-

tor. 3. Gently twist the swab to clean the connector. 4. Insert a dry swab to dry the connector. Additionally, you can use compressed air after the alcohol has completely evapo-

rated. 9-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 9.3 Troubleshooting NOTE: Unison has no user-serviceable parts. Faulty or failed units are fully replaceable through LGC Wireless. Sources of potential problems include:

Faulty cabling/connector

Malfunction of one or more Unison components

Antenna, base station, or repeater problem

External RF interface

Tripped circuit breaker

Using a Null modem cable that does not support full hardware handshaking when using AdminManager NOTE: Faulty cabling is the cause of a vast majority of problems. All Cat-5/6 cable should be tested to TIA/EIA 568-A specifications. You must use AdminManager or OpsConsole for troubleshooting the system, only use the LEDs as backup or for confirmation. However, if there are communication problems within the system, the LEDs may provide additional information that is not available using AdminManager. The only problem that is indicated solely by the LEDs is when a band is not programed in the Main Hub. In that case, the LEDs flash continuously, beyond the normal system check flashing upon power up. If you cannot determine the cause of a problem after following the recommended pro-

cedures, call LGC Wireless customer help hot line:

1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-3 9.3.1 Troubleshooting using AdminManager To begin troubleshooting, use AdminManager software to determine the current faults and warnings for all of the units in the system. To troubleshoot, start with the Main Hubs faults and warnings, then proceed to each of the Expansion Hubs, finish-

ing with each of the RAUs. 9.3.1.1 Fault Indications Once all of the units are powered on and the cable connections are made, the faults from each unit can be requested using AdminManager. Start with the Main Hub and work downstream. Resolve all faults first and then check the warnings. Take appropriate action to resolve the faults, as indicated in the following tables. In cases where there is more than one possible cause, they are listed from the most likely to the least likely cause. Actions are listed in the order that they should be performed; not all actions may need to be done. NOTE: If you have a red STATUS LED without a fault message, it probably indicates that the unit is locked out. Faults Reported by the Main Hub Table 9-1 Faults Reported by the Main Hub Fault Message &

Icon Main Hub Faults Hardware failure LED State STATUS Red Possible Causes Action Internal hard-

ware failure. Replace the Main Hub. Frequency band not programmed All LEDs

(except POWER) Continuous blinking Factory default. Program the frequency band using AdminManagers Installation Wiz-

ard. Impact System off-line. System off-line. Failed to per-

form system test STATUS Red Internal failure. Replace the Main Hub when possi-

ble. Degraded performance. 9-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 9-1 Faults Reported by the Main Hub (continued) Fault Message &

Icon EHn uplink AGC failure LED STATUS State Red Expansion Hub Faults LINK EHn discon-

Red nected E-HUB/RAU Off and Possible Causes Uplink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub uplink port failure. Main Hub inter-

nal failure. Expansion Hub internal failure. The Expansion Hub was con-

nected and is now discon-

nected. The uplink fiber optical loss exceeds mini-

mum threshold. Expansion Hub uplink laser fail-

ure. Main Hub uplink port failure Impact EHn degraded uplink per-

formance; or EHn and con-

nected RAUs are off-line. Action Measure UL optical fiber loss. Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs uplink fiber ports. (Refer to Section 9.2.) Move fiber pair to another port. If fault is not reported, fiber is okay and Main Hub port is dirty or bad. Use AdminManager to Clear All Discon-

nect Status to clear the disconnect fault on the original port. If more than one Expansion Hub con-

nected to the same Main Hub reports this failure, replace the Main Hub. Swap suspect Expansion Hub with working Expansion Hub. If fault per-

sists, replace Main Hub; otherwise, replace the Expansion Hub. If EHn is disconnected, reconnect it or clear the disconnect fault using AdminManagers Clear All Discon-

nect Status command. EHn and con-

nected RAUs are off-line. Check the uplink fiber cables optical loss. Clean the uplink fiber connectors.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs uplink ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Check that EHns uplink laser is operational. (UL STATUS LED is green.) Power cycle the Expansion Hub and confirm the UL STATUS LED is green for 6090 seconds after power up. Move fiber pair to another port. If fault persists, there is a problem with the Expansion Hub. Otherwise, the Main Hub port is bad. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-5 Table 9-1 Faults Reported by the Main Hub (continued) Fault Message &

Icon No communica-

tion with EHn and LED State LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off Possible Causes Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Uplink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub down-

link port failure. Main Hub inter-

nal failure. Expansion Hub downlink port failure. Impact EHn and/or RAU degraded per-

formance, or EHn and con-

nected RAUs are off-line. Action Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the Expansion Hubs downlink fiber port.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the Main Hubs downlink fiber port.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Measure uplink optical fiber loss. Clean uplink fiber connectors.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean uplink fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Move the Main Hub fiber pair to another port. If fault is not reported, fiber is okay and the Main Hub port is bad. Use AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect Status command to clear the disconnect fault on the orig-

inal port. If more than one Expansion Hub con-

nected to the same Main Hub reports this failure, replace the Main Hub. Swap suspect Expansion Hub with working Expansion Hub. If fault per-

sists, replace the Main Hub; other-

wise, replace the Expansion Hub. 9-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Faults Reported by the Expansion Hub Table 9-2 Faults Reported by the Expansion Hub State Possible Causes Action Impact LED Fault Message Expansion Hub Faults Hardware failure STATUS Red Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Degraded perfor-

mance or Expan-

sion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the downlink fiber con-

nectors.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) If more than one Expansion Hub connected to the same Main Hub reports this failure, replace the Main Hub. Replace the Expansion Hub. Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the downlink fiber con-

nectors.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) If more than one Expansion Hub connected to the same Main Hub reports this failure, replace the Main Hub. Replace the Expansion Hub. Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean the downlink fiber con-

nectors.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Replace the Expansion Hub. PLL unlock STATUS Red Frequency band not programmed STATUS Red Main Hub internal hardware failure. Expansion Hub internal hardware failure. Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub internal hardware failure. Expansion Hub internal hardware failure. Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Expansion Hub internal hardware failure. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-7 Table 9-2 Faults Reported by the Expansion Hub (continued) Fault Message Downlink pilot failure LED STATUS State Red Possible Causes Downlink fiber has high optical loss. Main Hub internal hardware failure. Main Hub downlink port failure. Expansion Hub down-

link port failure. Cat-5/6 cable length. Expansion Hub uplink port failure or RAU failure. Expansion Hub internal failure. RAUn uplink AGC failure LINK RAU Green Red RAUn downlink port failure STATUS Red Expansion Hub internal failure. Impact Degraded perfor-

mance or Expan-

sion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. Degraded perfor-

mance. Degraded perfor-

mance. Action Measure downlink optical fiber loss. Clean downlink fiber connec-

tors.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the Main and Expansion Hubs downlink fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) If more than one Expansion Hub connected to the same Main Hub reports this failure, replace the Main Hub. Move fiber pair to another port. If fault is not reported, fiber is okay and the Main Hub port is bad. Use AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect Status command to clear the discon-

nect fault on the original port. Swap suspect Expansion Hub with working Expansion Hub. If fault persists, replace the Main Hub; otherwise, replace the Expansion Hub. Check Cat-5/6 cable length. Move RAU to another port. If no fault reported, replace the Expansion Hub. If fault reported, replace RAU. If more than one RAU con-

nected to the same Expansion Hub reports this failure, replace the Expansion Hub. Move the RAU to another port. If fault persists, replace the Expansion Hub. If no fault, flag previous port as unusable and replace the Expansion Hub when possible. 9-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 9-2 Faults Reported by the Expansion Hub (continued) State Possible Causes Action Impact Fault Message RAU Faults RAUn discon-

nected LED LINK RAU and Red Off RAU was connected and is now discon-

nected. No communica-

tion with RAUn LINK RAU Red Off and Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure or Expansion Hub port bad. Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. or Expansion Hub port failure. RAUn over current and LINK RAU Green Red Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. RAUn is off-line. Degraded perfor-

mance. RAUn is off-line. If RAUn is disconnected, reconnect it or use AdminMan-

agers Clear All Disconnect Status command to clear the disconnect fault. Check Cat-5/6 cable for shorts or opens. Move the RAU to another port. If fault persists, replace the RAU. If no fault, flag previous port as unusable and replace the Expansion Hub when possible. Verify that the Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move the RAU cables to another port. If fault persists, replace the RAU; otherwise, the Expansion Hub port is bad, mark the port as unusable and replace the Expansion Hub when possible. Verify Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move RAU to another port. If fault persists, replace the RAU. If no fault reported, remove the RAU, power cycle the Expan-

sion Hub, connect known good RAU to port. If fault reported, replace the Expansion Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-9 Remote Access Unit Faults Table 9-3 Remote Access Unit Faults Fault Message Hardware failure Frequency band not programmed RAU is over temperature Power supplied by Expansion Hub is too low LED ALARM ALARM State Red Red ALARM Red Possible Causes Internal hardware failure. Wrong version of RAU for frequency band desired. Ambient temperature above maximum. ALARM Red Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. or Expansion Hub port fail-

ure. Expansion Hub internal failure. Downlink pilot failure ALARM Red Cat-5/6 cable failure. RAU internal failure. or Expansion Hub port fail-

ure. Expansion Hub internal failure. Impact RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. Degraded perfor-

mance or RAU is off-line. Action Replace the RAU. Replace the RAU if not valid for desired frequency band. Check environmental controls;

move the RAU to cooler envi-

ronment. Verify Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Move the RAU cable to another Expansion Hub port. If fault persists, replace the RAU; oth-

erwise, the Expansion Hub port is bad, mark the port as unus-

able and replace the Expansion Hub when possible. If more than one RAU con-

nected to the same Expansion Hub reports this failure, replace the Expansion Hub. Verify that the Cat-5/6 cable has no shorts or opens. Verify maximum Cat-5/6 cable length of 150 meters. Verify minimum Cat-5/6 cable length of 10 meters. Move the RAU cable to another Expansion Hub port. If fault persists, replace the RAU; oth-

erwise, the Expansion Hub port is bad, mark the port as unus-

able and replace the Expansion Hub when possible. If more than one RAU con-

nected to the same Expansion Hub reports this failure, replace the Expansion Hub. 9-10 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 9.3.1.2 Warning Indications Warnings alert you to conditions that indicate potential system failure. Warnings are displayed in the Messages pane in red lettering. Before addressing warnings, ensure that all faults are resolved. Take appropriate action to resolve the warnings, as indicated in the following tables. Main Hub Warnings Table 9-4 Main Hub Warnings Warning Message Temperature is high Input signal above lim-

iter Action Check room environmental controls. Reduce input signal strength. Impact Potential Main Hub failure. Can only occur for DCS, GSM, or UMTS config-

urations Expansion Hub Warnings Table 9-5 Expansion Hub Warnings Warning Message Temperature is high Downlink pilot low Action Check room environmental controls. Check fiber cable for recommended maxi-

mum loss. Impact Potential Expansion Hub failure. Degraded performance. Remote Access Unit Warnings Table 9-6 Remote Access Unit Warnings Warning Message Temperature is high Power amplifier is fail-

ing Action Move the RAU to cooler environment. Replace the RAU when possible. Impact Potential RAU failure. Potential RAU failure. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-11 9.3.1.3 Status Messages Status messages alert you to conditions that may impact system performance. Status messages are displayed in the Messages pane in blue lettering. NOTE: The icons displayed in the system status tree assume that there are no other faults, warnings, or status present. Main Hub Status Messages Table 9-7 Main Hub Status Messages Message Downlink laser is failing Icon Action Replace the Main Hub when possible. Fan failure Command out of service Unable to perform sys-

tem test on power up EHn or RAU reports a warning status EHn uplink fiber optical loss greater than recom-

mended maximum Unable to perform sys-

tem end-to-end test Use AdminManager to check Main Hub status. Check the Main Hub fan for rotation, air flow blockage, dust. If fan is not operating, replace the Main Hub. If fan is operating, check room environ-

mental controls. Command unit into service using Admin-

Manager. Check Expansion Hubs and RAUs for faults and warnings. Check Expansion Hubs and RAUs for warnings. Check the uplink fiber cable for optical loss. Clean the cable connector.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Replace Main Hub when possible. Impact The downlink laser will eventually fail and the system will be off-line. Temperature may rise to fault level result-

ing in Main Hub and connected Expan-

sion Hub(s) and RAU(s) being off-line. System is off-line. Degraded system performance. Degraded system performance. Degraded system performance. Degraded system performance. NOTE: If your equipment is using release 3.1 firmware, the instead of

, except for unable to perform system test on power up. icon is displayed 9-12 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Icon Message Downlink fiber optical loss greater than recom-

mended maximum Uplink laser is failing Unit not system tested Fann failure Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and Expansion Hub is longer than recom-

mended maximum Command out of service MH Commanded Fault Lockout Expansion Hub Status Messages Table 9-8 Expansion Hub Status Messages Action Check the downlink fiber cable for exces-

sive optical loss. Clean the cable connector.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Clean the fiber ports.

(Refer to Section 9.2.) Replace the Expansion Hub when possi-

ble. Use AdminManager to command System Test. Note that the system will be off-line for 30 seconds during test. Check the Expansion Hub fans for rota-

tion, air flow blockage, dust Use AdminManager to check Expansion Hub status. If fans are not operating, replace the Expansion Hub. If fans are operating, check room environ-

mental controls. Check that the Cat-5/6 cable does not exceed the recommended maximum length. Impact Degraded system performance. The uplink laser will eventually fail resulting in the Expansion Hub and con-

nected RAUs being off-line. System not operating at optimum perfor-

mance. Temperature may rise to fault level result-

ing in the Expansion Hub and connected RAUs being off-line. Degraded system performance. Command unit into service using Admin-

Manager Use AdminManager to check Main Hub faults and replace Main Hub as required. Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. Expansion Hub and connected RAUs are off-line. NOTE: If your equipment is using release 3.1 firmware, the instead of

, except for unit not system tested. icon is displayed PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-13 Remote Access Unit Status Messages Table 9-9 Remote Access Unit Status Messages Message DC voltage is low Cat-5/6 cable between Expansion Hub and RAU is longer than recom-

mended maximum Unit not system tested Antenna disconnected RAU Commanded Out-of-Service MH/EH Commanded Fault Lockout Power supplied by Expan-

sion Hub is too high System test uplink failure Icon Action Check the Cat-5/6 cable for shorts and opens. Replace the RAU when possible. Check that the Cat-5/6 cable does not exceed the recommended maximum length. Use AdminManager to command System Test. Note that the system will be off-line for 30 seconds during test. Check that the antenna is connected to the RAU; check coax cable between RAU and antenna. Command unit into service using Admin-

Manager. Use AdminManager to check Main Hub and Expansion Hub faults and replace units as required. Check the Cat-5/6 cable for opens and shorts. Move RAU cable to another Expansion Hub port. Replace RAU when possible. Unable to complete system test. Impact Unreliable operation. Degraded system performance. System not operating at optimum perfor-

mance. Antenna may be disconnected. If it is con-

nected, then the antenna/cable measure higher return loss than optimum configu-

ration. RAU is off-line. RAU is off-line. Unreliable operation. Degraded system performance. Cant calibrate downlink Unable to complete system test. Degraded system performance. NOTE: If your equipment is using release 3.1 firmware, the instead of

, except for unit not system tested. icon is displayed 9-14 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B 9.3.2 Troubleshooting using LEDs The following troubleshooting guide is from the perspective that all Unison equip-

ment is installed, their cables are connected, and they are powered on; it is assumed that the system was operating normally before the problem to be diagnosed occurred.

(Refer to Section 7 for information on troubleshooting during initial installation of the system.) Always use AdminManager, if possible, to troubleshoot the system. The LEDs are for backup troubleshooting; although, an Expansion Hub uplink laser failure can only be resolved using the EH UL STATUS LED. Begin with troubleshooting the Main Hubs LEDs and then the Expansion Hubs LEDs. The RAU LEDs probably will not provide additional information for trouble-

shooting. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-15 9.3.2.1 Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Normal Operation

All of the Main Hubs LEDs should be green during normal operation. If any LEDs are red, get status using AdminManager to determine the exact cause and recom-

mendations. Table 9-10 Troubleshooting Main Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation Expansion Hub Not Connected Main Hub State Port LEDs LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off Expansion Hub Connected LINK Red E-HUB/RAU Off LINK E-HUB/RAU Green Red Action If the Expansion Hub was discon-

nected accidentally, re-connect the cables. The LEDs should change to Green/Red (then Green/Green, after 20 seconds, if the Main Hub band has been programmed). If the Expansion Hub is to be removed from service permanently, then use AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect Status command to clear all disconnect states to no con-

nect states. The Main Hubs port LEDs should change to Off/Off. Use AdminManager to determine the exact cause of the Main Hubs faults. Expansion Hub or connected RAU reports a fault condition; use Admin-

Manager to determine the exact cause of the Expansion Hub and RAUs faults. Impact Expansion Hub was previously con-

nected, but it is not currently con-

nected; Expansion Hub cable disconnect. AdminManager will clear all discon-

nects caused by installation as part of the clean-up process. After installation, power cycle the Main Hub or use AdminManagers Clear All Discon-

nect Status command. Lost communication with Expansion Hub; could be Expansion Hub problem or fiber cable problem. Degraded performance or unit may be off-line. Depends on fault condition. 9-16 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 9-11 Troubleshooting Main Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation At Any Time Main Hub Status LEDs MAIN HUB STATUS State Red MAIN HUB STATUS Alternating Red/Green Action Use AdminManager to determine the exact cause of the fault. Power cycle one time. If fault remains, replace the Main Hub. Use AdminManager to check if the Main Hub is commanded Out-of-Service (every Expansion Hub port status LED will be red as well). A power cycle will not clear a com-

manded Out-of-Serivce, you must use AdminManager to clear this state. Reduce input signal power; reduce system gain. Impact Internal Main Hub fault. Main Hub and all downstream units are off-line. Signal compression. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-17 9.3.2.2 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation

All of the Expansion Hub LINK and E-HUB/RAU LEDs that have RAUs connected should be Green/Green, indicating that the RAU is powered on, communication is established, and operation is normal.

The POWER, EHUB STATUS, DL STATUS, and UL STATUS LEDs should all be Green. Table 9-12 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation RAU is not connected Expansion Hub Port LEDs LINK RAU State Red Off RAU is connected LINK RAU LINK RAU Red Off Green Red Action If the RAU was disconnected acci-

dentally, re-connect the Cat-5/6 cable. The Expansion Hubs port LEDs should change to Green/Red

(then Green/Green, after 20 sec-

onds, if the Main Hub is connected, powered on, and has band pro-

grammed). Use AdminManagers Clear All Disconnect Status command if you are permanently removing the RAU from service. The Expansion Hubs port LEDs should change to Off/Off. Disconnect/reconnect the Cat-5/6 cable to force power-on reset to the RAU. If the port LEDs remain Red/Off, check for the exact cause of Expansion Hub faults using AdminManager. RAU reports a fault condition;

check for the exact cause of Expan-

sion Hub and RAU faults using AdminManager. Impact RAU was previously connected, but it is not currently connected; RAU cable is disconnected. Lost communications with the RAU. The RAU could have powered down due to over current; cable could have been dam-

aged. Depends on the fault condition. 9-18 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 9-13 Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Status LEDs During Normal Operation During Normal Operation At Any Time Expansion Hub Status LEDs UL STATUS DL STATUS E-HUB STATUS State Red Red Red Action Check uplink fiber for optical loss. Power cycle Expansion Hub one time to check uplink laser. Check the downlink fiber for opti-

cal loss If either the UL STATUS or the DL STATUS are also red, see above. Cycle power on the Expansion Hub. If fault remains, replace the Expansion Hub. Impact No communications between the Main Hub and the Expansion Hub. Uplink laser failure. No communications with the Main Hub. Internal Expansion Hub fault (including either of the above UL STATUS or DL STATUS states). NOTE: When you power cycle the Expansion Hub the UL STATUS LED should be green for approximately 90 seconds before it turns red. If it isnt, replace the Expan-

sion Hub. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-19 9.4 Troublshooting Cat-5/6 Refer to Table A-1 on page A-1 for a description of the Cat-5/6 wire assignment. The following table summarizes Cat-5/6 problems if a wire is cut or miswired. Table 9-14 Summary of Cat-5/6 Cable Wiring Problems Type of problem Wire 1 or 2 cut Message None Wire 3 or 6 cut

No communication with RAUn Icon Impact High phase noise, degraded signal on both Downlink and Uplink (high bit error rate) RAU unable to communicate with EH Wire 4 or 5 cut

RAUn uplink AGC failure Increased ripple in the uplink path

Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and EH is longer than recommended Wire 7 or 8 cut

Downlink pilot failure Increased ripple in the downlink path Wire 1 to RJ-45 pin 3 or 6 Wire 1 to RJ-45 pin 4, 5, 7 or 8 Wire 2 to RJ-45 pin 3 or 6 Wire 2 to RJ-45 pin 4, 5, 7 or 8 Wire 3 to RJ-45 pin 4, 5, 7 or 8 Wire 6 to RJ-45 pin 4, 5, 7 or 8 Wire 4 to RJ-45 pin 7 or 8

Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and EH is longer than recommended

No communication with RAUn

RAUn over current

No communication with RAUn

RAUn over current RAU unable to communicate with EH, RAUs RS-485 port damaged RAU will not power on. RAU unable to communicate with EH, RAUs RS-485 port damaged RAU will not power on

No communication with RAUn RAU unable to communicate with EH

No communication with RAUn RAU unable to communicate with EH Increased ripple in the downlink and uplink path

RAUn uplink AGC failure

Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and EH is longer than recommended

Downlink pilot failure

Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and EH is longer than recommended 9-20 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Table 9-14 Summary of Cat-5/6 Cable Wiring Problems (continued) Type of problem Wire 5 to RJ-45 pin 7 or 8 Message

RAUn uplink AGC failure Icon Impact Increased ripple in the downlink and uplink path

Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and EH is longer than recommended

Downlink pilot failure

Cat-5/6 cable between RAUn and EH is longer than recommended PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 9-21 9.5 Technical Assistance Call our help hot line for technical assistance:

1-800-530-9960 (U.S. only)

+1-408-952-2400 (International) Leave your name and phone number and an LGC Wireless customer service repre-

sentative will return your call within an hour. Be prepared to provide the following information when you receive the return call:

Company name

End user name

Type of system, model number, frequency

Approximate time in service (warranty), sales order number

Description of problem

LED status

AdminManager faults, warnings, and status messages 9-22 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B APPENDIX A Cables and Connectors A.1 Cat-5/6 Cable (ScTP)

Connects the Expansion Hub to the RAU(s)

Transmits (downlink) and receives (uplink) IF signals

Delivers DC electrical power to the RAUs. The Expansion Hubs DC voltage out-

put is 36V DC nominal. A current limiting circuit is used to protect the Expansion Hub if it reaches its current limit

Carries configuration and status information

Use shielded RJ-45 connectors

Distances:

Minimum: 10 meters (33 ft)

Recommended Maximum: 100 meters (328 ft)

Absolute Maximum: 150 meters (492 ft) There are four separate twisted pairs in one Cat-5/6 screened twisted pair (ScTP) cable. The ScTP cable loss described in this document is for Cat-5 Mohawk/CDT 55986 or Belden 1624P DataTwist Five cable, or equivalent. The following table lists the functional assignment of the pairs:

Table A-1 Cat-5/6 Twisted Pair Assignment Pair (wire number) 1 & 2 3 & 6 4 & 5 7 & 8 Function Clock and Input Voltage RS-485 Uplink IF, UL Pilot and Ground Downlink IF, DL Pilot and Ground PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual A-1 All Cat-5/6 cable must be terminated according to the TIA/EIA 568-A standard. The following diagram shows the top view of the wiring map for the cable and how the four pairs should be terminated. Figure A-1 Wiring Map for Cat-5/6 Cable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GG R B W O W LO B W R B W L B

Green/

White Green Orange/

White Blue Blue/

White Orange Brown/

White Brown RJ-45 Port The nominal DC impedance of the Cat-5/6 cable is 0.08 ohm/meter and the nominal RF impedance is 100 ohm. NOTE: Be sure to test cable termination before installing the cable. NOTE: Mohawk/CDT 55986 or Belden 1624P DataTwist Five ScTP cable, or equivalent is required. In order to meet FCC and CE Mark emissions requirements, the Cat-5/6 cable must be screened (ScTP) and it must be grounded to the units at both ends (i.e., RAU and Expansion Hub) using shielded RJ-45 connectors. A-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B A.2 Fiber Optical Cables

Connects Main Hub to Expansion Hub(s)

Transmits (downlink) and receives (uplink) optical signals

Carries configuration and status information

Use industry-standard 62.5m/125m MMF or Corning SMF-28 fiber, or equiva-

lent.

SC/APC (angle-polished) connectors are required throughout the fiber network

(port-to-port), including fiber distribution panels

Distances:

Multi-mode Fiber: up to 1.5 km (4,921 ft) 3 dB optical loss maximum

Single-mode Fiber: up to 6 km (19,685 ft) 3 dB optical loss maximum A.3 Coaxial Cable

Connects a Main Hub to a repeater or base station (N-type connectors)

Connects an RAU to a passive antenna (SMA connectors) A.4 Standard Modem Cable

Connects a modem to the Main Hubs front panel serial port Figure A-2 Standard Modem Cable Pinout DB-9 DB-25 Connector Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Pin 8 3 2 20 7 6 4 5 22 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 A-3 A.5 DB-9 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable A DB-9 female to DB-9 female null modem cable is used to connect the AdminMan-

ager PC to a Unison Main Hub. A cable is included with AdminManager. Table A-2 lists the cable pinout and Figure A-3 shows a diagram of its wiring. Table A-2 DB-9 Female to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Pinout From P1-4 P1-6 P1-3 P1-2 P1-5 P1-7 P1-8 P1-9 Signal DTR DSR TXD RXD GND RTS CTS N/C To P2-6, P2-1 P1-1, P2-4 P2-2 P2-3 P2-5 P2-8 P2-7 N/C Signal DSR, DCD DCD, DTR RXD TXD GND CTS RTS N/C Figure A-3 DB-9 Female to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Diagram DB-9 Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DB-9 Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Note that for each DB-9 connector, pins 1 and 6 are tied together and sent to pin 4 of the opposite connector; thus, providing the required handshake signals. A-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B A.6 DB-25 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable A DB-25 male to DB-9 female Null modem cable is used to connect a 232 Port Expander to a Unison Main Hub, or to connect a modem to the Main Hub when using OpsConsole to monitor the system. Table A-3 lists the pinout of the cable for Unison and Figure A-4 shows a diagram of its wiring. Table A-3 DB-25 Male to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Pinout 25-Pin 20 2 3 6,8 7 5 4 Signal DTR TX RX DSR, DCD GND CTS RTS 9-Pin 1, 6 2 3 4 5 7 8 Signal DSR, DCD RX TX DTR GND RTS CTS Figure A-4 DB-25 Male to DB-9 Female Null Modem Modem Cable Diagram DB-25 Male Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 20 DB-9 Female Connector Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 A-5 A-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B APPENDIX B InterReach Unison Property Sheet Use the InterReach Unison Property Sheet form, which is provided on the follow-

ing page, to document a system configuration. The completed form can be used for future reference when the system is being maintained or components are added or exchanged. An example of a completed form is shown below. InterReachTM Unison Property Sheet Installer:

J. Smith System Label:

AB System Gain:

UL:

DL:

Date:

10/10/10 Alarm Sense:

 Yes

 No

 Normally-Closed

 Normally-Open Main Hub Serial Number:

L010BMH1 System Band:

DCS 2 Unit Serial No. L010BEH9 L010BRU1 L120BRU1 L007BRU1 L111BRU6 Unit Installation Location 2nd floor Telecom closet Hallway, outside Boardroom Hallway, outside #230 Hallway, atrium north side Hallway, outside #207 Unit MH - EH - RAU AB-1-n

(EH 1) RAU Attenuation?

Yes/No AB-1-1 AB-1-2 AB-1-3 AB-1-4 1-1-5 1-1-6 1-1-7 1-1-8 no no yes no

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-2-n

(EH 2) 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-3 1-2-4 1-2-5 1-2-6 1-2-7 1-2-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-3-n

(EH 3) 1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 1-3-5 1-3-6 1-3-7 1-3-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-4-n

(EH 4) 1-4-1 1-4-2 1-4-3

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3) PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual B-1 Installer:

System Label:

InterReachTM Unison Property Sheet Date:

Main Hub Serial Number:

System Gain:

UL:

DL:

Alarm Sense:

 Yes

 No

 Normally-Closed

 Normally-Open System Band:

Unit MH - EH - RAU

(EH 1) 1-1-n RAU Attenuation?

Yes/No Unit Serial No. Unit Installation Location 1-1-1 1-1-2 1-1-3 1-1-4 1-1-5 1-1-6 1-1-7 1-1-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-2-n

(EH 2) 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-3 1-2-4 1-2-5 1-2-6 1-2-7 1-2-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-3-n

(EH 3) 1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 1-3-5 1-3-6 1-3-7 1-3-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) 1-4-n

(EH 4) 1-4-1 1-4-2 1-4-3 1-4-4 1-4-5 1-4-6 1-4-7 1-4-8

(RAU 1)

(RAU 2)

(RAU 3)

(RAU 4)

(RAU 5)

(RAU 6)

(RAU 7)

(RAU 8) B-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B APPENDIX C Compliance 900 Paging/SMR

Safety: UL 60950 3rd Edition

EMC: FCC part 15 class A

Radio: FCC Part 90 Cellular Products

Safety: UL 60950 3rd Edition

EMC: FCC part 15 class A DCS Products

Safety: CB scheme evaluation to IEC 950, 3rd Edition with all national deviations

EMC: EN 301 489-8 V.1.1.1 (2000-09), CISPR 24: 1998

Radio: ETS 300 609-4 V.8.0.2 (2000-10) GSM/EGSM Products

Safety: CB scheme evaluation to IEC 950, 3rd Edition with all national deviations

Radio: EN 301 502 V.7.0.1 (2000-08)

EMC: EN 301 489-8 V.1.1.1 (2000-09), CISPR 24: 1998 iDEN Products

Safety: UL 60950, 3rd Edition

EMC: FCC part 15 class A

Radio: FCC part 90 PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual C-1 UL 60950 3rd Edition PCS Products

Safety:

EMC: FCC part 15 class A

Radio: FCC part 24

Radio: FCC part 22 UMTS Products

Safety: CB scheme evaluation to IEC 950, 3rd Edition with all national deviations

EMC: ETSI TS 125 113 V.4.1.0 (2001-06)

Radio: ETSI TS 125 143 V.4.0.0 (2001-03) C-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B APPENDIX D Release Notes D.1 Unison Release 4 This document is for the Unison Release 4 products listed in the following table. Table D-1 Unison Release 4 Line-up Unison Component Main Hub Expansion Hub RAU:

PCS DCS GSM Cellular iDEN UMTS AdminManager OpsConsole EPN*

740510-2 740530-2 740552-2 740553-1 740554-1 740550-1 740551-0 740560-1 750001-0 750002-0 Hardware Revision**

C C Firmware (FW) or Software (SW) Release*

010559 (FW) 01054E (FW) C D E B A B N/A N/A 01053C (FW) 01053C (FW) 01052B (FW) 01052B (FW) 01052B (FW) 01052B (FW) v1.08 (SW) v1.02 (SW)

* Use the Get Unit Info command in the AdminManagers Configuration & Maintenance Panel to verify the EPN and Firmware/Software Version of the component

** The hardware revision number is on a label on the back panel of the component PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual D-1 D.2 Compatibility The following table provides compatibility information for the Unison firmware

(FW) and hardware (HW) (i.e., Main Hub (MHub), Expansion Hub (EHub), and low

(Lo) and high (Hi) band RAUs). Table D-2 Hardware/Firmware/Software Release Compatibility Release 4 Firmware Expansion Hub FW Lo Band RAUa FW Hi Band RAUb FW AdminManager Version 1.08 OpsConsole Version 1.02 c c c c c pc, 2 c c pc, 2 c pc, 2, 3 pc, 2, 3 pc, 2, 3 c c c c c pc, 2 c c pc, 2 c pc, 2, 3 pc, 2, 3 pc, 2, 3 c nc c c nc c nc c nc c pc c nc c c c c pc, 2, 5 pc, 5 pc, 2, 5 pc, 2, 5 c c c c pc, 2, 5 pc, 5 pc, 2, 5 pc, 2, 5 nc nc nc nc c c c c pc, 2, 5 pc, 5 pc, 2, 5 pc, 2, 5 c c c c pc, 2, 5 pc, 5 pc, 2, 5 pc, 2, 5 nc nc nc nc Past Firmware Release Release 3.1 Firmware Release 3 Firmware Release 2 Firmware Does not support:

iDEN

GSM

EGSM

UMTS OpsConsole Component MHub HW EHub HW Lo RAU HW Hi RAU HW MHub FW EHub FW Lo RAU FW Hi RAU FW AdminMgr 1.06 MHub HW EHub HW Lo RAU HW Hi RAU HW MHub FW EHub FW Lo RAU FW Hi RAU FW AdminMgr v1.06 MHub HW EHub HW Lo RAU HW Hi RAU HW MHub FW EHub FW Lo RAU FW Hi RAU FW AdminMgr v1.06 Main Hub FW c c pc, 2, 4 pc, 2, 4 pc, 2, 3 c c pc, 2, 4 pc, 2, 4 pc, 2, 3 c c pc, 2, 4 pc, 2, 4 nc a. iDEN, GSM, Cellular, and UMTS b. PCS and DCS D-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Appendix D-2 Notes:

1. c compatible; pc partially compatible; nc not compatible 2. Does not support DCS4 and GSM 3. Downstream lockout due to fault is incorrectly indicated as a lockout 4. Main Hub issues band command to RAU on first F detect (causes RAU to attempt alarm recovery where Release 4 wont) 5. Release 3.1 and 3 will flag most warnings as an error, which will open warning contact closure and display warning icons in AdminManager, while Release 4 will flag most as system status and display status icons. Warning Icons Status Icons Main Hub Main Hub Expansion Hub Expansion Hub RAU RAU D.3 New Capabilites

Supports GSM and EGSM frequency bands using the GSM RAU

Supports the DCS4 band Frequencies: DL 18151850 MHz, UL 17201755 MHz

Supports globally downloading firmware updates to multiple units at the same time (i.e., all RAUs in a system, then all of the Expansion Hubs, and finally the Main Hub)

Supports reclassification of status messages PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Help Hot Line (U.S. only): 1-800-530-9960 D-3 D-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B APPENDIX E Glossary Air Interface A method for formatting data and voice onto radio waves. Common air interfaces include AMPS, TDMA, CDMA, and GSM. AIN Advanced Intelligent Network. AINs allow a wireless user to make and receive phone calls while roaming outside the users home network. These networks, which rely on computers and sophisticated switching techniques, also provide many Personal Communications Service (PCS) features. Amplitude The distance between high and low points of a waveform or signal. AMPS Advanced Mobile Phone Service. AMPS is an analog cellular FDMA sys-

tem. It was the basis of the first commercial wireless communication system in the U.S and has been used in more than 35 other countries worldwide. Analog The original method of modulating radio signals so they can carry informa-

tion which involves transmitting a continuously variable signal. Amplitude Mod-

ification (AM) and Frequency Modulation (FM) are the most common methods of analog modulation. ANSI The American National Standards Institute. A nonprofit, privately funded membership organization founded in 1918 that reviews and approves standards developed by other organizations. Antenna A device for transmitting and/or receiving signals. Attenuation The decrease in power that occurs when any signal is transmitted. Attenuation is measured in decibels (dB). Backhaul A term applied to the process of carrying wireless traffic between the MSC and the base station. Base Station The radio transmitter/receiver that maintains communications with mobile devices within a specific area. BSC Base Station Controller. A GSM term referring to the device in charge of man-

aging the radio interface in a GSM system, including the allocation and release of radio channels and hand-off of active calls within the system. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual E-1 BTA Basic Trading Area. The U.S. and its territories are divided into 493 areas, called BTAs. These BTAs are composed of a specific list of counties, based on a system originally developed by Rand McNally. The FCC grants licenses to wire-

less operators to provide service within these BTAs and/or MTAs. (See MTA.) BTS Base Transceiver Station. A GSM term referring to the group of network devices that provide radio transmission and reception, including antennas. C/I Carrier to interference ratio. The ratio of the desired signal strength to the com-

bined interference of all mobile phones using the system. Usually, the interfer-

ence of most concern is that provided by mobile phones using the same channel in the system. These are referred to as co-channel interferers. CCITT Consultative Committee on International Telephone and Telegraph. This organization sets international communications standards. The CCITT is now known as ITU (the parent organization). CDMA Code Division Multiple Access. A digital wireless access technology that uses spread-spectrum techniques. Unlike alternative systems, such as GSM, that use time-division multiplexing (TDM), CDMA does not assign a specific fre-

quency to each user. Instead, every channel uses the full available spectrum. Individual conversations are assigned a unique code which allows the conversa-

tion to be spread out over multiple channels; transmitted to the far end; and re-assembled for the recipient using a specific code. CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data. CDPD allows data transmission over the ana-

log wireless network. CDPD breaks data into packets and transmits these packets on idle portions of the network. Cell A cell defines a specific, physical area of coverage of a portion of a wireless system. It is the basic building block of all modern wireless communications systems. Cell Site A term which refers to the location of the transmission equipment (e.g., basestation) within the cell. CEPT Conference of European Postal and Telecommunications Administrations. This organizations mandate is to define pan-European wireless communications standards. In 1982, CEPT mandated GSM as the access protocol for public wire-

less communications systems across Europe. Channel The path along which a communications signal is transmitted. Channels may be simplex (communication occurs in only one direction), duplex (commu-

nication occurs in both directions) or full duplex (communication occurs in both directions simultaneously). Circuit A communication connection between two or more points. A circuit can transmit either voice or data. CO Central Office. The main switching facility for a telecommunications system. E-2 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B CTIA Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association. The CTIA is an industry association made up of most of the wireless carriers and other industry players. It was formed in 1984 to promote the cellular industry and cellular technology. D-AMPS Digital Advanced Mobile Phone Service. See IS-54. dB Decibel. A unit for expressing the ratio of two amounts of power. It is often used in wireless to describe the amount of power loss in a system (i.e., the ratio of transmitted power to received power). DCS Digital Communications System. DCS is often called upbanded GSM since it is the GSM access scheme adopted to operate in the 17001800 MHz portion of the spectrum. Digital A method of storing, processing, and transmitting information by represent-

ing information as 0s and 1s via electrical pulses. Digital systems have largely replaced analog systems because they can carry more data at higher speed than analog transmission systems. Electromagnetic Spectrum Electrical wave forms in frequency ranges as low as 535 kHz (AM radio) and as high as 29 GHz (cable TV). ESMR Enhanced Specialized Mobile Radio. Digital mobile telephone services offered to the public over channels previously used for two-way analog dispatch services. ESMR provides digital mobile radio and telephone service as well as messaging and dispatch features. ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute. ETSI was established in 1988 to set standards for Europe in telecommunications, broadcasting and office information technology. FCC Federal Communications Commission. In the United States, the FCC is responsible for the management and regulation of communication policy for all public communications services, including wireless. FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access. A wireless access protocol that assigns each user a specific radio channel for use. Since FDMA only supports one user (or conversation) on each channel, it does not maximize use of the spec-

trum and is therefore largely been superseded by other access protocols (such as CDMA, TDMA, GSM, iDEN) that support multiple users on a single channel. Frequency Hopping A wireless signal transmission technique whereby the fre-

quency used to carry a signal is periodically changed, according to a predeter-

mined code, to another frequency. Fixed An ITU definition for radio communications between specified fixed points. Point-to-point high-frequency circuits and microwave links are two examples of fixed applications. FM Frequency Modulation. A method of transmitting information in which the fre-

quency of the carrier is modified according to a plan agreed to by the transmitter and the receiver. FM can be either analog or digital. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual E-3 Forward Channel Refers to the radio channel that sends information from the base station to the mobile station. (See Reverse Channel.) Frequency The number of times an electrical signal repeats an identical cycle in a unit of time, normally one second. One Hertz (Hz) is one cycle per second. Frequency re-use The ability to use the same frequencies repeatedly across a cellu-

lar system. Because each cell is designed to use radio frequencies only within its boundaries, the same frequencies can be reused in other cells not far away with little potential for interference. The reuse of frequencies is what enables a cellu-

lar system to handle a huge number of calls with a limited number of channels. Gain The increase in power that occurs when any signal is amplified, usually through an amplifier or antenna. GHz Gigahertz. A measure of frequency equal to one billion hertz. GSM Groupe Speciale Mobile (now translated in English as Global Standard for Mobile Communications). GSM is the digital wireless standard used throughout Europe, in much of Asia, as well as by some operators in the U.S. and South America. Handoff The process by which the wireless system passes a wireless phone conver-

sation from one radio frequency in one cell to another radio frequency in another as the caller moves between two cells. In most systems today, this handoff is per-

formed so quickly that callers dont notice. Hertz A measurement of electromagnetic energy, equivalent to one wave per sec-

ond. Hertz is abbreviated as Hz. iDEN Integrated Digital Enhanced Network. A TDMA-based wireless access tech-

nology that combines two-way radio, telephone, text message, and data transmis-

sion into one network. This system was developed by Motorola. In the U.S., iDEN is used by Nextel in its network. IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The worlds largest technical professional society with members from more than 130 countries. The IEEE works to advance the theory and practice of electrical, electronics, com-

puter engineering and computer science. Infrastructure A term used to encompass all of the equipment, including both hard-

ware and software, used in a communications network. IS-54 Interim Standard-54. A U.S. TDMA cellular standard that operates in the 800 MHz or 1900 MHz band. IS-54 was the first U.S. digital cellular standard. It was adopted by the CTIA in 1990. IS-95 Interim Standard-95. A U.S. CDMA cellular standard that operates in the 800 MHz or 1900 MHz band. This standard was developed by Qualcomm and adopted by the CTIA in 1993. E-4 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B IS-136 Interim Standard-136. A U.S. TDMA cellular standard based on IS-54 that operates in the 800 MHz or 1900 MHz band. IS-553 Interim Standard-533. The U.S. analog cellular (AMPS) air interface stan-

dard. ITU International Telecommunications Union. The ITU is the principal interna-

tional standards organization. It is charted by the United Nations and it estab-

lishes international regulations governing global telecommunications networks and services. Its headquarters are in Geneva, Switzerland. LMDS Local Multipoint Distribution Services. LMDS provides line-of-sight cover-

age over distances up to 35 kilometers and operates in the 28 GHz portion of the spectrum. It can deliver high speed, high bandwidth services such as data and video applications. Local Loop A communication channel (usually a physical phone line) between a subscribers location and the networks Central Office. MHz Megahertz. One million Hertz. One MHz equals one million cycles per sec-

ond. Microcell A network cell designed to serve a smaller area than larger macrocells. Microcells are smaller and lower powered than macrocells. As the subscriber base increases, operators must continue to increase the number of cells in their network to maximize channel re-use. This has led to an increasing number of microcells being deployed in wireless networks. Microwave Electromagnetic waves with frequencies above 1 GHz. Microwave communications are used for line-of-sight, point-to-point, or point-to-multipoint communications. MSA Metropolitan Statistical Area. The FCC has established 306 MSAs in the U.S. The MSAs represent the largest population centers in the U.S. At least two wire-

less operators are licensed in each MSA. MSC Mobile Services Switching Center. A generic term for the main cellular switching center in the wireless communications network. MSS Mobile Satellite Service. Communications transmission service provided by satellites. A single satellite can provide coverage to the entire United States. MTA Major Trading Area. The U.S. and its territories are divided into 51 MTAs. Each MTA is composed of a specific number of BTAs. The FCC grants licenses to wireless operators to provide service within these MTAs and/or BTAs. (See BTA.) Multiplexing The simultaneous transmission of two or more signals on the same radio (or other) transmission facility. N-AMPS Narrowband Advanced Mobile Phone Service. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual E-5 PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association. This acro-

nym is used to refer to credit card sized packages containing memory, I/O devices and other capabilities for use in Personal Computers, handheld comput-

ers and other devices. PCS Personal Communications Service. A vague label applied to new-generation mobile communication technology that uses the narrow band and broadband spectrum recently allocated in the 1.9 GHz band. PDA Personal Digital Assistant. Portable computing devices that are extremely por-

table and that offer a variety of wireless communication capabilities, including paging, electronic mail, stock quotations, handwriting recognition, facsimile, cal-

endar, and other information handling capabilities. PDC Personal Digital Cellular (formerly Japanese Digital Cellular). A TDMA-based digital cellular standard that operates in the 1500 MHz band. Phase The particular angle of inflection of a wave at a precise moment in time. It is normally measured in terms of degrees. PHS Personal Handyphone System. A wireless telephone standard, developed and first deployed in Japan. It is a low mobility, small-cell system. POP Short for population. One person equals one POP. POTS Plain Old Telephone Service. PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network. Refers to the international telephone system and includes both local and long distance networks. Reverse Channel Refers to the radio channel that sends information from a mobile station to a base station. (See Forward Channel.) RF Radio Frequency. Those frequencies in the electromagnetic spectrum that are associated with radio wave propagation. Roaming The ability to use a wireless phone to make and receive calls in places outside one's home calling area. RSA Rural Service Area. One of the 428 FCC-designated rural markets across the United States used as license areas for cellular licenses. (See MTAs and BTAs.) Sector A portion of a cell. Often, different sectors within the same cell will each use a different set of frequencies to maximize spectrum utilization. Signal to Noise Ratio The ratio of signal power to noise power at a given point in a given system. Smart Antenna Refers to an antenna whose signal handling characteristics change as signal conditions change. Soft Handoff Virtually undetectable by the user, soft handoff allows both the origi-

nal cell and a new cell to serve a call temporarily during the handoff transition. E-6 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B Spectrum The range of electromagnetic frequencies. Spread Spectrum A method of transmitting a signal over a broad range of frequen-

cies and then re-assembling the transmission at the far end. This technique reduces interference and increases the number of simultaneous conversations within a given radio frequency band. T-1 A North American commercial digital transmission standard. A T-1 connection uses time division multiplexing to carry 24 digital voice or data channels over copper wire. TDMA Time Division Multiple Access. A method of digital wireless communica-

tions that allows multiple users to access (in sequence) a single radio frequency channel without interference by allocating unique time slots to each user within each channel. TIA Telecommunications Industry Association. TR-45 One of six committees of the Telecommunications Industry Association. TR-45 oversees the standard making process for wireless telecommunications. Upbanded A service or technology that has been re-engineered to operate at a higher frequency than originally designed. Wireless Describes any radio-based system that allows transmission of voice and/or data signals through the air without a physical connection, such as a metal wire or fiber optic cable. Wireline Wire paths that use metallic conductors to provide electrical connections between components of a system, such as a communication system. WLANs Wireless Local Area Networks. Technology that provides wireless com-

munications to Portable Computer users over short distances. PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual E-7 E-8 InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual PN 8700-10 620003-0 Rev. B